BY APPOINTMENT TO HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH II MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY
BY APPOINTMENT TO HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH THE QUEEN MOTHER MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY
BY APPOINTMENT TO HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY
1998 Range Electrical Guide
Published by Parts and Service Communications Jaguar Cars Limited Publication Part Number – JTP 615
XK8 Range 1998
Introduction
Electrical Guide Format This Electrical Guide is made up of two major sections. The first section, at the front of the book, provides general information for and about the use of the book, and information and illustrations to aid in the understanding of the XK8 electrical / electronic systems, as well as the location and identification of components. The second section includes the Figures, which are the basis of the book. Each Figure is identified by a Figure Number (i.e. Fig. 01.1) and Title, and is accompanied by a page of data containing information specific to that Figure. It is recommended that the user read through the front section of the book to develop a familiarity with the layout of the book and with the system of symbols and abbreviations used. The Table of Contents on the following pages should help to guide the user.
Standard Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used throughout this Electrical Guide: B+ Battery Voltage CAN Controller Area Network COUPE Coupe Vehicles CONV. Convertible Vehicles DI Direction Indicator LH Left-Hand LHD Left-Hand Drive NAS North American Specification RH Right-Hand RHD Right-Hand Drive ROW Rest of World SCP Standard Corporate Protocol Network VIN Vehicle Identification Number Refer to the vehicle Service Manual for a glossary of standard terms and their abbreviations.
Vehicle Identification Numbers (VIN) VIN ranges are presented throughout the book in the following manner:
➞ VIN 123456 indicates “up to VIN 123456”; VIN 123456 ➞ indicates “from VIN 123456 on”. XK8 Electrical System Architecture The XK8 system “architecture” is new to Jaguar vehicles and features vehicle multiplexing. Multiplexing allows for greatly simplified wiring harnesses, while at the same time allowing flexibility in programming market variants. Two data networks are used in the system: a controller area network (CAN) for the engine, drive train and related systems, and a standard corporate protocol network (SCP) for the body systems. Any vehicle subsystem depicted on the figures with the CAN or SCP included uses data derived from the network, or transmits data via the network to achieve control. Messages for both networks are cataloged in the Appendix of this book. When appropriate, the user will be referred to the Appendix by a note on the Data page. In addition to the two networks, the XK8 uses a serial data bus (ISO) for diagnostics and for the programming of certain control modules. The XK8 uses both power and logic grounds; however, it does not use a common logic ground stud connection as in previous vehicles.
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
1
Table of Contents
XK8 Range 1998
Component Index ........................................................................................................ 5 – 9 User Instructions ........................................................................................................ 10 – 15 Connectors ................................................................................................................ 16 Main Power Distribution; Ground Point Identification and Location ............................. 17 Harness Layout .......................................................................................................... 18 Control Module Identification and Location ................................................................. 19 Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location .......................................... 20 – 22 Relay and Fuse Box Identification and Location .......................................................... 23
NOTE: The Appendix, which contains a catalog of CAN and SCP Network messages, follows the Figure and Data pages.
2
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
XK8 Range 1998
FIGURES Fig. Description
Table of Contents
Variant
01 Power Distribution 01.1 ...... Main Power Distribution ................................................................ All Vehicles 01.2 ...... Battery Power Distribution: Driver and Passenger Fuse Boxes ....... All Vehicles 01.3 ...... Battery Power Distribution: Trunk, Engine Compartment and EMS Fuse Boxes ........................................................................... All Vehicles 01.4 ...... Ignition Switched Power Distribution ............................................. All Vehicles 01.5 ...... Engine Management Switched Power Distribution ........................ All Vehicles 02 Ground Distribution 02.1 ...... Ignition Switched Ground Distribution ............................................ All Vehicles 03 Battery; Starter; Generator 03.1 ...... Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ26 N/A ............................................ AJ26 N/A Vehicles 03.2 ...... Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ26 SC .............................................. AJ26 SC Vehicles 04 04.1 04.2 04.3 04.4 04.5
Engine Management ...... AJ26 N/A NAS Engine Management: Part 1 ................................... AJ26 N/A NAS Vehicles VIN 024687 ...... AJ26 N/A ROW Engine Management: Part 1 ................................. AJ26 N/A ROW Vehicles VIN 024687 ...... AJ26 N/A Engine Management: Part 2 ........................................... AJ26 N/A Vehicles VIN 024687 ...... AJ26 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 1 ................................... AJ26 SC ROW Vehicles ...... AJ26 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 2 ................................... AJ26 SC ROW Vehicles
➞
➞ ➞
05 Transmission 05.1 ...... AJ26 N/A Automatic Transmission ................................................. AJ26 N/A Vehicles 05.2 ...... AJ26 SC Automatic Transmission .................................................. AJ26 SC Vehicles 05.3 ...... Gearshift Interlock .......................................................................... All Vehicles 06 Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control 06.1 ...... Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control ................................................ All Vehicles 07 Climate Control 07.1 ...... Climate Control: Part 1 ................................................................... All Vehicles 07.2 ...... Climate Control: Part 2 ................................................................... All Vehicles 08 Instrumentation; Audible Warnings 08.1 ...... Instrument Packs ........................................................................... All Vehicles 08.2 ...... Audible Warnings ........................................................................... All Vehicles 09 Exterior Lighting 09.1 ...... Exterior Lighting: Front ................................................................... All Vehicles 09.2 ...... Exterior Lighting: Rear .................................................................... All Vehicles 09.3 ...... Headlamp Leveling ........................................................................ Headlamp Leveling Vehicles
DATE OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY 1998
3
Table of Contents
FIGURES Fig. Description
XK8 Range 1998
Variant
10 Interior Lighting 10.1 ...... Interior Lighting .............................................................................. All Vehicles 10.2 ...... Dimmer-Controlled Lighting ........................................................... All Vehicles 11 11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5
Steering; Mirrors; Suspension ...... Power Assisted Steering ................................................................ All Vehicles ...... Steering Column Movement .......................................................... All Vehicles ...... Mirror Movement .......................................................................... All Vehicles ...... Interior and Exterior Mirrors; Fold-Back Mirrors .............................. All Vehicles ...... Suspension Adaptive Damping ...................................................... Adaptive Damping Vehicles
12 12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4
Seat Systems ...... Driver Seat: Memory ...................................................................... Memory Seat Vehicles ...... Driver Seat: Non Memory .............................................................. Non Memory Seat Vehicles ...... Passenger Seat: 3-Way Movement ................................................ 3-Way Movement Vehicles ...... Passenger Seat: 2-Way Movement ................................................ 2-Way Movement Vehicles
13 Door Locking; Security 13.1 ...... Central Door Locking ..................................................................... All Vehicles
14 Wash / Wipe System 14.1 ...... Wash / Wipe System ..................................................................... All Vehicles 15 Window Lifts; Convertible Top 15.1 ...... Window Lifts ................................................................................. All Vehicles 15.2 ...... Convertible Top .............................................................................. Convertible Vehicles 16 16.1 16.2 16.3 16.4
...... ...... ...... ......
In-Car Entertainment; Telephone Standard In-Car Entertainment: Convertible .................................... Convertible Vehicles Standard In-Car Entertainment: Coupe ........................................... Coupe Vehicles Premium In-Car Entertainment ....................................................... Premium ICE Vehicles Radio Telephone ............................................................................ All Vehicles
17 Supplementary Restraint System 17.1 ...... Airbag System ............................................................................... All Vehicles 18 Ancillaries 18.1 ...... Ancillaries: Horns; Cigar Lighters; Accessory Connectors; Garage Door Opener ...................................................................... All Vehicles 19 Vehicle Multiplex Systems 19.1 ...... CAN (Network); SCP Network; Serial Data Links ............................ All Vehicles
4
DATE OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY 1998
XK8 Range 1998 ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE ................. Fig. 06.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 ACCELEROMETERS ............................................................... Fig. 11.5 ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER ................................................ Fig. 13.2 ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE ............................ Fig. 11.5 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ....................... Fig. 04.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE .............................. Fig. 04.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL .................................. Fig. 07.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 AIR INTAKE – LH ..................................................................... Fig. 07.1 AIR INTAKE – RH ..................................................................... Fig. 07.1 AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE ....................................... Fig. 17.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 AIRBAG INTERROGATION CONNECTOR ............................... Fig. 17.1
Component Index BRAKE SWITCH – LHD ........................................................... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 06.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5 BRAKE SWITCH – RHD ........................................................... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 06.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR ............................................ Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 CANISTER CLOSE VALVE ....................................................... Fig 04.1 CD AUTO-CHANGER ............................................................... Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.3 CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK ........................................ Fig. 09.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
AIRBAGS ................................................................................. Fig. 17.1
CIGAR LIGHTERS .................................................................... Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR ....................................... Fig. 07.1
COLUMN JOY STICK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) .................... Fig. 11.2
ANTENNA MOTOR ................................................................. Fig. 16.3
CONVERTIBLE TOP PUMP ..................................................... Fig. 15.2
ASPIRATOR ASSEMBLY ......................................................... Fig. 07.1
CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH .................................................. Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
AUDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) .... Fig. 08.2 COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH ..................................................... Fig. 08.1 AUTO TILT SWITCH (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) ...................... Fig. 11.2 CRUISE CONTROL ON / OFF SWITCH ................................... Fig. 10.2 BATTERY ................................................................................. Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH ................................................... Fig. 04.3
BLOWER MOTORS ................................................................ Fig. 07.2
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) .............. Fig. 04.3
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE ................................................ Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 08.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
D – 4 SWITCH ......................................................................... Fig. 05.1 DAMPER SOLENOIDS ............................................................ Fig. 11.5 DATA LINK CONNECTOR ....................................................... Fig. 19.1 DIMMER CONTROL (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) ..................... Fig. 10.2 DIMMER MODULE ................................................................. Fig. 10.2 DIODE (BT29) – TRUNK SWITCH ............................................ Fig. 10.1 DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER ................................... Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH – LHD ............................................. Fig. 04.3 BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH – RHD ............................................ Fig. 04.3 BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR ..................................................... Fig. 06.1
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
5
Component Index DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER ........................... Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 DOOR LOCK ACTUATORS ..................................................... Fig. 13.1 DOOR LOCK SWITCH – PASSENGER .................................... Fig. 13.1 DOOR LOCK SWITCHES – DRIVER ........................................ Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 DOOR MIRROR MOTORS ...................................................... Fig. 11.3 DOOR MIRRORS .................................................................... Fig. 07.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 DOOR SWITCH – DRIVER ....................................................... Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 DOOR SWITCH – PASSENGER ............................................... Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN .............................................. Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT SECURITY SWITCH ...................... Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ................................................. Fig. 03.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR ........................ Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR ........................................................ Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL VALVE ......................... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
XK8 Range 1998 FUEL PUMP ............................................................................ Fig. 04.3 FUEL TANK PRESURE SENSOR ............................................. Fig. 04.1 FULL RANGE SPEAKERS ........................................................ Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 FUSE BOX – DRIVER SIDE ...................................................... Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4 FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT .................................. Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1 FUSE BOX – ENGINE MANAGEMENT .................................... Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.5 FUSE BOX – PASSENGER SIDE .............................................. Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4 FUSE BOX – TRUNK ................................................................ Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1 GARAGE DOOR OPENER (ROOF CONSOLE) ......................... Fig. 18.1 GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE ......................... Fig. 05.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID ...................................... Fig. 05.2 GENERATOR ........................................................................... Fig. 03.1 GLASS BREAKAGE SENSOR (ROOF CONSOLE) .................... Fig. 13.2 GLOVE BOX LAMP ................................................................. Fig. 10.1 HANDSET ................................................................................ Fig. 16.4 HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATORS ..................................... Fig. 09.3 HEATED BACKLIGHT .............................................................. Fig. 07.2 HEATED OXYGEN SENSORS .................................................. Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 HEATER PUMP ....................................................................... Fig. 07.2
EVAPORATOR / HEATER MATRIX ASSEMBLY ...................... Fig. 07.1
HEATER VALVE ....................................................................... Fig. 07.2
FASCIA ACCESSORY CONNECTOR ....................................... Fig. 18.1
HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP ................................................ Fig. 09.2
FOOT WELL LAMPS ............................................................... Fig. 10.1 FRONT FOG LAMPS ............................................................... Fig. 09.1
HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE .................................. Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1
FRONT LAMP UNITS .............................................................. Fig. 09.1
HORN SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) .................................. Fig. 18.1
FUEL FILL FLAP SOLENOID ................................................... Fig. 13.1
HORNS .................................................................................... Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1
FUEL INJECTORS ................................................................... Fig. 04.3 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ............................................................. Fig. 08.1
6
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
XK8 Range 1998 IGNITION COILS ...................................................................... Fig. 04.3 IGNITION MODULES .............................................................. Fig. 04.3 IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) ...................................... Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 IGNITION SWITCH .................................................................. Fig. 02.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1 IMPACT SENSORS .................................................................. Fig. 17.1
Component Index MINOR INSTRUMENT PACK .................................................. Fig. 08.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 MIRROR JOY STICK (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK) ............ Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 MODE SWITCH (TRANSMISSION) ......................................... Fig. 05.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 NEUTRAL SWITCH .................................................................. Fig. 03.1
INERTIA SWITCH .................................................................... Fig. 02.1
NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH ................................................ Fig. 05.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR ............................................. Fig. 11.4
NUMBER PLATE LAMPS ........................................................ Fig. 09.2
KEY FOB ANTENNAS .............................................................. Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH ......................................................... Fig. 08.1
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE .............................................. Fig. 03.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
PASSIVE SECURITY SOUNDER .............................................. Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
INCLINATION SENSOR ........................................................... Fig. 13.2
KEYLOCK SOLENOID (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) ................... Fig. 05.2 KICKDOWN SWITCH – LHD .................................................... Fig. 05.1 KICKDOWN SWITCH – RHD ................................................... Fig. 05.1 KNOCK SENSORS ................................................................... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ...................................................... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
PEDAL POSITION AND MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS .... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 POWER AMPLIFIER ................................................................ Fig. 16.3 POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE .............. Fig. 11.1 POWER WASH PUMP ............................................................ Fig. 14.1 PUDDLE LAMPS ..................................................................... Fig. 10.1
LAMP CONTROL MODULE .................................................... Fig. 09.2
QUARTER LIGHT LIFTS ........................................................... Fig. 15.2
LATCH CONTROL VALVE ....................................................... Fig. 15.2
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE ........................ Fig. 04.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
LEVELING SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) ...... Fig. 09.3 LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) .......................... Fig. 09.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1 MAIN CONTROL VALVE ......................................................... Fig. 15.2 MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK .................................................. Fig. 05.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 08.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
RADIATOR FANS .................................................................... Fig. 04.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT ............................................. Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.4 RADIO ANTENNA ................................................................... Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.3 RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) ............... Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.3 RADIO ILLUMINATION ........................................................... Fig. 10.2 READER / EXCITER COIL (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) ............. Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 REAR INTERIOR LAMP (COUPE ONLY) .................................. Fig. 10.1 REAR QUARTER FULL RANGE SPEAKERS ............................ Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 REAR QUARTER MID-RANGE SPEAKERS .............................. Fig. 16.3
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR ..................................................... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
REAR SUB-WOOFERS ............................................................ Fig. 16.3
MICROPHONE (TELEPHONE) ................................................. Fig. 16.4
REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH ........................... Fig. 04.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
MID-BASS SPEAKERS ............................................................ Fig. 16.3
REGULATOR ........................................................................... Fig. 03.1 ROOF CONSOLE .................................................................... Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
7
Component Index SEAT BELT SWITCH ............................................................... Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 SEAT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER ..................................... Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 SEAT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER ............................. Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 SEAT CUSHION (HEATER) – DRIVER ...................................... Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 SEAT CUSHION (HEATER) – PASSENGER .............................. Fig. 12.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4 SEAT HEATER SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) ............................... Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4
XK8 Range 1998 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1 SWITCH PACK – DRIVER SEAT ............................................... Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER DOOR ..................................... Fig. 10.2 SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER SEAT ...................................... Fig. 12.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4 TAIL LAMP UNITS ................................................................... Fig. 09.2 TELEPHONE ANTENNA .......................................................... Fig. 16.4 TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER ................................................... Fig. 16.4 THROTTLE MOTOR ................................................................ Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR .............................................. Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 TOP CLOSED SWITCH ............................................................ Fig. 15.2 TOP DOWN SWITCH .............................................................. Fig. 15.2 TOP LATCH CLOSED SWITCH ............................................... Fig. 15.2
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – DRIVER ............................................ Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
TOP RAISED SWITCH ............................................................. Fig. 15.2
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – PASSENGER .................................... Fig. 12.3
TOP READY-TO-LATCH SWITCH ............................................ Fig. 15.2
SEAT MOTORS – DRIVER ....................................................... Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE ................................................. Fig. 01.1
SEAT MOTORS – PASSENGER ............................................... Fig. 12.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4 SECURITY ACTIVE INDICATOR (GEAR SELECTOR MODULE) ........................................... Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE .................... Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE .................................... Fig. 05.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 TRANSMISSION ELECTRICS .................................................. Fig. 05.1 TRANSMISSION ROTARY SWITCH ........................................ Fig. 05.1 TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK ........................................... Fig. 08.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 TRIP CYCLE SWITCH (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) .................... Fig. 08.1 TRUNK ACCESSORY CONNECTOR ........................................ Fig. 18.1 TRUNK AND FUEL FILL RELEASE SWITCH ............................ Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 TRUNK LAMPS ....................................................................... Fig. 10.1
SIDE DI REPEATERS (ROW) ................................................... Fig. 09.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1
TRUNK RELEASE SOLENOID ................................................. Fig. 13.1
SIDE MARKERS (NAS ONLY) .................................................. Fig. 09.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
TRUNK SWITCH ...................................................................... Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
SOLAR SENSOR ..................................................................... Fig. 07.1 SQUAB (HEATERS) – DRIVER ................................................. Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 SQUAWKERS (FASCIA) ........................................................... Fig. 16.3
TWEETERS .............................................................................. Fig. 16.3 VACUUM SWITCHING VALVES .............................................. Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
STARTER MOTOR .................................................................. Fig. 03.1
VALET SWITCH ....................................................................... Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
STEERING COLUMN MOTORS .............................................. Fig. 11.2
VANITY LAMPS ....................................................................... Fig. 10.1
SUPPRESSION MODULE ....................................................... Fig. 03.1
VARIABLE STEERING CONVERTER – LHD ............................. Fig. 11.1
SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DOOR ............................................. Fig. 10.2
VARIABLE STEERING CONVERTER – RHD ............................ Fig. 11.1
STABILITY / TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) ............................... Fig. 06.1
SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DOOR MEMORY ............................ Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
8
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
XK8 Range 1998
Component Index
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID VALVES ..................... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 VENT ASSEMBLY ................................................................... Fig. 07.1 WASH / WIPE STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) .................... Fig. 14.1 WHEEL SPEED SENSORS ...................................................... Fig. 06.1 WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES – DRIVER DOOR (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK) ....................................... Fig. 15.1 WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES – PASSENGER DOOR (PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK) ............................... Fig. 15.1 WINDOW LIFTS ...................................................................... Fig. 15.1 WINDSHIELD HEATERS ......................................................... Fig. 07.2 WINDSHIELD WASH PUMP AND FLUID LEVEL SENSOR ..... Fig. 14.1 WIPER MOTOR ....................................................................... Fig. 14.1
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
9
User Instructions
XK8 Range 1998
Figure and Data Page Layout Figure Pages Each Figure represents a specific electrical system of the vehicle. The Figures are arranged numerically by system (01 – Power Distribution, 02 – Ground Distribution, etc.) with variations in the system identified by a numeral following a decimal point (01.1, 01.2, etc.). Refer to the Table of Contents for a complete list of the Figures. The Figures 01 – Power Distribution detail the distribution of power to each of the systems. Numbered reference symbols refer the user to a specific Figure and from a specific Figure back to the Power Distribution Figures. This method eliminates the need to include detailed Power Distribution information on each of the Figures. Similarly, the Figure 02 – Ground Distribution details the ignition switched ground distribution. The reference symbols are defined on page 12. Each Figure appears on a right-hand page with a corresponding Data page to the left. The Figure and Data pages are folding pages. The user must fold out both pages in order to access all the information provided. Data Pages The Data page includes information to assist the user in identifying and locating components, connectors and grounds. This information is supplemented by the illustrations in this front section of the book. When network data is required for the understanding of a particular circuit, the user is directed to the Appendix. Where circuits include a Control Module, Pin Out information is provided with values for “active” and “inactive” states. The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. This information is provided to assist the user in understanding circuit operation and should be used FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
10
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
XK8 Range 1998
User Instructions
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
FIGURE NUMBER
Fig. 03.1
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION BODY PROCESSOR MODULE P
Pin
COMPONENT, RELAY, CONNECTOR AND GROUND INFORMATION
COMPONENTS
Description
Active
Inactive
Component
I
FC14-7
NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS
GROUND (N)
B+ (P, R, D, 4, 3, 2)
BATTERY
D
FC14-39
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
Connector / Type / Color
Location / Access
BT66 / EYELET BT67 / EYELET
TRUNK, RIGHT HAND SIDE
I
FC14-41
STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST
GROUND (CRANKING)
B+
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
FC14 / 104-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY
PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET
O
FC14-73
STARTER RELAY ACTIVATE
GROUND (CRANKING)
B+
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
B+
B+
EM10 / 28-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREY EM11 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREY EM12 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREY EM13 / 34-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREY EM14 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / WHITE EM15 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / WHITE
I
FC14-80
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
D
FC14-92
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE P
Pin
Description
Active
Inactive
D
EM10-6
OK TO START – ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
I
EM10-15
PARK / NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION
B+ (P, N)
GROUND (R,D,4,3,2)
D
EM10-17
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
I
EM11-6
ENGINE CRANK
GROUND (CRANKING)
B+
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE P
Pin
Description
Active
D
FC22-9
GLASS BREAKAGE / OK TO START (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)
D
FC22-16
OK TO START (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)
D
FC22-17
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)
GENERATOR
AN1 / EYELET AN2 / EYELET ST11 / EYELET
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RIGHT FRONT
HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE
BT60 / EYELET BT61 / EYELET BT62 / EYELET BT63 / EYELET
TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH)
FC4 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
STEERING COLUMN
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
FC22 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREEN
ADJACENT TO DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX
NEUTRAL SWITCH
FC89 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY
REGULATOR (GENERATOR)
PI50 / 3-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / BLACK
STARTER MOTOR
ST2 / EYELET ST3 / EYELET ST10 / EYELET
ENGINE BLOCK
SUPPRESSION MODULE
AN3 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC/ RED
REARWARD OF RIGHT FRONT HEADLAMP
Inactive
GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / GENERATOR
RELAYS Relay
Color / Stripe
Connector / Color
Location / Access
STARTER RELAY
BROWN
EM50 / BROWN
RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS Connector
Type / Color
Location / Access
BT80
EYELET
EM1
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2
18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM3
14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM60
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FALSE BULKHEAD, RIGHT HAND SIDE
2-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC / BLACK
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LEFT INNER FENDER HEAT SHIELD
PI1
57-WAY SUMITOMO / BLACK
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ST1
EYELET
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FALSE BULKHEAD, RIGHT HAND SIDE
GROUNDS Ground
Location / Type
BT68
BATTERY GROUND STUD
FC3BR
EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data: I Input O Output SG Signal Ground
D C S
Serial and encoded communications CAN (Network) SCP Network
B+ Battery voltage V Voltage (DC) Hz Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
DATE OF ISSUE
DATA PAGE
FIGURE
MODEL RANGE AND YEAR
TITLE
FIGURE NUMBER
Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ26 N/A
XK8 Range 1998
FALSE BULKHEAD STUD CONNECTOR
N
BT80
BT61 250A x 2
B
N
BT67
BT68
BT66
BT60
N
BT63
250A
01.1
HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE
BATTERY
NB
15
B+ FC14-80
RW
1
WO
II
02.1
Y
FC4-3
BK
WN
I
75
SU
NW
3
5
WR
WK
1
2
GO
D
37
FC14-92
IGNITION SWITCH (III)
FC3BL
EM50
D FC14-39
02.1
FC4-2
FC4-5
GO EMS28
EM1-15
I FC14-41
FC4-1
FCS48
GO
GO
O FC14-73
RW
III
BK
N
ST1
01.1
BT62
N
Fig. 03.1
Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ26 N/A
II ENGINE CRANKING CONTROL
STARTER RELAY BK FCS47
BK
BK
LOGIC
RU
RU
FC89-3
I FC14-7
FC89-1
POWER
NEUTRAL SWITCH
FC3BR
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
GO
I ENGINE START
EM11-6
FUEL PUMP CONTROL AND IGNITION
SU
D GLASS BREAKAGE
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
FC22-9
PARK, NEUTRAL (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
G
05.1
I EM10-15
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
D
O.K. TO START
D
Y
Y EM10-17
Y FCS74
EM3-8
D SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
FC22-17
O
O EM10-6
EM2-18
D O.K. TO START FC22-16
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE WR
WR EM60-2
ST3 ST2
N
6
N
B 31
WP
ST10
II MAJOR INSTRUMENT PASK: CHARGE INDICATOR (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
08.1
PI50-2
SW
SW EM1-14
SW PI1-11
STARTER MOTOR
REGULATOR
PI50-1
B
N AN1
AN3-1
ST11
B AN2
AN3-2
GENERATOR SUPPRESSION MODULE
1
6
1
5
7
51
Fig. 01.2
6 II
II
52
84
Fig. 01.3
40
60
Fig. 01.1 II
E
E
39
E
1 Fig. 01.5
KEY TO REFERENCE SYMBOLS
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
I
Fig. 01.4 18 I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
FIGURE PAGE
VARIANT: AJ26 N/A Vehicles VIN RANGE: 024687 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
➞
VARIANT, VIN RANGE AND DATE OF ISSUE
11
User Instructions
XK8 Range 1998
NOTE: In the examples shown on this page, an ‘X’ is used where a number would appear on an actual Figure.
Reference Symbols Reference symbols are used for three purposes: • to allow the user to complete the individual system circuit to power supply or ground • to refer the user to a related circuit • to identify control module inputs, outputs and signal grounds Battery Power Supply
X
This symbol represents a direct battery power supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.2 or 01.3. X
X
I
II
X E
Ignition Switched Power Supply
This symbol represents ignition switched power supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.4 or 01.5. The suffix I indicates auxiliary power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION). The suffix II indicates ignition power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III (ENGINE CRANK). The suffix E indicates engine management switched power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III (ENGINE CRANK) under ECM control. X
XX
XX
I
II
Ignition Switched Ground
This symbol represents an ignition switched ground and refers the user to Figure 02.1. This symbol without a suffix indicates CRANK. Ground is completed in ignition switch key position III (ENGINE CRANK). The suffix I indicates auxiliary ground. Ground is completed in ignition switch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION). The suffix II indicates ignition ground. Ground is completed in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III (ENGINE CRANK). XX.X
BPM
Figure Number Reference Flag
This symbol refers the reader to a figure number only. It does not refer to a flag with the same number on a different figure. As used in Figures 01.1 through 02.1, the reference flag refers the user to a continuation of the circuit. In this instance, the user matches the number to a Power Supply or Ground symbol to trace the circuit. In most other cases, it is not necessary to refer to another figure for completion of a circuit, as the reference flags are used to indicate parallel circuits and circuits that share components. Most of the circuits where this situation occurs are overlapped to avoid the necessity for cross-referencing to another figure. Exceptions to this rule are instances where signals are transmitted to or received from other system circuits. When circuits are not overlapped, they are noted by (CIRCUIT CONTINUED). BPM Because the Body Processor Module appears numerous times, the abbreviation BPM is used in the reference flags on Figures 01.2 and 02.1 in order to conserve space. Control Module Input, Output, Data Link, Signal Ground and Network(s) I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
These six symbols are employed to assist the user in visualizing the ‘logic’ of circuits containing control modules. The symbols identify control module input, output, data link, signal ground and network pins. These symbols are also employed on the corresponding data page.
12
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
XK8 Range 1998 Wiring Symbols
User Instructions Wiring Color Codes N B W K G R Y
SPLICE SIMPLIFIED SPLICE
BULB
Brown Black White Pink Green Red Yellow
O S L U P BRD
Orange Slate Light Blue Purple Braid
CAPACITOR
When a wire has two or more color code letters, the first letter indicates the main color and the subsequent letter(s) indicate the tracer color(s).
CONNECTOR
Wiring Harness Codes DIODE
DIODE (IN HARNESS) XX1-X
EYELET AND STUD
FUSE
LOGIC GROUND
POWER GROUND
LED LED
MOTOR
POTENTIOMETER
RESISTOR
SOLENOID
SUPPRESSION DIODE
SUPPRESSION RESISTOR
THERMISTOR
TRANSISTOR
XX1
XX1-X
Code AC AN AS BB BC BL BT DD DP EL EM EN FC FL FR IC IS LF LL PI QL QR RF RH RL RR RT SA SC SD SP SW TL
Description Air Conditioning (Climate Control) Generator Suppression Module Generator to Starter Trunk Bridging Link Main Power Distribution Trunk Lid Trunk Door, Driver Door, Passenger Engine Management Cruise Control Link Engine Management Engine Management Side Marker Link Fascia LH Front Wheel RH Front Wheel In-Car Entertainment Inclination Sensor Link Left Forward Power Steering Link Engine Convertible LH Quarter Light Link Convertible RH Quarter Light Link Roof Rearward LH Rear Wheel RH Rear Wheel Radio Telephone Starter to Generator Link Column Switchgear Seat, Driver Seat, Passenger Steering Wheel Telephone
Code Numbering When numbering connectors, grounds and splices, Jaguar Engineering uses a three-position format: AC001, AC002, etc. Because space is limited in this Electrical Guide, the codes have been shortened. Thus AC001-001 becomes AC1-1, AC002-001 becomes AC2-1, etc.
WIRE CONTINUED ZENER DIODE
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
13
User Instructions
XK8 Range 1998
Harness Component Numbers Connectors HARNESS CODE + CONNECTOR NUMBER + PIN NUMBER EXAMPLE: FC7-24 (pin number is separated by a dash) Where the pin number differs from LHD to RHD, the connector number will be further identified by (LHD) or (RHD).
FC7-24 Harness code
FC7-24 (LHD) FC7-15 (RHD) Pin number
Connector number
Splices HARNESS CODE + S (SPLICE) + SPLICE NUMBER EXAMPLE: RHS3 (no dash is used) NOTE: In order to avoid unnecessary circuit complication, multiple splices (more than two wires) within components, in wires leading from input components to multiple circuits and in harness ‘ground’ sides, are simplified so as not to show wires from other circuits.
RHS3
RHS3 SIMPLIFIED SPLICE
Harness code
Splice number
Splice
Diodes Harness diodes occur at connectors and are depicted as components and identified by a connector number. EXAMPLE:
BT29-1
BT29
BT29-2
Relay Connectors Relay connector numbers are shown within the relay. The connector number is shown in the upper portion of the relay; the pin (terminal) number is shown adjacent to the pin. Certain relays are paired and share a modular connector. In this instance, the connector number remains the same for both relays while the pin numbers of the second relay are identified by numbers 6 – 10. EXAMPLE: AC20
14
AC20
4
9
3
5
8
10
1
2
6
7
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
XK8 Range 1998
User Instructions
Grounds HARNESS CODE + GROUND STUD NUMBER + EYELET STUD POSITION (A,B,C) + EYELET DESIGNATION (S,L,R) Eyelet stud position There may be up to three eyelets on one stud. A, B and C are used to indicate the position of the eyelet on the stud: A – first (bottom), B – second (middle), C – third (top). Eyelet designation Two eyelet variations are used: a single eyelet and an eyelet pair. The single eyelet has a single ‘leg’, which is identified by an S; the eyelet pair has two ‘legs’, identified as L (left) or R (right). S
L
SINGLE EYELET
R
EYELET PAIR
EXAMPLES: Harness code
Harness code
Harness code
Ground stud number
Ground stud number
Ground stud number
FC2S
LF1AR
Single leg eyelet
BT1CS
RH leg of eyelet
Single leg eyelet
First eyelet on stud
Third eyelet on stud
Where the ground designation differs from LHD to RHD, the RHD ground is shown in parentheses. If the ground designation is the same for LHD and RHD, only one ground designation is used. EXAMPLES:
EM2AR (EM1AR)
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
LHD Vehicles RHD Vehicles
BT1AL
Same for LHD & RHD Vehicles
15
Connectors
XK8 Range 1998
The following connectors are the common harness-to-harness connectors used throughout the vehicle. Multilock 040 Low current (used as harness and ‘direct’ connection connector).
Multilock 070 High current (used as harness and ‘direct’ connection connector).
Econoseal III LC Low current sealed connector.
Econoseal III HC High current sealed connector.
Ford Card Used for SRS only.
16
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
XK8 Range 1998
Main Power Distribution; Ground Point Identification and Location
GROUND POINTS
Main Power Distribution; Ground Point Identification and Location
MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
GENERATOR LF70 ST11
LF1 STARTER MOTOR ST3
LF2
FALSE BULKHEAD STUD CONNECTOR BT80 ST1
ENGINE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOX (RHD)
EM2
EM70
EM70
ENGINE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOX (LHD)
EM1 RHD
LF3
FC4
FC3 (QUIET GROUND)
FC2 DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX (LHD) PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX (RHD) FC1 CE2 RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT GROUND
FC90 FC93
RHD
BT79 EM71 FC91 LF71
PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX (LHD) DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX (RHD)
FC90 FC92
TUNNEL STUD CONNECTOR
FC6
FC5
RH3 (KEYFOB ANTENNA)
RH2
RH1
RADIO ANTENNA GROUND BT61
HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE BT68 BATTERY GROUND
BT62 BT63
BT60
BT66
+
BT1 BT2 BT3
BATTERY
–
BT68 BT67
TRUNK FUSE BOX
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
BT64
17
Harness Layout
XK8 Range 1998
Harness Layout
LHD
RHD
FRONT OF VEHICLE
FRONT OF VEHICLE
LF2
LF1
LF2
LF41
LF1
LF41
LF42
FR – RH FRONT WHEEL
FL – LH FRONT WHEEL
LF42
FR – RH FRONT WHEEL
FL – LH FRONT WHEEL
ST – STARTER LINK PI – ENGINE
LL – POWER STEERING LINK EL – ENGINE MANAGEMENT CRUISE CONTROL LINK OR EN – ENGINE MANAGEMENT SIDE MARKER LINK
LF – LEFT FORWARD PI1 PI2
LF3
LF3 LF40
EM60
EM2
LL1
EL1
EM – ENGINE MANAGEMENT
LF1 LF2 LF60
AC12 AC13 AC14 AC15
AC16
EM1 EM2 EM3
FC3
DD – DRIVER’S DOOR
SC – COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
LF1 LF2 LF60
DP1
DP – PASSENGER’S DOOR
DP – PASSENGER’S DOOR
EM60
EL1
EM1
EM2
AC – AIR CONDITIONING (CLIMATE CONTROL)
DP1
FC2 SC1 SC2 SC3 SC4
PI1 PI2
LF3
FC1
FC4
EL – ENGINE MANAGEMENT CRUISE CONTROL LINK OR EN – ENGINE MANAGEMENT SIDE MARKER LINK
LF – LEFT FORWARD
LF3 LF40
EM1
AC – AIR CONDITIONING (CLIMATE CONTROL)
DD1
ST – STARTER LINK
PI – ENGINE
EM – ENGINE MANAGEMENT
AC12 AC13 AC14 AC15
AC16
EM1 EM2 EM3
DD1
FC3
FC1
FC4
FC2
RF1
RF1
RF – ROOF
DD – DRIVER’S DOOR
SC1 SC2 SC3 SC4
SC – COLUMN SWITCHGEAR SW1 SW2
SW – STEERING WHEEL
FC – FASCIA
TL – TELEPHONE
FC – FASCIA
SW1 SW2
TL – TELEPHONE
RT – RADIO TELEPHONE
RT20
RT3
IC1 IC2
IC – IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT
RF – ROOF
RT20
RT3
IC1 IC2
RT – RADIO TELEPHONE IC – IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT
FC5
FC6 IC4
FC5
FC6 IC4
SD1 SD2
SD – DRIVER’S SEAT
SP1 SP2
SP – PASSENGER’S SEAT
RH1 RH2 RH12 RH14
RH2
RH5
RH6
RH1
QL – CONVERTIBLE LH QUARTER LIGHT LINK
BT3
BB1
SP1 SP2
SP – PASSENGER’S SEAT
BT1 BT2 BT3 BT4 BT58
SD1 SD2
BL1
RH2
QR – CONVERTIBLE RH QUARTER LIGHT LINK
RH5
RH6
18
RH1
QL – CONVERTIBLE LH QUARTER LIGHT LINK
BT3
BT1
BB1
BT1 BT2 BT3 BT4 BT58
QR – CONVERTIBLE RH QUARTER LIGHT LINK
BT1
BT2 BT73
BT72
RR – RH REAR WHEEL
RL – LH REAR WHEEL
BL1
BT73
RR – RH REAR WHEEL BL – TRUNK LID
BL – TRUNK LID BB – TRUNK BRIDGING LINK
RH – REARWARD
BT – TRUNK
BT2 BT72
SD – DRIVER’S SEAT
RH1 RH2 RH12 RH14
RH – REARWARD
BT – TRUNK
RL – LH REAR WHEEL
SW – STEERING WHEEL
BB – TRUNK BRIDGING LINK
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
XK8 Range 1998
Control Module Identification and Location
LHD
RHD
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE
Control Module Identification and Location
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE
AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
DIMMER MODULE DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE DIMMER MODULE
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
LAMP CONTROL MODULE
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE
LAMP CONTROL MODULE
19
Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location
XK8 Range 1998
Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 N/A
EM7 EM7 / 88-WAY / BLACK
LF37
28 BY
27 —
55 WB 88 —
87 —
86 Y
26 ND 54 WB
85 G
25 —
53 RU 84 —
24 —
23 BRD
52 RY 83 Y
51 OB 82 G
22 UY
50 —
21 BU 49 —
81 —
80 —
79 —
20 —
19 —
18 BS
17 —
16 U
15 BRD
14 N
13 US
12 RP
11 —
10 —
9 W
8 RB
7 —
48 —
47 —
46 —
45 RG
44 R
43 —
42 G
41 —
40 —
39 —
38 —
37 Y
36 S
35 —
78 —
77 —
76 —
75 —
74 —
73 —
72 —
71 —
70 —
69 —
68 —
67 —
66 —
65 —
6 B 34 B 64 —
5 OG 33 YP
4 OK
32 YU
63 —
62 —
L G
H Y
3 — 31 —
2 RS 30 YB
61 —
60 —
1 OU 29 OR
59 —
58 —
57 —
56 —
2 UG
1 WR
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 SC
LF37 / 25-WAY / BLACK
TOP
17 W
18 R 10 —
1 UO
19 UP 11 —
2 US
20 WU 12 —
3 S
21 P
13 UB 4 G
22 U 14 R
5 Y
23 — 15 G
6 Y
24 B
25 WY
8 B
9 NR
EM73
EM72
16 RY 7 O
EM73 / 18-WAY / BLACK 23 — 1 YU
2 BS
24 — 3 P
EM72 / 14-WAY / BLACK
25 26 27 28 LGB LGU LGP LGN 4 —
5 —
6 —
7 —
8 —
29 WB
30 B 9 —
33 B 10 —
12 BG
34 BY 13 BW
35 BU 14 BK
36 BO
15 BLG
37 BN 16 BP
38 BR 17 BS
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
EM14
EM15
EM13
EM12
EM11
EM10
AJ26 N/A EM14 / 12-WAY / WHITE
EM15 / 22-WAY / WHITE
6 R
5 R
4 BK
3 WR
2 GY
1 GY
11 B
12 G
11 G
10 B
9 B
8 B
7 B
22 B
EM13 / 34-WAY / GREY
10 —
9 RY
8 RG
7 BU
6 BW
5 BY
4 BO
3 PN
21 —
20 —
19 —
18 BS
17 BN
16 BG
15 BP
14 —
2 PU
1 PS
13 —
12 B
10 — 16 WU
9 KW
8 —
7 —
15 W
6 — 14 GR
26 25 24 23 LGU LGW LGO LGK
5 —
4 OK
EM12 / 22-WAY / GREY 3 SP
13 PY 22 UB
2 W
12 RW 21 —
34 33 32 31 LPG LGS LGR LGY
20 B 30 —
19 Y
1 KN 11 PW
18 S
29 O
28 P
6 YW 11 —
10 RY
17 N 27 BG
5 WU
17 U
3 —
9 SG 16 N
22 BP
4 —
21 —
2 —
EM11 / 16-WAY / GREY 1 —
8 SLG 15 R
14 G
13 GY
20 —
4 WU 7 —
16 K
10 G 15 R
EM10 / 28-WAY / GREY
1 SR 6 GO
11 U 18 BY
2 —
7 RG
12 UP 19 BY
3 P
9 UY 14 BG
8 — 5 SG
13 O
8 UW 13 BY
12 BG
7 —
6 O
5 WK
12 K 21 UW
28 Y
4 UN
3 ULG
11 PG 20 BG
27 G
19 — 26 Y
18 —
10 US 17 Y
16 PK
25 G
15 G
9 NO
14 OU
24 —
23 BK
22 B
AJ26 SC EM14 / 12-WAY / WHITE
EM15 / 22-WAY / WHITE
6 R
5 R
4 BK
3 WR
2 GY
1 GY
11 B
12 G
11 G
10 B
9 B
8 B
7 B
22 B
EM13 / 34-WAY / GREY
10 —
9 —
8 —
7 BU
6 BW
5 BY
4 BO
3 PN
21 —
20 —
19 —
18 BS
17 BN
16 BG
15 BP
14 —
2 PU
1 PS
13 —
12 B
10 RY 16 WU
9 KW
8 —
7 —
15 W
6 — 14 GR
26 25 24 23 LGU LGW LGO LGK 34 33 32 31 LPG LGS LGR LGY
20
5 —
4 OK
EM12 / 22-WAY / GREY 3 SP
13 PY 22 UB
2 W
12 RW 21 —
20 B 30 —
19 Y 29 O
1 KN 11 PW
18 S 28 P
6 YW 11 —
17 N 27 BG
5 WU
10 RY 17 U
22 BP
3 YN
9 SG 16 N
21 —
4 YR
EM11 / 16-WAY / GREY 1 YU
8 SLG 15 R
20 —
2 YG
14 G
13 GY
4 WU 7 —
16 K
10 G 15 R
9 UY 14 BG
EM10 / 28-WAY / GREY
1 SR 6 GO
11 U 18 BY
2 —
7 RG
12 UP 19 BY
3 P
8 — 5 SG
13 O
8 UW 13 BY
12 BG
7 —
5 WK
12 K 21 UW
28 Y
6 O
27 G
4 UN
3 ULG
2 UG
11 PG 20 BG
19 — 26 Y
18 —
1 WR
10 US 17 Y
16 PK
25 G
DATE OF ISSUE:
15 G 24 —
9 NO
14 OU 23 BK
22 B
FEBRUARY 1998
XK8 Range 1998
Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location
Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK BT41
BT40
BT41 / 26-WAY / BLACK (NAS)
BT40 / 16-WAY / BLACK
13 —
12 —
11 —
10 —
9 —
8 —
7 YP
6 —
5 RY
4 —
3 LGY
2 —
1 R
8 S
7 OG
6 NK
5 YW
4 GW
3 UG
2 OB
1 OR
26 —
25 —
24 —
23 —
22 —
21 —
20 —
19 YR
18 —
17 —
16 —
15 —
14 —
16 U
15 NY
14 BK
13 BK
12 —
11 UO
10 —
9 GR
BT41 / 26-WAY / BLACK (ROW)
FC25
13 —
12 —
11 —
10 BK
9 —
8 LGS
7 —
6 —
5 RY
4 —
3 —
2 —
1 —
26 YO
25 —
24 —
23 —
22 —
21 —
20 —
19 YR
18 —
17 —
16 —
15 —
14 —
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
FC26
FC25 / 48-WAY / BLACK
FC26 / 24-WAY / BLACK
1 BK
2 WG
3 RN
4 —
5 —
6 SO
7 —
8 —
9 —
10 SU
11 —
12 —
13 UY
14 R
15 —
16 —
17 —
18 —
19 S
20 U
21 —
22 —
23 Y
24 Y
1 RK
2 OW
3 PY
4 SG
5 OU
6 UB
7 ON
8 RG
9 RS
10 OB
11 RB
12 RU
25 NR
26 B
27 RO
28 RO
29 —
30 —
31 —
32 —
33 BR
34 —
35 Y
36 O
37 —
38 —
39 —
40 —
41 —
42 —
43 —
44 —
45 —
46 —
47 G
48 G
13 BW
14 RW
15 OU
16 YW
17 OS
18 OG
19 OS
20 UW
21 RLG
22 SW
23 OP
24 UR
DD11
DD10
DD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK 7 BP 15 WG
6 KS 14 —
22 UN
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
5 LGU 13 —
21 UP
4 OU
12 OY 20 GY
3 SN 11 —
19 —
2 UG
10 YO 18 —
DD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE 1 OB
9 YN 17 OR
7 OB 8 —
15 OU
16 —
6 SU
14 GW 22 PK
5 SY 13 PO
21 PU
4 PN
12 PW
20 WU
3 PG 11 PB
19 BR
2 BY 10 BG
18 BO
1 N 9 U
17 B
8 BK 16 S
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE FC14
FC14 / 104-WAY / GREY 79 NG
80 NB 53 RK
27 GO
81 GR 54 RB
28 RW 1 RY
2 GY
82 GR 55 SP
29 S
84 U
56 UW 30 U
3 GK
83 GB 57 —
31 SW 4 GU
85 S 58 SB
32 WN
5 SO
86 ON 59 PY
33 RG
6 YW
87 SK 60 RY
34 LGK 7 RU
8 —
88 YG 61 KG
89 LGR
62 LGU
63 SW
35 36 37 OU LGW LGR 9 LGU
10 SR
90 BG
11 YB
91 BW 64 —
38 OR
65 BK 39 Y
12 OP
92 SU
93 YK 66 PU
40 WU 13 GO
94 LGO 67 UR
41 RW
14 UB
15 WO
NOTE: (NAS) PIN 13 NOT USED
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
42 UY
95 RS
68 US
96 PW 69 OK
43 BLG 16 RY
44 OY
17 OS
97 —
70 GS
71 SR
45 UG 18 YS
98 GB
99 PN 72 —
46 —
19 20 WLG OG
100 BR 73 GO
47 —
101 PW
74 RW
48 OG 21 —
22 WB
102 NY 75 —
49 —
103 B
76 GK 50 GY
23 WO
77 GP
51 RW
24 NW
DP11
104 NY 78 PG
DP11 / 22-WAY / BLACK
52 BS 25 B
DP10
7 — 26 YG
15 —
6 — 14 —
22 —
5 LGU 13 —
21 —
4 —
12 — 20 GY
3 — 11 —
19 —
2 — 10 —
18 —
DP10 / 22-WAY / BLUE 1 —
9 — 17 —
7 OB 8 —
16 —
15 OU
6 SU
14 GW 22 PK
21 PU
5 SY 13 PO
4 PN
12 PW
20 WU
3 PG 11 PB
19 —
2 PY 10 BG
18 BO
1 N 9 U
17 B
8 BK 16 S
21
Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location
XK8 Range 1998
Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
SD3
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
SD4
SD3 / 16-WAY / BLACK
SD5
SP3
SD4 / 26-WAY / BLACK
SD5 / 10-WAY / BLACK
SP5
SP3 / 16-WAY / BLACK
SP5 / 10-WAY / BLACK
9 UY
10 UW
11 KW
12 KY
13 GN
14 GP
15 GW
16 GY
14 WP
15 —
16 —
17 —
18 WB
19 —
20 —
21 —
22 —
23 —
24 —
25 —
26 —
6 —
7 —
8 G
9 S
10 U
9 UY
10 UW
11 KW
12 KY
13 GN
14 GP
15 GW
16 GY
6 —
7 —
8 G
9 S
10 U
1 PS
2 PO
3 OK
4 R
5 OB
6 OR
7 KS
8 KO
1 WG
2 WU
3 B
4 —
5 W
6 WN
7 —
8 —
9 —
10 WR
11 WY
12 WO
13 —
1 B
2 B
3 US
4 UO
5 NK
1 PS
2 PO
3 OK
4 R
5 OB
6 OR
7 KS
8 KO
1 B
2 B
3 US
4 UO
5 NK
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE
BT69 FC22 FC29
FC30
FC22 / 20-WAY / GREEN (NAS) BT69 / 35-WAY / BLACK 19 —
FC29 / 12-WAY / BLACK 7 WK
8 OW
1 —
9 OP
FC30 / 12-WAY / GREY
10 —
2 —
3 —
4 BK
11 YU
5 YW
12 ON
12 BK
6 R
11 RS
6 WK
10 KU
9 KG
5 RG
4 KP
3 KN
8 RW
2 RP
1 SO
7 RW
20 PB 2 UP
21 UB
3 UW
22 RB 4 —
23 — 5 —
24 ON 6 —
25 U 7 —
26 US 8 —
27 NS 9 —
28 K 10 O
29 — 11 WR
30 OB 12 —
31 OW
13 OR
32 OK
14 OG
33 OY 15 OP
34 OU 16 —
35 — 17 —
10 —
9 SU
8 —
7 —
6 O
5 —
4 —
3 —
2 —
1 —
20 —
19 —
18 —
17 Y
16 O
15 —
14 —
13 —
12 —
11 —
18 B
FC22 / 20-WAY / GREEN (ROW)
1 —
10 —
9 SU
8 OG
7 OR
6 O
5 —
4 NR
3 —
2 —
1 SB
20 —
19 —
18 —
17 Y
16 O
15 —
14 WO
13 WN
12 BK
11 —
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE LAMP CONTROL MODULE
AC4
AC4 / 22-WAY / BLACK
22
12 WR
13 B
1 WP
2 GY
14 B
15 GW
16 OU
17 UB
3 WN
4 WU
5 NY
6 PY
18 19 LGW BW 7 UG
8 P
AC3
AC2
AC3 / 12-WAY / GREY 20 BK
21 O
9 UN
10 K
22 — 11 —
BT18
AC1
AC2 / 16-WAY / GREY
BT18 / 26-WAY / YELLOW
AC1 / 26-WAY / GREY
7 SY
8 SR
9 —
10 WP
11 UB
12 KU
9 OU
10 OR
11 YG
12 —
13 UY
14 —
15 UK
16 GP
1 ULG
2 S
3 SG
4 SB
5 OY
6 UG
1 OP
2 RG
3 YW
4 —
5 SU
6 SG
7 US
8 GO
14 —
15 —
1 RLG
2 U
16 LGN
17 RW
18 LGP
19 RU
20 SR
21 Y
22 NR
23 —
3 UY
4 PS
5 LGR
6 RY
7 PR
8 PY
9 RB
10 —
24 —
25 UR
26 GU
11 —
12 UW
13 UO
1 —
2 —
3 —
4 —
5 —
6 —
7 —
8 —
9 —
10 —
11 —
12 —
13 —
14 UP
15 UO
16 RY
17 RK
18 RU
19 UB
20 UW
21 RO
22 RG
23 RW
24 WG
25 R
26 BK
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
XK8 Range 1998
Relay and Fuse Box Identification and Location
Relay and Fuse Box Identification and Location
NOTE: RELAY COLORS ARE WRITTEN AS CASE COLOR (STRIPE) / CONNECTOR COLOR. FOR EXAMPLE, BLACK (BLUE) / BLUE INDICATES A RELAY HAVING A BLACK CASE WITH A BLUE STRIPE AND A BLUE CONNECTOR. IF THERE IS NO COLOR SHOWN IN PARENTHESES, THE RELAY CASE DOES NOT HAVE A STRIPE. SOME RELAYS CONNECT DIRECTLY TO A FUSE BOX BUS. THE CONNECTOR COLOR FOR THESE RELAYS IS IDENTIFIED AS “BUS”. Fuel injection relay brown / brown Throttle motor power relay brown / brown Ignition coil relay brown / brown
Wiper FAST/SLOW relay black / black LH blower motor relay black (blue) / blue
Wiper RUN/STOP relay black / black Door mirror heater relay black (blue) / blue
RH blower motor relay black (blue) / blue Driver side fuse box (LHD) Passenger side fuse box (RHD)
DRIVESHAFT TUNNEL RELAYS
LH FASCIA RELAYS
EMS control relay brown / bus
Air conditioning compressor clutch relay brown / brown
Ignition positive relay (LHD) Auxiliary positive relay (RHD) brown / bus
Engine Management fuse box
CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS (RHD)
LH ENCLOSURE RELAYS
Heater pump relay brown / bus Front fog relay brown / bus Main beam relay brown / bus
Powerwash relay brown / bus Dip beam relay brown / bus Horn relay brown / bus Ignition positive relay brown / bus
Engine compartment fuse box
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX RELAYS
TRUNK RELAYS:
➞ VIN 024687
Tail lamp relay brown / bus Heated backlight relay brown / bus Rear fog relay brown / bus Top up relay black / black Top down relay black / black
Fuel pump relay brown / bus Stop lamp relay brown / bus Accessory connector relay brown / bus Ignition positive relay brown / bus
RH FASCIA RELAYS LH quarter up relay / LH quarter down relay black (violet) / violet
Passenger side fuse box (LHD) Driver side fuse box (RHD)
RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS Auxiliary positive relay (LHD) Ignition positive relay (RHD) brown / bus
CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS (LHD)
Intercooler pump relay (RHD): VIN 024687 brown / brown
RH quarter up relay / RH quarter down relay black (violet) / violet
➞
Heated backlight relay brown / bus
➞
RH windshield heater relay brown / brown
Fuel pump 1 relay brown / bus Stop lamp relay brown / bus Accessory connector relay brown / bus Ignition positive relay brown / bus Trunk fuse box
FEBRUARY 1998
Starter relay brown / brown
Intercooler pump relay (LHD): VIN 024687 brown / brown Fuel injection relay brown / brown Throttle motor power relay brown / brown Ignition coil relay brown / brown
LH windshield heater relay brown / brown
Rear fog relay brown / bus
DATE OF ISSUE:
Door locking relay black (violet) / violet Air conditioning isolate relay black (violet) / violet
Tail lamp relay brown / bus
Engine Management fuse box EMS control relay brown / bus
Trunk fuse box
TRUNK RELAYS: VIN 024687
➞
Top up relay black / black Top down relay black / black LH quarter up relay / LH quarter down relay black (violet) / violet Fuel pump 2 relay brown / brown RH quarter up relay / RH quarter down relay black (violet) / violet
23
XK8 Range 1998
Main Power Distribution
TUNNEL STUD CONNECTOR
FALSE BULKHEAD STUD CONNECTOR
N
N
N BT80
BT61 250A x 2
B
N
N BT67
BT62 BT60
BT66
BATTERY
EM71
FC91
LF71
ST1
6
03.1
04.1
04.2
03.2
STARTER
N
N
BT63
250A
BT79
Fig. 01.1
Main Power Distribution
N N
HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE
BT68
(RHD) (LHD)
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE: WINDOW LIFT OPERATION (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE: WINDOW LIFT OPERATION (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
15.1 15.1
NO
26
PK BT44-2
11
NY
48
II
25 A BT44-1
N
II
RG
N
N
BT64
FC90
N
RG
FC6-6
N
LF7-9
FC93
FC92
EM20-6
FC90
LF70
EM70
BT49
BT2-14
TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE
2
1
1
2
1
2
2
1
1
2
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
IGNITION POSITIVE RELAY
1 KY RH2-20
N
FC21-6
KY
9
II
WN
N
BT12-9
B+ (BT66)
(BT65)
10
I
RG
BATTERY POST KY
12
2
1
II
O
AUXILIARY POSITIVE RELAY
IGNITION POSITIVE RELAY
3
2
I
IGNITION POSITIVE RELAY
4
3
II
EMS CONTROL RELAY
5
4
II
5
E
FC14-97
WO
5
I
II
FC14-15
WN
16
I
I
FC14-32
LOGIC
1
09.2
1
07.2
2
07.2
2
09.1
3
09.2
3
09.1
4
04.3
4
14.1
5
09.2
5
09.1
6
18.1
6
13.2
04.6
04.8
13.3
18.1
TRUNK FUSE BOX
1
6
7
51
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1 1 II
5 E
52
81
Fig. 01.3
6
38
II
II
39 E
55 E
1 Fig. 01.5
18 I
BATTERY POWER BUS
IGNITION POWER BUS
BATTERY POWER BUS
IGNITION POWER BUS
PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX
I
Fig. 01.4
BATTERY POWER BUS
IGNITION AUXILIARY POWER BUS
BATTERY POWER BUS
IGNITION POWER BUS
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
RELAYS
DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
BATTERY POWER BUS
RELAYS
ENGINE MANAGEMENT POWER BUS
POWER
ENGINE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOX
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
➞
04.4
04.5
04.7
ECM CONTROL (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
XK8 Range 1998
3
FC6 -1
#2 10A
FC6 -5
NK
7
11.4
12.1
12.2
BATTERY POWER BUS
#1 20A
SD1-2
NS
NS
8
NU NU
#3 30A
NU
NU
FC6 -3
LFS20
LF1-20
NU RW
9
07.2 14.1
10 14.1
NK #1 20A
RW
RW #4 10A
FC6 -8
FCS39
RW NB
#5 15A
NB
FC5 -9
NR
#2 10A
FC21 -5
#3
FC21 -3
NR
NR
FC5 -10
NR
FCS19
NY #7 15A
FC5 -4
#8 5A
FC5 -7
NY NP
NP FCS5
N N
NP FC5 -2
#9
N
SDS6
NW (LHD) NU (RHD) #11 20A
NW (LHD) NU (RHD)
NW FC21 -8
FC6 -4
#15 25A
NO FCS81
FC5 -3
NO
N
AC16-1 (LHD) AC15-20 (RHD)
NO
NLG #17 10A
NO
NO
NLG
DDS2
18 13.2
09.1
09.2
12.1
12.2
12.3
NP
12.4
13.3
NP
FC20 -9
18.1
NY NY
13.3
#6 10A
FC20 -10
#7 20A
FC20 -4
20 11.2
RH14-2
NY NY
FCS23
NB N
N #8 5A
12.2
12.4
35 11.2
11.3
12.1
36 11.3
11.4
15.1
13.1
13.2
31 13.1 32 13.1 33 13.1 34 15.1
37 13.1 38 10.1
22 12.1
N
FC20 -7
12.2
N
SPS1
SP1-5
NP
23 07.2
#9 10A
FC20 -2
24 19.1
#11 20A
FC21 -2
#13
FC21 -4
#15 25A
FC20 -3
25 10.1
11.2
11.3
11.4
12.1
13.1
13.2
13.3
15.1
26 01.1
NP
NU (LHD) NW (RHD)
NY
NY FCS82
NY AC15-20 (LHD) AC16-1 (RHD)
41 07.1 42 11.2 43 12.3
12.4
44 12.3
12.4
45 16.1
16.2
16.3
47 10.1
11.3
13.1
48 01.1
15.1
27 18.1
NR
N
NY
NP NP
#18 10A
29 08.1
FC20 -6
FCS88
15.1
BT2-2
NG
FC20 -1
28 18.1
46 07.2
DP1-22
NY
NG #17 15A
NLG
NP
49 BPM 50 10.2 51 10.2
PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX
7
51
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1 E
13.3
40 07.1
AC15-2 (LHD) AC16-3 (RHD)
NY
BT58-2
FC5 -6
6 5
13.2
39 16.4
BPM
II
15.1
IC2-13
15.1
DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX
1
13.3
AC12-20
NB
19 BPM
21 12.1
NW NW
RH2-13
NLG
NR #18 5A
NW
15 BPM
BT2-8
FCS40
FC5 -1
NW DD1-4
DD1-22
RH2-8
NLG
NW
14 17.1
17 13.2
NW
ACS3
NU (LHD) NW (RHD) NY
NO
DPS2
NW AC13-14
NW
AC16-3 (LHD) AC15-2 (RHD)
NY #13 5A
NW NW
NW
13 17.1
16 06.1
12.3
NOTE: SPS1 – 3-way seat only.
SD1-5
FC6 -2
NR
FCS89
11 14.1
RF1-7
NR
NR
DP1-4
12 17.1
30 11.4
SP1-2
NR
#5 5A
#6 5A
NK
FC21 -1
#4 5A
1
Fig. 01.2
2
NK BATTERY POWER BUS
Battery Power Distribution: Driver and Passenger Side Fuse Boxes
Battery Power Distribution: Driver and Passenger Side Fuse Boxes
52
81
Fig. 01.3
6
38
II
II
39 E
55 E
I
Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5
18 I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
➞
NOTE: Body Processor Module appears in numerous Figures.
XK8 Range 1998
1
4
NK
BATTERY POWER BUS
NK NK #1 5A
NK
(CONV.) BTS36
BT13 -7
NK NK NS
#2 20A
NS
BT13 -1
NG NG
#9 10A
NG
NG BTS42
BT11 -3
RELAYS Fig. 01.1
52 09.2
11.4
15.2
53 15.2 54 15.2 55 15.2 56 15.2
NG
58 16.1
16.2
#10 10A
NY
BT13 -2
NU NU
#12 20A (CONV.)
NU
BTS32
BT12 -3
NO NO #14 40A (CONV.)
BT13 -4
#16
BT12 -4
#18
BT10 -1
#20 20A (CONV.)
NO
BTS4
NR NR NR
BTS31
BT10 -3
NW #22 20A
NW
LF6 -3
#10
LF8 -2
#12 30A
LF7 -3
#14 30A
LF8 -4
#16 30A
LF7 -4
16.3
59 16.3
68 13.2
NLG
69 04.3
NG
70 04.3
NY
04.6 04.6
04.8 04.8
07.2
II
E
#3 25A
EM20 -3
61 13.1
13.2
NW
NW
NW
NW NO (N/A) NO
EMS41
EM20 -8
(SC)
72 06.1
#18 30A
LF5 -1
#20
LF5 -3
#5 10A
EM19 -9
#22
LF5 -2
#6
EM19 -10
#7
EM19 -4
#8 10A
EM19 -7
#9 30A
EM19 -2
#11
EM20 -2
#13
EM20 -4
#15 30A
EM19 -3
#17 30A
EM19 -1
NO
NY
NY
NLG
NLG
NG
NG
NG
NG
NP
NP
NW
NW
51
Fig. 01.2
52
81
Fig. 01.3
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
63 15.2 64 15.2
66 15.2 67 15.2 67A 04.6
38
II
II
E
73 03.1
03.2
74 04.1
04.2
04.4
04.5
75 05.1 75A 04.7
NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞.
76 04.3
04.6
04.8
77 04.3
04.6
04.8
07.2
78 04.1
04.2
04.4
04.5
04.6
04.8
65 15.2
6 39
NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞.
62 15.2
04.8
NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞. #18 10A
7
72A 04.8
13.3
EM19 -6
ENGINE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOX
6 5
EM20 -5
#4 5A
BT12 -7
Fig. 01.1 1
#2 20A
NO
TRUNK FUSE BOX
1
EM20 -1
07.2
71 06.1
NR
#1
60 16.3
IC4-2
NY
NW #9 10A
57 11.5
IC4-1
NG
Fig. 01.3
5
BATTERY POWER BUS
(COUPE)
BATTERY POWER BUS
RELAYS Fig. 01.1
Battery Power Distribution: Trunk, Engine Compartment and EMS Fuse Boxes
Battery Power Distribution: Trunk, Engine Compartment and EMS Fuse Boxes
55 E
I
Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5
18 I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
➞
79 07.2 80 07.2 81 04.3
04.7
XK8 Range 1998
Ignition Switched Power Distribution
1
II
II
WU
IGNITION POWER BUS
WU #10 5A
6 II
FC6 -7
WP
7 II
WP
8 II
WP #12 10A
WP FCS8
FC6 -10
WP
WP
9 II
ACS17
AC15-3
WP
FCS29
FC5 -8
WR
EMS15
WR #16 5A
DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX
12 04.3 II
BT13 -9
#5
BT11 -2
WR
FC21 -10
04.6
WG
13 08.1 II
WG
14 04.1 II
WG
15 17.1 II
WR
16 11.4 II
WR
17 07.2 II
WR
18 07.2 II
WR
19 05.1 II
05.2
WR
20 05.1 II
05.2
WR
20A 05.2 II
#14 20A
FC20 -8
#16
FC20 -5
LG
LG
21 16.4 I
WY
WY
22 16.1 I
WU
23 18.1 I
IC2-12
WU
24A 04.6 II
WR
25 11.5 II
WB
26A 05.2 II
WB
27 05.1 II
WB
28 05.1 II
WP
29 03.1 II
WR
30 13.2 II
WR
31 09.3 II
WR
32 09.3 II
WR
33 09.3 II
WU
34 06.1 II
WK
35 03.1 II
03.2
WK
36 04.1 II
04.2
04.4
WK
37 04.3 II
04.6
04.8
04.2
04.8
NOTE: Circuit deleted VIN 024687 ➞.
1
09.2
2
07.2
4
04.3
04.8
RELAYS
TRUNK FUSE BOX
NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞.
4 (SC)
WB
16.2
#1 10A
LF8 -7
#2 5A
LF8 -1
WB
(N/A) EMS42
LF40-13
WP
WP PI2-12
LF3-13
16.3
WR #3 5A
LFS5
LF8 -8
WR LF60-9
WU LF8 -9
WK #5 10A
PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX
LF6 -2
WK LF40-10
WR
EMS6
LF5 -9
38 II
1 07.2 2 09.1 RELAYS
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
6
7
51
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1 1 II
5 E
52
81
Fig. 01.3
6
38
II
II
39 E
55 E
I
Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5
18 I
NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞.
04.6
#4 5A
1
04.8
WG
II
FC21 -7
WG BTS1
BT10 -9
IGNITION POWER BUS
IGNITION AUXILIARY POWER BUS
#4 5A
24 09.2 II
II
I
#12 5A
BT13 -8
26
2
#10 5A
WG #3 5A
WG
07.2
WG
FCS63
FC5 -5
07.1
11 11.1 II
WR EM2-3
07.2
WP
RF1-1
WR
19.1
10 07.2 II
WG #14 10A
IGNITION POWER BUS
3
Fig. 01.4
Ignition Switched Power Distribution
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
➞
NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞.
03.2
04.5
04.7
XK8 Range 1998
Engine Management Switched Power Supplies
Engine Management Switched Power Supplies
5
ENGINE MANAGEMENT POWER BUS
E
WR #10 5A
39 04.1 E
04.2
04.4
04.5
04.7
WR
40 04.1 E
04.2
04.4
04.5
04.7
WR
41 05.1 E
WR
42 04.1 E
04.2
04.4
04.5
04.7
WR
43 04.1 E
04.2
04.4
04.5
04.7
WU
44 04.1 E
04.2
04.4
04.5
04.7
WU
45 04.3 E
04.6
04.8
07.2
WU
46 04.1 E
04.2
04.4
04.5
WU
47 04.1 E
04.2
04.4
04.5
WU
48 04.1 E
04.2
04.4
04.5
WU
48A 04.7 E
WP
49 04.1 E
04.2
04.4
04.5
04.7
WP
50 04.1 E
04.2
04.4
04.5
04.7
WP
51 04.1 E
04.2
04.4
04.5
04.7
WP
52 04.3 E
04.6
04.8
WP
53 04.1 E
04.2
04.4
04.5
04.7
WP
54 04.3 E
04.6
04.8
07.2
WP
54A 04.7 E
NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞.
WP
54B 04.7 E
NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞.
WY
55 04.1 E
EMS7
EM20 -7
WR
WR ELS3
EL1-1
WU
WU LFS24
LF40-12
WU #12 10A
WR
WU EMS16
EM20 -10
WU
(N/A) PIS6
PI1-28
NOTE: LF3-9 introduced VIN 024687 ➞.
(SC)
WP LF3-9
WP #14 10A
EMS30
EM19 -8
WP
WP PI1-47
PIS8
WY #16 5A
EM19 -5
NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞.
04.2
04.4
04.5
04.7
ENGINE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOX
1
6
7
51
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1 1 II
5 E
52
81
Fig. 01.3
6
38
II
II
39 E
55 E
I
Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5
18 I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
➞
Fig. 01.5
XK8 Range 1998
Ignition Switched Ground Distribution
III
III
III
III
II
II
II
II
I
I
I
I
IGNITION SWITCH (OFF)
IGNITION SWITCH (I)
IGNITION SWITCH (II)
IGNITION SWITCH (III)
WO
2 II
WO RW
III
1
WO
FCS48
FC4-5
BK
WO
FCS26
5 II
WN
I
4 II
WO FC4-3
BK
3 II
BPM
FC4-1 II
WO
FC4-2
WO
WO
6 II
ACS15
AC13-2
IGNITION SWITCH
WO
7 II
14.1 13.2
13.3
19.1 BPM 04.1
04.2
05.3
06.1
09.2
11.5
NOTE: Circuit deleted VIN 024687 ➞.
04.1
04.2
04.4
04.5
04.7
05.3
06.1
04.8
07.2
NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞.
09.2
FC3BL
RG
8 II
WO
RG
FC46-2
RG
FC46-1 FC46-3
RG FCS25
LFS27
LF60-8
RG
RG RH2-9
WN
WN
01.1
9A 04.6 II
RG
10 01.1 II
RG
11 01.1 II
WN
12 01.1 I
WN
13 18.1 I
WN
14 10.2 I
WN
15 13.2 I
WN
16 BPM I
WN
17 07.1 I
WN
18 19.1 I
BT1-18
FCS20
WN
BPM
RG
BT1-16
RH2-10
9 II
RG
INERTIA SWITCH
AC13-1
BPM
1
6
7
51
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1 1 II
5 E
52
81
Fig. 01.3
6
38
II
II
39 E
55 E
I
Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5
18 I
Fig. 02.1
Ignition Switched Ground Distribution
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
13.3
NOTE: Body Processor Module appears in numerous Figures.
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
➞
11.5
XK8 Range 1998
Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ26 N/A
Fig. 03.1
Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ26 N/A
FALSE BULKHEAD STUD CONNECTOR N
N BT80
BT61 250A x 2
B
N
BT67
BT68
01.1
BT62
N BT66
BT60
BATTERY
N
BT63
250A
01.1
HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE
NB
15
B+ FC14-80
RW
III
RW
1
FC14-41
WO
II
02.1
Y
FC4-3 FCS48
WN
I
73
SU
NW
3
5
WR
WK
1
2
GO
D
35
FC14-92
IGNITION SWITCH (III)
FC3BL
EM50
D FC14-39
02.1
FC4-2
FC4-5
GO EMS28
EM1-15
I
FC4-1
BK
GO
GO
O FC14-73
BK
ST1
II ENGINE CRANKING CONTROL
BK FCS47
BK
BK
RU
FC89-3
STARTER RELAY
POWER
RU
I FC14-7
FC89-1
LOGIC
NEUTRAL SWITCH FC3BR
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
GO
I EM11-6
ENGINE START
FUEL PUMP CONTROL AND IGNITION
SU
D
GLASS BREAKAGE SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
D
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
D
OK TO START
FC22-9
PARK, NEUTRAL (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
05.1
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
G EM10-15
Y
Y
D EM10-17
I OK TO START
Y FCS74
EM3-8
FC22-17
O
O
D EM10-6
EM2-18
FC22-16
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE WR
ST2
N
6
B 29
WP
ST10
II MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK: CHARGE INDICATOR (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
08.1
PI50-2
SW
SW EM1-14
SW PI1-11
STARTER MOTOR
REGULATOR
PI50-1
B
N AN1
AN3-1
ST11
B AN2
AN3-2
GENERATOR SUPPRESSION MODULE
1
6
7
51
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1 1 II
5 E
52
81
Fig. 01.3
6
38
II
II
39 E
55 E
I
Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5
18 I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
WR EM60-2
ST3
VARIANT: AJ26 N/A Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
➞
N
XK8 Range 1998
Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ26 SC
FALSE BULKHEAD STUD CONNECTOR
N
BT80
BT61 250A x 2
B
N
BT67
BT68
BT66
BT60
BATTERY
N
BT63
250A
01.1
HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE
NB
15
B+ FC14-80
RW
III
RW
1
FC14-41
WO
II
02.1
Y
FC4-3 FCS48
WN
I
73
SU
NW
3
5
WR
WK
1
2
GO
D
35
FC14-92
IGNITION SWITCH (III)
FC3BL
EM50
D FC14-39
02.1
FC4-2
FC4-5
GO EMS28
EM1-15
I
FC4-1
BK
GO
GO
O FC14-73
BK
N
ST1
01.1
BT62
N
Fig. 03.2
Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ26 SC
II
ENGINE CRANKING CONTROL
STARTER RELAY P, N
RU
O
RU
I
POWER
FC14-7
FC100-4
LOGIC
P, N
B
B EMS43
B EM2-2
EM2AL (EM1AL)
G
O FC100-5
I
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
EM1-11
FC100-2
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH GO
I EM11-6
ENGINE START
FUEL PUMP CONTROL AND IGNITION
G
I
SU
EM10-15
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
Y
Y
D EM10-17
OK TO START
Y FCS74
EM3-8
GLASS BREAKAGE SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
D
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
D
OK TO START
FC22-17
O
O
D
D FC22-9
EM10-6
EM2-18
FC22-16
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
WR
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
WR EM60-2
ST3 ST2
N
6
B 29
WP
ST10
II
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK: CHARGE INDICATOR (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
PI50-2
08.1
SW
SW EM1-14
PI1-11
STARTER MOTOR
REGULATOR
SW PI50-1
B
N AN1
AN3-1
ST11
B AN2
AN3-2
GENERATOR SUPPRESSION MODULE
1
6
7
51
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1 1 II
5 E
52
81
Fig. 01.3
6
38
II
II
39 E
55 E
I
Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5
18 I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: AJ26 SC Vehicles VIN RANGE: 024687 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
➞
N
XK8 Range 1998
AJ26 N/A NAS Engine Management: Part 1 ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN
WY
55
A
B
E
EM64-2
UPSTREAM HO2S
VVT SOLENOID VALVES
EVAPP
MAFS
B
CMPS
CKPS
KS
IATS
KS
A
ECTS
A
CCV
B
DOWNSTREAM O2S
FTP SENSOR
A
B
B
EM64-1
υ
υ
B
Fig. 04.1
AJ26 N/A NAS Engine Management: Part 1
λ
λ
λ
λ
I
EM11-9
I
EM11-10
I
EM11-11
O
EM11-12
I
EM11-13
BRAKE SWITCH
EM11-14
O
03.1
D EM10-6
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
K
19.1
EM12-12
I
EM12-13
I
EM12-14
I
EM12-15
I
EM12-16
I
EM12-17
O D
EM12-18
O
EM12-19
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
19.1
EMS CONTROL RELAY (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
G
05.1
EM12-22
I EM10-15
PK
01.1
O EM10-16
Y
03.1
D EM10-17
CAN
G
19.1
C– EM10-25
CAN
Y
19.1
C+
G
19.1
EM13-4
O
EM13-11
O
EM13-12
O
EM13-13
I
EM13-17
I
EM13-18
I
EM13-19
I
EM13-20
I
EM13-27
I
EM13-28 EM13-29
CAN
Y
19.1
C+ EM10-28
ECM PROGRAMMING
19.1
ENGINE CRANK
03.1
P
D EM11-3
GO
I EM11-6
ECM PROGRAMMING
W
19.1
GY EM16
78 53
5
GY
GY EMS20
WP
B+ EM14-1
3
1
B+ EM14-2
GR
2
E
O
7
6
51
Fig. 01.2
1 II
5 E
52
81
Fig. 01.3
EM1-10
OK PW RW PY N S Y B BG P O
RH1-8
BRD EMS3
PI1 -50 -49
I
EM14-4
O
EM14-5
O
EM14-6
I
EM14-7
I
EM14-8
I
EM14-9
I
EM14-10
O
EM14-11
O
EM14-12
O
EM15-1
O
EM15-2
O
EM15-3
O
EM15-8
O
EM15-9
I
EM15-11
I
EM15-12
I
EM15-22
-51
-12
-14
PI1 -3 -4
-1
PIS9
EMS9
R G
BK R R B B B B G G
R G
PI2-7 PI2-6
EMS19
42
43
E
E
EMS18
EL2-2
EL3-2
1
2
EL2-1
EL3-1
PI33 -2
PI33 -1
PI42 -5
PI42 -3
PI42 -1
PI42 -4
PI42 -2
PI6 -3
-4 -1
PS PU PN RG RY B B B
-2
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVES 3
PEDAL POSITION
38
II
II
39 E
55 E
EMS38 EM1BR (EM2BR)
BK
Fig. 01.5
B
EMS37 EM1AL (EM2AL)
B
I
Fig. 01.4
1
MECHANICAL GUARD
-2
TPS THROTTLE MOTOR
ELS1
18 I
EMS36 EM1AR (EM2AR)
EL1-2
PEDAL POSITION AND MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS
EL1-5
PW RW PY
EL1-4
6
EL4 -1
THROTTLE ASSEMBLY EMS31
EL1-3
NOTE: ELS1 – LHD Coupe and RHD Convertible only.
EM2AR (EM1AR)
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: AJ26 N/A NAS Vehicles VIN RANGE: 024687 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
➞
W
U
W
-1
BRD
N
BRD
U
BG RG UW
WU
OK
WP
BRD PS
U
B
W B
U G
UY
N
BRD
S
BRD
P
Y
BRD
OK RH1-9 RH1-10
UP GY G R N U BY BY BP
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (CONTINUED Fig. 04.6)
Fig. 01.1
EM1-4
EMS1
EM13-14
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY
1
UW
D EM13-2
NG
EM1-9
C– EM10-27
BG RG UW
PIS1
EMS8 O
EM10-26
CAN
PI1-6
D EM10-13
PARK, NEUTRAL (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
BG BG
BG
UW
EM10-12
O
BT2 -4 -5 -3
G
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
OK TO START
I
E
LF40-5
EMS2
I EM10-14
EM2-13
EM11-16
EM24 -2
44
E
U BRD UW BG
FC19
51
PI1 -5
BG
OU
EM11-15
I
-1
UW
OU
I
O
EM11-8
B BRD
O
RG UW UY G U BG BY BG R K
UP
EM11-7
-20
UW
EM1-8 EM10-10
I
BG BG
PI1 -19
BY
I
EM10-23
-18
R
FCS35
US
EM10-22
I
PI1 -17
K BRD
AC13-3
US
EM10-21
I
EM22 -2
B
AC24-1
US
O
BG UW B BK
PI1 -22 -23 -21
B
AC24-4
US
EM10-20
BT5 -1 -2 -3
-2
B
GB
O
PI1 -25 -26 -24
B
B
EM14-3
-57
WR
II
B+
-31
WR
WO
7
-4 -1
E
BY BY GY
E
EM23 -3
50
PI1 -56 -54 -52
BG
WR
-2
-2
E
EM10-9
40
B
-4 -1
WP
R
N
BRD
S
P
Y
BRD
46
W B
EM21 -3
LF52 -1
BG RG UW
E
B+
O
PIS10
49
E
B BRD
48
U
R
W -2
UY E
NO
LF3-8
PI1-27
47
BY BY
PI1-16
B+ EM10-5
74
-2 PI27 -1
B+ EM10-1
II
W
-2 PI26 -1
-1
BRD PU
-3
R
W
-2 PI17 -1
PI4 -2
BG
PI15 -1
S
-3
W
-4
PI35 -5 -2 -1
S
WP
RG
-1
BRD
WK
E
LF58 -2
UP
36
-2
BG
WR
PI32 -1
BY GY WU
39
-2
WU
RY
PI31 -1
WU
EM2AL (EMIAL)
PN
EMS43
AJ26 N/A ROW Engine Management: Part 1 KS A
ECTS
A
B
B
EM64-1
υ
υ
B
HO2S
λ
λ NOT USED
-2
E
E
B+
EM11-11
O
EM11-12
I
EM11-13 EM11-14
I
EM12-12
I
EM12-13
I
EM12-14
I
EM12-15
D EM10-6
K
19.1
D
EM12-17 O
EM12-18
O
EM12-19
EM10-12
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
O
19.1
G
05.1
EM12-22
EMS CONTROL RELAY (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
I
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
PK
01.1
O EM10-16
Y
03.1
D EM10-17
CAN
G
19.1
C– EM10-25
CAN
Y
19.1
C+
O
EM13-11
O
EM13-12
O
EM13-13
I
EM13-17
I
EM13-18
I
EM13-19
I
EM13-20
I
EM13-27
I
EM13-28
EM10-26
CAN
G
19.1
EM13-29
Y
19.1
C+ EM10-28
ECM PROGRAMMING
P
19.1
D EM11-3
ENGINE CRANK
GO
03.1
I EM11-6
ECM PROGRAMMING
W
19.1
GY EM16
78 53
B+ EM14-1
3
5
WP
1
2
GY
GY EMS20
B+ EM14-2
GR
E
O
II
I
EM14-4
7
6
51
Fig. 01.2
5 E
52
81
Fig. 01.3
B
W B
U
OK
WP
BRD PS
OK
UY
N
BRD
PI1 -50 -49
O
EM14-5
O
EM14-6
I
EM14-7
I
EM14-8
I
EM14-9
I
EM14-10
O
EM14-11
O
EM14-12
O
EM15-1
O
EM15-2
O
EM15-3
O
EM15-8
O
EM15-9
I
EM15-11
I
EM15-12
I
EM15-22
-51
-12
-14
PI1 -3 -4
-1
PIS9
EMS9
R G
BK R R B B B B G G
R G
PI2-7 PI2-6
EMS19
EMS18
PS PU PN RG RY B B B
42
43
E
E
EL2-2
EL3-2
1
2
EL2-1
EL3-1
PI33 -2
PI33 -1
PI42 -5
PI42 -3
PI42 -1
PI42 -4
PI42 -2
PI6 -3
-4 -1
-2
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVES 3
PEDAL POSITION
6
38
II
II
39 E
55 E
EMS38 EM1BR (EM2BR)
BK
Fig. 01.5
B
EMS37 EM1AL (EM2AL)
B
I
Fig. 01.4
1
EL4 -1
MECHANICAL GUARD
-2
TPS THROTTLE MOTOR
ELS1
18 I
EMS36 EM1AR (EM2AR)
EL1-2
PEDAL POSITION AND MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS
EL1-5
PW RW PY
EL1-4
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (CONTINUED Fig. 04.6)
Fig. 01.1
1
EMS3
EM13-14
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY
1
BRD
D EM13-2
NG
OK PW RW PY N S Y B BG P O
C– EM10-27
CAN
S
EMS8 EM13-4
EM10-15
RH1-8
UP GY G R N U BY BY BP
D EM10-13
PARK, NEUTRAL (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EM1-10
EMS1
UW
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
RH1-9 RH1-10
G
O
03.1
EM1-4
UW
EM12-16
OK TO START
UW
BG
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
BT2 -4 -5 -3
BG RG UW
PIS1 EM1-9
I EM10-14
EM2-13
EM11-16
PI1-6
EMS2
UW
FC19
EM11-15
I
EM24 -2
E
LF40-5
BY
OU
I
-1
44
E
R
EM1-8 EM10-10
EM11-10
I
BRAKE SWITCH OU
51
PI1 -5
K BRD
I
I
NOT USED
EM22 -2
B
FCS35
US
-20
B
AC13-3
US
BT5 -1 -2 -3
-2
THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
B
AC24-1
US
EM11-9
PI1 -19
EMS31
B
AC24-4
US
I
-2
BG BG
WR
II
GB
EM11-8
RG UW UY G U BG BY BG R K
-18
BG
WR
7
B
O
BG BG
PI1 -17
BRD
EM10-23
P
EM10-22
I
Y
EM10-21
I
PI1 -22 -23 -21
BRD
O
BG UW B BK
PI1 -25 -26 -24
O
EM10-20
-57
B BRD
O
-31
UP
EM14-3
EM11-7
WO
-4 -1
E
BY BY GY
E
EM23 -3
50
PI1 -56 -54 -52
B+
BG
WR
-2
LF52 -1
NOT USED
E
EM10-9
40
B
-4 -1
G
R
N
S
P
Y
W B
EM21 -3
BRD
46
O
PIS10
49
BRD
48
U
W
R
-2 PI27 -1
UY E
NO
74
LF3-8
PI1-27
47
BY BY
PI1-16
B+ EM10-5
B BRD
EM10-1
II
W
R
-2 PI26 -1
B+
WP
-3
-1
BRD PU
-2 PI17 -1
PI4 -2
BG
PI15 -1
W
-3
S
-4
W
PI35 -5 -2 -1
S
WP
RG
-1
BRD
WK
E
LF58 -2
UP
36
-2
BG
WR
PI32 -1
BY GY WU
39
-2
WU
RY
PI31 -1
WU
EM2AL (EMIAL)
PN
EMS43
EL1-3
NOTE: ELS1 – LHD Coupe and RHD Convertible only.
EM2AR (EM1AR)
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: AJ26 N/A ROW Vehicles VIN RANGE: 024687 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
➞
-1
BRD
IATS
KS
N
EM64-2
CKPS
U BRD UW BG
E
B
CMPS
BRD
A
B
MAFS
U
WY
55
HO2S EVAPP
BG RG UW
VVT SOLENOID VALVES
BG RG UW
ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN
Fig. 04.2
AJ26 N/A ROW Engine Management: Part 1
WU
XK8 Range 1998
AJ26 N/A Engine Management: Part 2 CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH
KN BT11-10
I
EM11-4
I
EM11-5
I
EM12-5
I
EM12-6
I
EM12-8
I
EM12-9
O
EM12-10
O
EM13-1
O
EM13-3
O
EM13-16 EM13-22
O
EM13-23
O
EM13-24
O
EM13-25
O
EM13-26
O
EM13-31
O
EM13-32
O
EM13-33
O
EM13-34
O
EM15-4
O
EM15-5
O
EM15-6
O
EM15-7
O
EM15-15
O
EM15-16
O
EM15-17
O
EM15-18
PW
GP
PW
GO
PW
PIS5
SG SW1 -3
SC3-3
SW2-3
SWS1 EM26 PI1-40
BO SW1 -6
FCS48
KW
SW3-2 RESUME
BO
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES
SW2-6
STEERING WHEEL
BK
CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
FC3BL
PW PI1-53
BO
CANCEL 430 Ω
SW3-1
EM27 -8
IGNITION MODULE 1
EM2 -15
PI1-42
PI1-41
PI1-39
EM27 -7
EM27 -12
1A
2B
3B
PI1-46
EM27 EM27 -11 -10
PI1-45
PI1-44
EM29 -8
EM29 -11
4A
EM29 -7
1B
EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 -1 -2 -3 -6 -5 -9
EM29 -9
PI1-43
PW PW
GP
EM3-1
GO
SG
SG
RH2 -15
EM2 -9
GR
PW
680 Ω
KN SP KW W WU UB LGK LGO LGW LGU LGY LGR LGS LGP
EM13-15
O
BO SW3-4
CASSETTE
SC3-12
WU YW SLG SG RY
EM13-9 O
EM3 -4
BO
SR WU SG
-1
PW
5
3
NW
UB
2
1
WP
EMS22
2A
3A
81 52 E
EM29 EM29 -12 -10
IGNITION COIL RELAY
IGNITION MODULE 2
4B
EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 -1 -2 -5 -3 -6
EM1-13 EM2-12 EM1-3
LGY
EM11-1
PI25-2
LGO
I
EM3 -3
CASSETTE
KN
-1
PI20-2
LGW
EM10-11
-1
GR
I
PI19-2
LGP
EM10-4
-1
PI22-2
GB
I
-1
B
EM10-3
PI21-2
EM2-14
RLG
UG ULG UN UB RLG
AC13-9 AC12-19 AC12-12 AC12-14
EM2-6
EMS31
UG ULG UN UB RLG
NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1 and Fig. 07.2 for complete A/C circuits.
EM2AR (EM1AR)
AC4-7
I
AC3-1
O
AC4-9
O
AC4-17
I
AC1-1
I
AC12-13
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
B
I
UG ULG UN PG
EM3 -6
KW
RH1 -11
– 430 Ω
SW3-3
LGU
EM10-2
KN
SW2-4
-1
GW
TRUNK FUSE BOX
SW1 -4
SC3-4
PI24-2
+
BT2 -15
BT2 -6
FUEL PUMP RELAY (#4)
O
EM3-2
SR
-1
PI23-2
B
II
680 Ω
CASSETTE
SR
-1
LGK
2
4B
II
GK
26
WU SP SR
3A
12
LGR
1
WG FC63 -8
ON / OFF
PI18-2
BT11-1
#7 20A
FC63 -7 FC63 -9
2A
PW
NY
5
WU
FCS71
AC13-16
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH
PG 3
AC24-3
WU
1B
GB
AC24-2
AC13-15
1
WU
GW
PG
PW
II
4A
560 Ω
GK
KW
1
560 Ω
GS
SP
24A
FC63 -10
GS
2
10.2
3B
LGS
WG
UW
5
GU
3
2B
PW
NW
IGNITION COILS 1A
RLG
GU
67A
DIMMER OVERRIDE
PW
NOT USED (FUEL PUMP 2 RELAY)
Fig. 04.3
AJ26 N/A Engine Management: Part 2
PW
XK8 Range 1998
EM17
RLG
5
3
NLG
RY
2
1
WP
EMS26
77 54 E
BO BY BW BU BP BG BN BS
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY
OG LF9-2
W
W
WU LF9-9
LF40-6
PI1-30
PI1-32
PI1-33
PI1-34
PI1-35
PI1-36
PI1-37
NG LF9-3
LF9-5
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
WU
RLG
RLG PI1-13
OY
PI1-38
45 E
LF9-8
B PI36-1
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
70
WU LF9-7
LF40-7 EM5
NY
76
BT55-2
NY
3
BR
5
FUEL PUMP
37
WK
1
UB EMS31
PI7-2
-1
PI8-2
-1
PI9-2
-1
PI10-2
-1
PI11-2
-1
PI12-2
-1
PI13-2
-1
PI14-2
NLG
-1
LF12-2
WU
20 BAR
YW
12 BAR
REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH
69
RH RADIATOR FAN OY
BT2AL
1A
2A
3A
4A
1B
2B
3B
B LF13-2
4B
LF13-1
LH RADIATOR FAN
FUEL INJECTORS
LF2AL
NOTE: ECM power supplies and grounds shown on Fig. 04.4 and Fig. 04.5.
1
7
6
51
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1 II
5 E
52
81
Fig. 01.3
6
38
II
II
39 E
55 E
I
Fig. 01.4
1 Fig. 01.5
18 I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
BK LF2BL
VARIANT: AJ26 N/A Vehicles VIN RANGE: 024687 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
➞
BK
RG LF57-4
LF57-3
B
FUEL TANK
BK LF57-2
BTS50
BT55-3
2–30 BAR
LF57-1
YW LF40-11
LF12-1
B
NOT USED
WU
YW
OG
UB LF57-5
LF40-9
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE
BP
BR
BO
BR
BY
BR
BS
BR
BW
BR
BG
BR
BN
BR
EM2AR (EM1AR)
BR
WU
BU
FUEL INJECTION RELAY
UW BT55-4
UB LF3-6
LF2AR
B
B BT55-1
P LF9-1
PIS2
B
2
II
NOT USED
B
BR PI2-5
9A II
AJ26 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 1 HO2S KS
EM10-5
NO
75A
EM10-9 E
WO
7 II
B
GB
AC24-4
O
B+ EM14-3
US
AC24-1
EM11-7
WR
40
US
US
FCS35
AC13-3
US
I
EM11-8
I
EM11-9
I
EM11-10
I
EM11-11
O
EM11-12
I
EM11-13
EM1-8 EM10-10
EM11-14
BRAKE SWITCH
I
EM11-15
I
EM11-16
RG UW UY G U BG BY BG R K
PI1-6 EM1-9
EMS2
UW
EM1-4
PI1 -17
-18
PI1 -19
-20
44
E
E
PI1 -5
BG BG RG UW
PIS1
EM24 -2
RH1-9
RH1-8
UW EM12-1
EM10-14
EM12-2 EM12-3
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
EM12-4
D
EM12-12
I
EM12-13
I
EM12-14
I
EM12-15
EM10-6
EM12-16 D
EM12-17
EM10-12 D
EM12-18
O
EM12-19
EM10-13
EM12-22
EMS8
I
EMS CONTROL RELAY (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EM13-4
PK
01.1
O EM10-16
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
03.2
CAN
19.1
CAN
19.1
Y
D EM10-17
G
C– EM10-25
Y
C+ EM10-26
CAN
19.1
CAN
19.1
G
C–
O
EM13-11
O
EM13-12
O
EM13-13
I
EM13-17
I
EM13-18
I
EM13-19
I
EM13-20
I
EM13-27
I
EM13-28
EM10-27
EM13-29
Y
19.1
ENGINE CRANK
03.2
P
D EM11-3
GO
I EM11-6
ECM PROGRAMMING
W
19.1
D EM13-2
GY EM16
NG
78
3
GY
GY EMS20
WP
53
1
B+ EM14-1
5
B+ EM14-2
GR
2
E
BRD EMS3
PI1 -50 -49
O
I
EM14-4
O
EM14-5
O
EM14-6
I
EM14-7
I
EM14-8
I
EM14-9
I
EM14-10
O
EM14-11
O
EM14-12
O
EM15-1
O
EM15-2
O
EM15-3
I
EM15-11
I
EM15-12
I
EM15-22
1
7
6
R G
BK R R B B B B G G
51
Fig. 01.2
1 II
5 E
52
81
Fig. 01.3
38
II
II
39 E
55 E
PI1 -3 -4
-1
43
E
E
PI33 -2
EL2-2
EL3-2
1
2
EL2-1
EL3-1
PI33 -1
PI42 -5
PI42 -3
PI42 -1
PI42 -4
PI42 -2
PI6 -3
-4 -1
-2
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVES 3
EMS18
PS PU PN B B B
EL1-4
BK
EMS38 EM1BR (EM2BR)
B
EMS37 EM1AL (EM2AL)
B
EMS36 EM1AR (EM2AR)
I
Fig. 01.4
1 Fig. 01.5
-14
PI2-6
EL1-2
6
R G
PI2-7
42
EMS19
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (CONTINUED Fig. 04.8)
Fig. 01.1
-12
PIS9
EM13-14
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY
-51
EMS9
C+ EM10-28
ECM PROGRAMMING
OK PW RW PY N S Y B BG P O
G
EM10-15
U BRD UW BG
G
05.2
UW
PARK, NEUTRAL (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
BG
O
19.1
UW
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
O
BY
K
19.1
EL4 -1
PEDAL POSITION
-2
MECHANICAL GUARD
TPS
B
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
R
O
03.2
EM12-7
I
18 I
PW RW PY
EL1-5
THROTTLE MOTOR
PEDAL POSITION AND MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS
B
OK TO START
I
EMS31
EL1-3
THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
B
EM2-13
YU YG YN YR UP UP GY G R N U BY BY BP
WR
FC19
I
K BRD
OU
WR
OU
EM2AR (EM1AR)
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: AJ26 SC ROW Vehicles VIN RANGE: 024687 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
➞
-1
-1
UP
-1
RH1-10
EM1-10
EMS1
EM22 -2
PI41 -2
BG BG BG
UY
PI1 -22 -23 -21
N
PI1 -25 -26 -24
NOT USED
BT5 -1 -2 -3
BT2 -4 -5 -3
LF40-5
51 OK
50
-2
OK
-4 -1
-2
WP
EM23 -3
B
W B
U
B -2
BRD PS
UY
R
N
BRD
S
BRD
P
Y
BRD
O
B BRD -57
BRD
PN
YU YG YN YR
BG BG BG
B+
-31
S
EM10-23
PI1 -56 -54 -52
BRD
I
-4 -1
E
P
EM10-22
E
Y
I
BG UW B BK
48A
BRD
EM10-21
E
W B
EM21 -3
LF52 -1
NOT USED
BY BY GY
II
B+
EM10-20
O
49
O
WK
36
O
E
UP
B+ EM10-1
E
BY BY
LF3 -8
54A 54B
B BRD
PI1 -8 -9 -10 -7
WR
NOT USED
G
-2
PIS10
WP
-2 PI27 -1
U
W
R
W
-2 PI26 -1
-1
BRD PU
-3
R
W
-2 PI17 -1
PI4 -2
BG
PI15 -1
S
W
S
-3
UP
WP
-4
PI35 -5 -2 -1
BG
-1
BY GY WU
LF58 -2
PN
-5
WP
-2
WP
YU YG YN YR
PI34 -4 -1 -6 -3
E
υ
λ
NOT USED
EM2AL (EMIAL)
39
λ
PI1 -15
UP
υ
υ EMS43
IATS 2
B
B
EM64-1
B
HO2S
A
BG
A
ECTS
BRD
IATS
KS
N
EM64-2
CKPS
BRD
B
E
CMPS
U
WY
55
MAFS
BG RG UW
EVAPP
BG RG UW
ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN
Fig. 04.4
AJ26 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 1
WU
XK8 Range 1998
AJ26 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 2 CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH
WG
BT2 -6
TRUNK FUSE BOX
EM11-1
I
EM11-4
I
EM11-5
I
EM12-5
I
EM12-6
I
EM12-8
I
EM12-9
O
EM12-10
O
EM13-1
O
EM13-3
KW
EM3 -6
RH2 -15
SP
EM3 -3
SR SW1 -4
SC3-4
EM3-2
2
1
WP
EMS22
SW2-4
BO 430 Ω
SW3-3
81 52
IGNITION COIL RELAY
PI1-53
SW3-4
PW PIS5
680 Ω
EM3 -4
CASSETTE
SG
SG
SG SW1 -3
SC3-3
EM3-2
SW2-3
BO 430 Ω
SW3-1
SW3-2
SWS1
EM31 PI1-40
PI1-42
PI1-41
PI1-39
PI1-46
PI1-45
PI1-44
PI1-43
PW PW
BO SW1 -6
SC3-12 FCS48
KN
SR WU SG
SW2-6
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES
KW BK
STEERING WHEEL
CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
FC3BL EM2 -9
BO
EM27 -8
EM27 -7
IGNITION MODULE 1
EM2 -15
EM27 -12
1A
2B
EM27 EM27 -11 -10
3B
EM29 -8
EM29 -11
4A
EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 -9 -1 -2 -3 -6 -5
EM29 -7
1B EM29 -9
GP
BO
GO
CASSETTE
WU YW SLG SG RY
UB
PW
GP
-1
PW
PI25-2
PW
GU
-1
2A
WB
5
3
RY
1
2
NW
72A
B
EM29 EM29 -12 -10
3A
4B
INTERCOOLER PUMP RELAY
IGNITION MODULE 2 WB
EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 -1 -2 -5 -3 -6
B
EM75-2
LGY
I
PI20-2
LGO
EM10-11
-1
LGW
I
PI19-2
GR
EM10-4
-1
PI22-2
LGP
I
-1
GB
EM10-3
PI21-2
GW
I
-1
PI24-2
GK
EM10-2
RH1 -11
PG WU
BT2 -15
SR
LGU
O
KN UG ULG UN PG
NW
680 Ω
SR
BT11-10
FUEL PUMP RELAY (#4)
3
CASSETTE
KN
2
-1
LGK
1
II
PI23-2
LGR
26
-1
GO
PI18-2
BT11-1
#7 20A
5
E
NY
5
EM26
PW
II
GU
3
4B
12
FC63 -8
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH 1
3A
PW
FC63 -9
GR
WU
FCS71
AC13-16
2A
PW
WU
AC24-3
1B
GB
WU
AC24-2
GW
PG AC13-15
FC63 -7
PW
PG
4A
510 Ω
GK
KW
1
II
270 Ω
PW
2
SP
GS
WG
24A
UW
5
3B
GS
67A
3
FC63 -10
2B
LGS
NW
RLG
10.2
DIMMER OVERRIDE BT51
IGNITION COILS 1A
PW
FUEL PUMP 2 RELAY
Fig. 04.5
AJ26 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 2
PW
XK8 Range 1998
EM75-1
INTERCOOLER PUMP
B B
EM13-32 EM13-33
O
EM13-34
O
EM15-4
O
EM15-5
O
EM15-6
O
EM15-7
O
EM15-15
O
EM15-16
O
EM15-17
O
EM15-18
W
PI1-32
PI1-33
BN
BU
BR
BR
PI1-34
PI1-35
PI1-36
PI1-37
PI1-38
WU
1
2
IJ2-1
LF9-8
LF9-5
LF9-3
OY
45
NG
IJS1
-1
BR
IJ1-3
IJ4-2
-1
IJ1-4
IJ5-2
-1
IJ1-5
IJ6-2
IJ2-2
-1
IJ7-2
-1
IJ2-3
IJ8-2
-1
IJ2-4
RLG
IJ9-2
-1
IJ10-2
OG
-1
UB
UB NLG
LF12-2
WU
69
WU
1A
2A
3A
4A
1B
2B
3B
LF13-2
LH RADIATOR FAN
Fig. 01.3
38
II
II
39 E
55 E
I
Fig. 01.4
1 Fig. 01.5
18 I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
20 BAR
12 BAR
YW LF57-3
LF2BL
LF2AL
VARIANT: AJ26 SC ROW Vehicles VIN RANGE: 024687 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
➞
BK
RG LF57-4
REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH
LF13-1
FUEL INJECTORS NOTE: ECM power supplies and grounds shown on Fig. 04.7.
BK LF57-2
WU
B
OY
4B
BK
LF57-1
YW
YW
2–30 BAR
UB LF57-5
LF3-6
LF40-11
6
B
P
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE
RH RADIATOR FAN
81
54
PI36-1
IJ2-5
B
52
WP
77
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY
LF40-9
Fig. 01.2
1
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
LF12-1
51
RY
2
LF2AR IJ1-2
EM2AR (EM1AR)
IJ3-2
7
NLG
PI1-13
BTS50
Fig. 01.1
3
70
BT2AL
E
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
E
RLG
BT55-3
5
I
E
B
IJS2
FUEL PUMP 2
II
I
AC1-1
5
BR IJ1-1
FUEL INJECTION RELAY
BT55-4
1
O
AC4-17
RLG
LF9-1
BR
EMS31
B
6
AC4-9
WU
B
B
II
UW
LF9-9
BR
BN
WK
BR PIS2
PI2-5
BT55-1
1
O
LF9-7 5
BR
3
BU
NY
76 37
FUEL TANK
AC12-14
I
AC3-1
EMS26
LF9-2
EM5
B
AC12-12
AC4-7
EM25
PI1-30
FUEL PUMP 1
AC12-19
UG ULG UN UB RLG
AC12-13
OG
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE BT55-2
AC13-9
NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1 and Fig. 07.2 for complete A/C circuits.
BO BY BW BU BP BG BN BS
NY
EM2-14
UG ULG UN UB RLG
EM2-6
BP
O
RLG
BP
O
EM1-3
BR
EM13-31
BO
EM13-26
O
EM2-12
BO
O
EM1-13
BR
EM13-25
BY
EM13-24
O
BY
O
LF40-7
BR
EM13-23
BS
O
LF40-6
BS
EM13-22
BR
EM13-16
O
BW
O
EM2AR (EM1AR)
W WU
BW
EM13-15
BR
O
BG
EM13-10
BG
EM13-9
O
EMS31
B
BR
O
KN SP KW RY W WU UB LGK LGO LGW LGU LGY LGR LGS LGP
9A II
XK8 Range 1998
AJ26 N/A Automatic Transmission
Fig. 05.1
AJ26 N/A Automatic Transmission
NOTE: Gear Selector Illumination Module – CAN ‘Listen only’ node for gear selector position indicators. TRANSMISSION ROTARY SWITCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
TURBINE SPEED SENSOR
PRESSURE REGULATORS
SOLENOID VALVES
L1
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
L2
L3
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE
L4
P, N
υ 2
3
4
5
1
2
–
3
EM46 -6
EM46 -5
EM46 EM46 -13 -14
EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 -16 -2 -3 -7 -11 -15
EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 -12 -8 -9 -4
EM46 -1
EM46 -10
S
RB
Y
W
N
+
G
BU
UY
RU OG
OU
OR
OK
OB
RY
YB
YP
YU
U
EM47 EM47 EM47 EM47 EM47 -E -A -B -C -D
+
BY NO
B+ EM7-26
WB
27 II
II
CAN
19.1
CAN
19.1
B+ EM7-55
G
C – EM7-82
Y G
19.1
C – EM7-85
CAN
Y
19.1
EM7-1
O
EM7-2
Y
W
O
EM7-4
O
EM7-5
I
EM7-6
I
EM7-8
I
EM7-9
I
EM7-12
I
EM7-13
RP US
I
EM7-14
N
EM7-15 EM7-16
BRD U
EM7-18
BS
C + EM7-86
I
EM7-21 I
EM7-22
I
EM7-23
O
EM7-28
WR
BK
G
BY
EMS25
EM7-30
O
EM7-32
03.1
04.1
04.2
04.4
O
EM7-33
I
EM7-34
I
EM7-36
I
EM7-37
S Y
I
EM7-42
G
US
US
US
EM1-17
BY
FC83-1
BY FCS62
FC83-3
BY
AC12-11
NOTE: Circuit deleted VIN 024687 ➞.
KICKDOWN SWITCH (LHD)
BS
BS EM1-16
BS
BY BY
AC27
AC28
AC29
AC30
ACS12
ACS11
AC12-15
YU YP B
EM7-52
O
EM7-53
FC35 -7
R RG OB RY RU
560 Ω
6
7
51
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
FC35 -9
10Κ Ω
1 II
5 E
52
81
Fig. 01.3
38
II
II
39 E
55 E
I
Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5
18 I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
II
RLG
10.2
DIMMER OVERRIDE
10Κ Ω
BK FC35 -2
FC35 -1
MODE SWITCH
6
20
FC35 -10
EM2AL (EM1AL)
1
WR FC35 -8
RG EM3-14
EMS43
MODE STATE
RP EM3-13
B
560 Ω
RS
RS
RG
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
BY
KICKDOWN SWITCH (RHD)
RP O
PARK, NEUTRAL (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
04.5
D–4 SWITCH
EM3-11
EM7-51
CAN
BY
BS
O
19.1
EM1-18
BY OR YB
EM7-29
EM7-45
CAN
E
BU UY BRD
O
EM7-44
19.1
41
OK OG B RB W
O
I
CAN
FCS47
BS
I
19.1
BK
FC88 -6
G
CAN
FC3BR
C + EM7-83
CAN
RB
FC88 -9
19.1
OU RS
O
B+ EM7-54
WB
28
S
Y
C
330 Ω
2
75
FC88 -8
330 Ω
3
EM47 EM47 -J -K
G
C
330 Ω
R
Y
C FC88 -4
–
G 4
N
G FC88 -3
330 Ω
D
B
II
C
330 Ω
N
19
FC88 -1
330 Ω
R
1
WR
B+
330 Ω
P
VARIANT: AJ26 N/A Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
➞
BK FCS47
FC3BR
XK8 Range 1998
AJ26 SC Automatic Transmission
Fig. 05.2
AJ26 SC Automatic Transmission
NOTE: Gear Selector Illumination Module – CAN “listen only” node for gear selector position indicators. NOTE: n2 and n3 are internal gear ratio speed sensors. TRANSMISSION
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH
O
B+
O
I
O
O
NOTE: Pressure regulators: MD – modulation pressure SD – shift pressure
O
n2 SPEED SENSOR
O
n3 SPEED SENSOR
FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
SOLENOID VALVES
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE
PRESSURE REGULATORS
P
R FC100
RU
-4
-5
G
WR
-3
-2
-7
-6
-8
-1
SWITCH (NOT USED) OPEN – P, N
N
υ
B LGB LGU LGP LGN
A B 1-2,4-5 2-3
C 3-4
TCC
MD
SD
D
4
PARK, NEUTRAL
RU
03.2
PARK, NEUTRAL (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
04.7
GB1 -7
GB1 -3
GB1 -1
GB1 -12
GB1 -4
GB1 -6
GB1 -13
GB1 -8
GB1 -9
GB1 -11
GB1 -2
GB1 -10
3
G
03.2
B
EM1-11
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
2
19 II
FC88 -1
330 Ω –
G
C FC88 -3
330 Ω +
C FC88 -4
330 Ω –
C FC88 -8
330 Ω +
C
Y G Y
FC88 -9
330 Ω
FC88 -6
19.1
CAN
19.1
CAN
19.1
CAN
19.1
CAN
BK
BK
330 Ω
WR
20A
WR
B+
330 Ω
FCS47
II FC3BR EM2 -2
EM1 -17
EM1 -18
EM3 -13
GB2 -7
EM3 -14
B LGB LGU LGP LGN
26A
WB
II
CAN
19.1
CAN
19.1
B+ EM73-29
G
C– EM72-L
Y
C+
I
EM73-2
I
EM73-3
I
EM73-25
I
EM73-26
I
EM73-27
I
EM73-28
I
EM73-30
BS RS LGB LGU LGP LGN B
BU
GB2 -3
GB2 -1
G
U
GB2 -12
GB2 -4
BY
UY
GB2 -6
RY
GB2 -5
GB2 -8
YB
YP
GB2 -9
YU
GB2 -11
GB2 -2
OG
OK
BS
GB2 -10
OB BS
EM1-16
BK
AC12-15
AC25-1
EMS43
O
EM72-13
O
EM72-14
O
EM72-15
O
EM72-16
O
EM72-17
O
EM72-33
I
EM72-34
I
EM72-35
O
EM72-36
O
EM72-37
O
EM72-38
G BU YB YU YP OG
FC35 -9
EM3-11
WR
7
51
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1 1 II
5 E
52
81
Fig. 01.3
270 Ω
BK MODE STATE
BY UY U OK OB RY
MODE SWITCH
B
6
38
II
II
39 E
II
FC35 -10
EM2AL (EM1AL)
6
20
FC35 -8
510 Ω
RLG
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
1
BK FCS48
FC3BL
1000 Ω
RS EM72-12
BK AC12-11
KICKDOWN SWITCH
EM72-H
I
AC25-2
55 E
I
Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5
18 I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: AJ26 SC Vehicles VIN RANGE: 024687 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
➞
FC35 -1
10.2
DIMMER OVERRIDE
BK FCS47
FC3BR
XK8 Range 1998
Gearshift Interlock
Gearshift Interlock
NOTE: Circuit deleted VIN 024687 ➞.
BRAKE SWITCH (LHD) WO
6 II
B
US
GB
AC26-4
AC26-1 ACS16
US
US
US FCS35
AC13-3
WO
7 II
B
I EM10-10
Y
US
GB
AC24-4
US EM1-8
C +
EM1-6
AC24-1
EM10-28
G
BRAKE SWITCH (RHD)
C –
EM1-7
EM10-27
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
Y
C + FC88-4
G
C – FC88-3
Y
C + FC88-9
G
C – FC88-8
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE
Y
C + FC25-24
G
C – FC25-47 –
U
U
S
FCS11
FC25-20 +
S
S
S
FCS12
FC25-19
19.1
SCP
19.1
SCP
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
15
NB
B+ (LOGIC) FC14-80
19
NY
B+ (SOLENOIDS) FC14-104 –
U
S FC14-84
5
WO
I
II
16
+
S
S
FC14-15
WN
FC14-85
I
I
OG
OG
O
FC14-32
RW
O FC14-51
BK FCS47
BK
SB
FC87-3
SB
FC86 -2
FCS46
FC2BR (FC4BR)
GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID
GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK CONTROL
BK
B
B FC86 -1
FC14-48
RW
B
SC1-1
B SC1-2
B FCS49
I
FC87-1
FC14-58
NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH
KEYLOCK SOLENOID
FC4BR (FC2BR)
POWER
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
FC3BR LOGIC
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
1
6
7
51
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1 1 II
5 E
52
81
Fig. 01.3
6
38
II
II
39 E
55 E
I
Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5
18 I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
➞
Fig. 05.3
XK8 Range 1998
Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control
Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control
BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR
72
NR
B+
34
LF37-1
WU
II
UO EM37-2
LF40-1
EM37-1
B+ LF37-20
71
UO
O
LF37-9
UB
I
NY LF37-25
UB LF40-2
LF37-13
B+
S
I
S
LF37-3 CAN
19.1
CAN
19.1
Y
C +
G
LF37-5
G
LF37-4
G
RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
FR1-2
LF42-2
FR1-1
LF42-1
C – LF37-15
NOTE: Circuit deleted VIN 024687 ➞.
BRAKE SWITCH (LHD)
6
WO
II
B
NOT USED LF1-13
C +
NOT USED LF37-10
C –
Y O
I
UP
Y LF60-5
LF37-6
O LF60-4
LF37-7
Y RH1-16
Y BT2-11
O RH1-15
O BT2-10
US
US
US FCS35
AC13-3
II
RR1-2
BT73-2
LF37-19
US LF60-1
I LF37-2
W
I
W
LF37-17
WO
RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
RR1-1
O
AC26-1 ACS16
7
Y BT73-1
US
GB
AC26-4
NOT USED LF37-11
B
US
GB
AC24-4
R
AC24-1
LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
FL1-2
LF41-2
R
LF37-18
FL1-1
LF41-1
BRAKE SWITCH (RHD)
P
I
16
NR
RY FC55-9
STABILITY / TRACTION STATE
FC55-11
RY LF60-6
LF37-16
U
B FCS49
R FC55-16
FC55-12
R LF60-7
6
7
51
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1 1 II
5 E
52
81
Fig. 01.3
6
38
II
II
39 E
55 E
BT2-13
RL1-2
LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
U BT72-1
RL1-1
B
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE
I
Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5
RH1-18
U
LF37-24
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
1
U
P BT72-2
B
I
STABILITY / TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH
FC4BR (FC2BR)
P BT2-12
LF37-8
I LF37-14
P RH1-17
U LF60-3
LF37-22
I
B
P LF60-2
LF37-21
O
18 I
LF3AS
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
➞
Fig. 06.1
XK8 Range 1998
Climate Control: Part 1 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
ASPIRATOR ASSEMBLY IN-CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
SOLAR SENSOR
VENT ASSEMBLY
ASPIRATOR MOTOR
VENT SERVO
Fig. 07.1
Climate Control: Part 1
EVAPORATOR / HEATER MATRIX ASSEMBLY
DEFROST SERVO
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
HEATER MATRIX TEMPERATURE SENSOR
COOL AIR BYPASS SERVO
LH BLOWER AIR INTAKE
RH BLOWER AIR INTAKE
FRESH / RECIRCULATION SERVO
FRESH / RECIRCULATION SERVO
FOOT WELL SERVO
υ υ
NOTES: When the ignition switched ground input is interrupted during engine cranking, the A/CCM does not drive high power consuming components. The A/C Isolate Relay remains energized by the A/CCM for 30 seconds after the ignition is switched OFF to provide power for the A/CCM to ‘park’ the servos.
υ BW
OY
LF29 -2
LF29 -1
BW
UB
LGW
B
BW
OY
BW
RG
PR
SR
OR
RY
RU
P
P
O
KU
UG
BW
SU
UO
GU
UY UW
UR
P
FC12 -1
FC12 -2
FC12 -3
FC12 -4
LF60 -11
LF60 -10
FC44 -2
FC44 -3
FC44 -5
FC44 -4
FC44 -6
FC44 -8
FC44 -7
FC44 -9
FC52 -1
FC52 -2
AC7 -1
AC7 -10
AC7 -2
AC7 -3
AC7 -5
AC7 -4
AC7 -6
AC7 -8
AC7 -7
AC7 -9
BW
UB
LGW
BW
OY
BW
RG
PR
SR
OR
RY
RU
P
P
OP
KU
UG
BW
SU
UO
GU
UY UW
UR
P
AC15 -5
AC15 -12
AC15 -14
AC15 -13
AC15 -15
AC15 -17
AC15 -16
OY
RG
PR
SR
OR
RY
RU
AC15 -9
UB
AC12 -18
LGW
II
AC4-1
WN
17
WN
I
I AC4-3
NY
40
NY
B+ AC4-5
FC24
NY
41
4
3
5
2
1
GY
GY AC13-12
B
B
GW
FC4BR (FC2BR)
AC4-2
GW AC15-8
FCS49
B+
O AC4-15
AIR CONDITIONING ISOLATE RELAY
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) ENGINE SPEED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) VEHICLE SPEED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
SG
SG
08.1
AC12-10
08.1
AC12-8
OU
08.1
19.1
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
19.1
O
AC1-7
O
AC1-8
O
AC1-9
O
AC1-12
O
AC1-13
O
AC1-19
O
AC1-20
O
AC1-21
O
AC1-22
O
AC1-25
O
AC1-26
I
AC2-1
I
AC2-2
I
AC2-3
I
AC2-5
I
AC2-10
I
AC2-11
I
I
AC2-13
I
O
AC3-2
D
AC3-3
I
AC3-5
I
AC3-6
AC4-6
OU AC12-9
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
AC1-6
AC5 -2
AC5 -6
AC5 -12
AC5 -7
P BW
YG
PY
Y
AC5 -1
P BW YW
RB
NR
AC6 -6
AC6 -12
AC6 -7
P BW YW
RB
NR
AC6 -1
AC6 -2
RY PR PY RB UW UO RU SR Y NR UR GU
BW AC15-11
ACS21
OP RG YW SU OR YG UY
AC2-6
PY
PY
O
Y
ACS4
BW B+
PY
P AC15-10
FCS34
WP
YG
OP FCS33
WP
P BW
AC15 -4
P
8
υ
I AC4-16
K
D AC4-10
O
D
D
AC3-7
O
AC3-8
I
AC3-11
I
AC3-12
O
AC4-4
O
AC4-8
O
AC4-12
I
AC4-13
O
AC4-14
O
AC4-18
O
AC4-19
I
AC4-20
S SG OY UG SY SR UB KU
S AC12-1
SG AC12-4
SY AC12-3
SR AC12-2
AC4-21
WU
WU P WR B B LGW BW BK
AC12-6
WR
RK
B
RLG
AC12-7
B FCS46
FC43 -7
B
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
FC43 -5
FC43 -6
FC43 -2
FC43 -3
FC43 -4
FC43 -1
FC43 -8
FC43 -9
B WR WU
SR
SY
SG
S
R
RG
I
D
D
I
I
I
CLOCK
DIMMER OVERRIDE
LOCATE ILLUMINATION
I B+
DATA
I B+
DATA
I
START
FC2BR (FC4BR)
FC3CS
CONTROL PANEL
1
6
7
51
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1 1 II
5 E
52
81
Fig. 01.3
6
38
II
II
39 E
55 E
I
Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5
10.2
AC12-5
18 I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
➞
10.2
DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING
XK8 Range 1998
Climate Control: Part 2
Fig. 07.2
Climate Control: Part 2
EM45
NP
80
3
GK
5
B EM48-2
EM48-1
PS
2
WR
1
17 II
69
NLG
OG
LF12-2
OG LF9-2
LF12-1
W
W
RH RADIATOR FAN
WU LF9-9
LF40-6
RH WINDSHIELD HEATER
NOTE: Radiator cooling and Air Conditioning Compressor circuits are duplicated here for clarity. Refer to Fig. 04.3, Fig. 04.6 and Fig. 04.8.
45 E
LF9-8
EM1BL (EM1BS)
RH WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY EM44
B
OY
OY
LF13-1
LF13-2
LF9-3
LF9-5
70 RLG
5
3
NLG
RY
2
1
WP
77
EM10-3 EM10-4
I
EM12-5
I
EM12-6
O
EM12-10
WR
1
EM49-2
18 II
LH WINDSHIELD HEATER
54
FC28
UG ULG UN
NS
8
3
RN
RN
5
RLG EMS26
RLG
B
PI1-13
LGR
PI36-1
2
WP
1
B
DD8-9
II
EM13-15
O
EM13-16
W WU EM1 -3
ULG UG
UN
UB
UB
RN
RN
DOOR MIRROR HEATER RELAY
WU
WU
YW AC13 -9
DP1-5
B
DP8-9
BK
BK
1
26
12 BAR
YW
BK
LF57-3
AC1-3
O
AC1-4
O
AC1-5
O
AC1-16
O
AC1-17
O
AC1-18
RLG
RLG
AC12-13
EM2-6
9A
B
RH17
RH18
LGP
2
HEATED BACKLIGHT
BK
RH2S
HEATED BACKLIGHT RELAY (#2)
LFS25
LF57-4
NOTE: Circuit revised VIN 024687 ➞.
BT58-3
BT10-8
BK
RLG U UY PS LGR LGN RW LGP
BT13-3
II
TRUNK FUSE BOX
LF2BL
LGP
LGP
AC13-10
AC1-2
RH2-7
BT2-1
RG
II RHD
23
LHD
46
AC20
NU
3
5
UW
UW AC6-5
UY
2
1
WP
10 II
UB AC12-14
RH BLOWER MOTOR RELAY
EM2-14
AC12-17
1
US
AC12-16
U 4
AC6-13
U I
AC2-7
O
AC2-8
I
AC2-15
O
AC2-16
O
AC3-1
I
AC4-7
O
AC4-9
I
AC4-17
B DP1-1 FC2AL (FC4AL))
UY
UY
5 #17 25A
20 BAR
WU
YW
3
1
LF57-2
REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH
O
B DPS1
DP8-11
PASSENGER MIRROR
LF57-1
LF40-11
AC12 -12
2–30 BAR
UB LF57-5
LF3-6
LF40-9
AC12 -19
O
FC4AL (FC2AL)
BT13-10 EM1 -13
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
AC1-1
B DD1-1
P EM2 -12
I
B DDS1
DD8-11
DRIVER MIRROR
PS
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
DD1-5
7
AC15-19
WU YW RY
RN
RN ACS1
AC13-4
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE
AC13-8 O
EM2BS (EM2BL)
LH WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY EM2-4
I
2
PS
LF2AR
I
PS
EMS24
LF9-1
EM10-2
B
GS
5
E
B
O
3
EM49-1
LF9-7
LF40-7
NG
79
EM17
WU
WU
LH RADIATOR FAN
LF2AL
NG
B
B
RW
2
AC6-8
US GO UK GP
G
GO
3
AC6-10 FC2AL
RH BLOWER MOTOR
ULG
EM2-5
LF60-18 RHD
UG UN UB
U
LHD
46 23
AC20
NW
8
10
UR
UR AC5-5
U
B
EM43-2
B
EM43-1
B
P
EMS31
Y
EM41-2
EM41-1
YW
YW LF7-2
LF3-1
RW
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
5
3
2
1
7
6
WP
9 II
38 II
LF5-5
HEATER VALVE
LGN
4
#15 10A
LH BLOWER MOTOR RELAY
HEATER PUMP HEATER PUMP RELAY (#1)
1
UK
4
AC5-13
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
B
NOTE: A/CCM power supplies and grounds shown on Fig. 07.1.
U
B
B 2
AC5-8
GP EM2AR (EM1AR)
G AC5-10
3
FC4AL
LH BLOWER MOTOR
1
6
7
51
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1 1 II
5 E
52
81
Fig. 01.3
6
38
II
II
39 E
55 E
I
Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5
18 I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
➞
XK8 Range 1998
Instrument Packs
RN
B+
NR
29
FC25-25
ILLUMINATION
WG
13
FC79-17
RY
O FC25-28
B+
II
B+
FC25-3
B+
FC79-8
10.2
DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING
10.2
BATTERY VOLTAGE
RO
I
ILLUMINATION SUPPLY
I
DIMMER OVERRIDE
FC25-27
FC26-1
OIL PRESSURE
RLG FC26-21
RK
O
OW
O FC26-2
BATTERY VOLTAGE
SCP
19.1
SCP
19.1
BATTERY VOLTAGE
S
RG RS
O
BATTERY VOLTAGE
RB FC26-11
FC25-20
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Y
RU
O
C +
OIL PRESSURE
C –
OIL PRESSURE
C +
OIL PRESSURE
C –
OIL PRESSURE
16.1
16.2
16.3
OG FC26-18
UW
O
VEHICLE SPEED
O
ENGINE SPEED
O
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
I
BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE
I
BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE
I
OIL PRESSURE GAUGE
I
OIL PRESSURE GAUGE
I
OIL PRESSURE GAUGE
I
OIL PRESSURE GAUGE
FC79-9
O
FC25-48
RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT
OS FC26-17
G
19.1
BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE
FC79-19
O
FC25-23
CAN
OU FC26-15
Y
19.1
I
FC79-20
O
FC25-47
CAN
OB FC26-10
G
19.1
BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE
FC79-14
O
FC25-24
I
FC79-15
FC26-12
19.1
OIL PRESSURE WARNING
FC79-12
O
S –
I
FC79-13
FC26-9
FC25-19
U
BATTERY CHARGE WARNING
FC79-18
O
S +
I FC79-11
FC26-8
CAN
ILLUMINATION SUPPLY
FC25-2
DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING
CAN
Fig. 08.1
Instrument Packs
FC79-10
FC26-20
A/CCM
PY
07.1
FC26-3
A/CCM
SG
07.1
FC26-4
A/CCM
OU
07.1
O
VEHICLE SPEED
O
VEHICLE SPEED
O
VEHICLE SPEED
BK
FC26-5
POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE
11.1
ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE
11.5
ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE
11.5
(CIRCUITS CONTINUED)
BK FCS48
I FC79-16
FC3BL
UB
MINOR INSTRUMENT PACK
FC26-6
ON FC26-7
TRIP SELECT
SO
I
ADAPTIVE DAMPING WARNING
I
CHARGE WARNING
UY
I FC25-13
FC27-7
A/B (TRIP SELECT)
FC27-9
000 (RESET)
FC25-6
GENERATOR
03.2
SW
03.1
RESET
AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE
FC25-36
YW
17.1
I
BR
AIRBAG WARNING FC25-33
FC26-16
UR
NOTE: Circuit deleted VIN 024687 ➞. EM2-16
1 ΚΩ
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
900Ω
RW 80Ω
F
E
BT2-18
BT7
MESSAGE
FC25-35
RW RH1-14
FC27-2
Y
I
FC26-24
RW
O
I
FC26-22
IMPERIAL; METRIC; U.S.A.
O
FC27-8
CLEAR
R
I FC25-14
FC27-1
MI / KM
FC26-14
TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK
BT8
BW
BW BT2-17
BW RH1-13
I
FUEL LEVEL GAUGE
FC26-13
TRIP CYCLE
SU
I
P
FC25-10
OS CLOSES WITH PRESSURE
PI40-1
EM2-8
BK
BK SCS1
BK SC2-9
BK FCS48
TRIP CYCLE SWITCH
OS
OS PI1-48
SU SC2-5
I
OIL PRESSURE (ON / OFF)
FC3BL
FC26-19
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH BK
BK
I
FCS48
FC25-1
BK
BK EMS38
OP EM55-1
OP
EM55-2
EM1-19
I FC26-23
LOW COOLANT WARNING
B
I
B FCS49
FC25-26
COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH
EM1BR (EM2BR)
FC4BR (FC2BR)
FC3BL
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
1
6
7
51
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1 1 II
5 E
52
81
Fig. 01.3
6
38
II
II
39 E
55 E
I
Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5
18 I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
➞
XK8 Range 1998
Audible Warnings
NB
15
Audible Warnings
B+ FC14-80
NY
19
B+ FC14-104
RW
1
I FC14-41
SCP SOURCES: • DIRECTION INDICATORS; HAZARD WARNING; SIDE LAMPS – Fig. 09.1, Fig. 09.2 • VALET SWITCH; TRUNK RELEASE – Fig. 13.1 • MEMORY – Fig. 12.1 • CONVERTIBLE TOP MOVEMENT – Fig. 15.2 • KEY-IN-IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR SWITCH – Fig. 13.1 • NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH – Fig. 05.3 • SEAT BELT SWITCH – Fig. 12.1
WO
5 II
WN
16 I
SCP
I FC14-15
I FC14-32
U
19.1
AUDIBLE WARNING 1
O
AUDIBLE WARNING 2
O
GR
GR
FC14-82
SC1-10
GB
GB FC14-83
SC1-11
S – FC14-84
SCP
S
19.1
SPEAKER S +
FC14-85
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR AUDIBLE WARNING CONTROL
AUDIBLE WARNINGS: • DIRECTION INDICATORS • HAZARD WARNING • SIDE LAMPS ON • VALET MODE WARNING • GEAR SELECTOR IN PARK • MEMORY CHIME • SECURITY ARM / DISARM • CONVERTIBLE TOP MOVEMENT (CONVERTIBLE VEHICLES) • KEY-IN-IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR AJAR (NAS VEHICLES ONLY) • SEAT BELT DISCONNECTED (NAS VEHICLES ONLY)
POWER LOGIC
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
1
6
7
51
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1 1 II
5 E
52
81
Fig. 01.3
6
38
II
II
39 E
55 E
I
Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5
18 I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
➞
Fig. 08.2
XK8 Range 1998
Exterior Lighting: Front
Fig. 09.1
Exterior Lighting: Front
UB
SCP SCP
NOTE: ‘Crank’ input used with Daytime Running Lamps.
U
19.1
LF5-4
#19 10A
LF7-10
UW
5
1
4
S
19.1
3
4
#21 10A
UG
2 LF5-7
UY 15
MAIN BEAM RELAY (#3)
NB
B+ FC14-80
–
S
+
S
U
49
FCS11
FC25-20
1
FCS12
FC25-19
1
4
RW
LF6-8
#6 10A
LF6-4
UK
5
B+ FC14-79
S
3
4
NG
#8 10A
US
2 LF6-9
I
OB
FC14-41
5
WO
II
LIGHTING INDICATORS
DIP BEAM RELAY (#5)
I FC14-15
3
4
LF8-3
OW
5 LF8-10
#17 15A
U S
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
1
38
S –
OG
2
II
FC14-84
OB
LF5-8
LF32-1
S +
NR
OG FC55-9
OG
O
FC55-18
FRONT FOG STATE
LH FRONT FOG LAMP UB
OG FCS37
FC14-20
LF1-7
MAIN
OR
OR BK
FC55-19
REAR FOG
LF31-1
PY
PW
B
LF31-5
LF31-6 DI
PW
FC55-3
LH FRONT LAMP UNIT
O FC14-96
HAZARD STATE FC4BR (FC2BR)
LF1-2
FC14-2
I FC14-59
B FC55-16
GY
GY
O
FC55-1
HAZARD
FC3BR
LF1-10
SIDE LAMP FC55-2
FCS49
DIP
RK
FC14-53
PY B
LF31-4
LF1-6
RK
O
B
LF31-2
FC14-45
I FC14-38
BK FCS47
UG
O
FC55-17
FRONT FOG
UY
LF1-5
FC14-68 FC55-20
LF31-3
US
O
REAR FOG STATE
LF32-2
FRONT FOG RELAY (#2)
FC14-85
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX 16
NOTE: Circuits revised VIN 024687 ➞.
B
RB
RB
O
LF1-9
FC14-54
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK LIGHTING CONTROL
GO
GO LF1-3
FC14-27
U
U
SC2-2
HEADLAMP FLASH
I
UB
SC2-6
B
LF4-1
LF4-2
YG
R
KG
YG
YG
KG
KG
SC2-7
LF2BR
I
B
LF22-1
I
LF22-2
FC14-88
SC2-8
DIRECTION INDICATOR
LFS9
FC14-14
OW
L
B
LH SIDE DI REPEATER (ROW)
FC14-30
UB
UB HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
LF11-2
LH SIDE MARKER (NAS ONLY) O
U
B
LF11-1
RH FRONT FOG LAMP
I FC14-61
UW LF21-3
UY
DIP REAR VIEW MIRRORS: AUTO HEADLAMPS / MIRROR TINT
YU
11.4
UY
YU
UY
SC2-4
MAIN
I
UK
FC14-42
SC2-1
B
LF21-2
BK FCS48
BK
BK SCS1
SC2-9
B
DIP
SIDE
BK
LFS9
LF21-4
DIP
RY
SIDE
RY
RY SCS2
AUTO
SC2-3
RY FCS9
I FC14-16
LF2BR
RY
RY
O
LF1-11
FC14-1
LF21-1
SIDE LAMP
LIGHTING STALK
GK
GK
O
FC3BL
LF1-1
FC14-3
B
LF21-5
LF21-6 DI
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR DIMMER MODULE: SIDE LAMPS ON
10.2
RH FRONT LAMP UNIT
RY RW
RW
O
LF1-8
FC14-28
POWER
NOTE: DI bulb failure – BPM internal function. Daytime Running Lamps – BPM programmed function.
B
LF10-1
LF10-2
RH SIDE MARKER (NAS ONLY)
LOGIC
GR
O FC14-81
GR LF1-4
GR
GR LF40-8
EL1-6
B EL5-1
EL5-2
B ELS1
B EL1-5
7
51
Fig. 01.2
1 II
5 E
52
81
Fig. 01.3
6
38
II
II
39 E
55 E
I
Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5
18 I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
LFS8 LF1AL
EM2AR (EM1AR)
NOTE: ELS1 – Cruise Control vehicles only.
Fig. 01.1
LF1AL
B
RH SIDE DI REPEATER (ROW)
6
LFS8
B EMS31
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
1
B
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
➞
XK8 Range 1998
Exterior Lighting: Rear
NOTE: BTS5 – Adaptive damping only.
US
NOTE: Circuit deleted VIN 024687 ➞.
11.5
BT11-5
BRAKE SWITCH (LHD)
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
US
UG BT11-8
#8 5A
NK
52
NK
1
B+ (REVERSE LAMPS)
3
5
SCP
19.1
U
FCS11
U
1
2
SCP
19.1
S
FCS12
BT40-16
S
S BT40-8
#19 5A
BT40-5
1
LIGHTING CONTROL
CAN
Y
19.1
FC25-19
C + FC25-24
CAN
19.1
I
BK
BTS21
FC25-20
C –
1
R
I
1
2
US FCS35
US AC13-3
3
1
RW
B
BT27-1
LH SIDE MARKER (NAS ONLY)
OB
OB
OG
2 BT10-5
BTS3
BT31-7
YW BTS9
TRUNK FUSE BOX
BT31-6
REVERSE
S –
S
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
RO
B
BT31-2
S +
NB
15
UB
B+ (LOGIC)
R
FC14-80
NY
19
BULB FAILURE SENSING
O
BT31-3
B+ (LIGHTING)
NG
WG
24
B+ (LIGHTING)
RW
1
II
RK
B+
BT18-24
DI
UP
FC14-41 II
BT31-4
BT18-17
I
WO
5
GY
BT18-16
FC14-79
NOTE: ‘Crank’ input activates general bulb failure output.
STOP
RY
BT18-25
FC14-104
49
LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
BT18-14
UO
I FC14-15
RU
BT18-15
RO
NR
LH TAIL; SIDE MARKER LAMPS
FC55-18
FRONT FOG STATE
OY FC55-20
REAR FOG STATE
BT18-18
RU
BL1-1
RU
BB1-2
REAR FOG
FC55-19
RG RU
HAZARD
FC55-1
UB
LH STOP LAMP
FC14-12
BK BTS21
BTS23
BT18-20
B
GK
LIGHTING CONTROL
FC3BR
B
BL5-2
RH NUMBER PLATE LAMP
UW
RH STOP LAMP
BT18-26
BB1-1
B BL5-1
BT18-19
BK
B
BLS2
BL1-2
BT18-22
I
BLS1
BTS40
RU
FC55-17
OP
BL4-2
LH NUMBER PLATE LAMP
RW BT18-23
O FC14-44
BK
B
B
BL4-1
BT18-21
RH TAIL; NUMBER PLATE LAMPS
FRONT FOG
BT31-1
TAIL
FC14-85
FC55-2
BT27-2
BT12-2
FC14-84
FCS47
MIRROR TINT
11.4
FOG
U
BK
7 II
AC24-4
BT11-7
II
LIGHTING INDICATORS
FC55-16
WO
B
BRAKE SWITCH (RHD)
REAR FOG RELAY (#1)
16
GB AC24-1
BT10-4
5
1
26
US ACS16
BT12-10
UO
TAIL LAMP RELAY (#3)
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
BT1AR
US RH12-1
RS
#15 10A
REVERSE GEAR
US BT1-9
RY
I
BK
US BTS5
BT10-7
BT41-1
BT40-14
FC25-47
5 #21 5A
BT40-13
U
S
–
G
BK
S
S
+
3
6 II
AC26-4
RK
STOP LAMP RELAY (#5)
YW
O
US BT11-9
BT40-7
S +
BT1-11
RH12-16
1
OG
O
WO
B
BT11-4
#6 5A
S –
BT1-10
RH12-15
S
U
GB AC26-1
UP
BT40-6
U
Fig. 09.2
Exterior Lighting: Rear
BT30-4
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
BT3S
DI BT1AR
LAMP CONTROL MODULE
UW BT30-5
YG
L
YG SC2-7
KG SC2-8
DIRECTION INDICATOR
RS
O
FC14-88
KG
R
I
RH2-16
FC14-95
I FC14-61
GY
FC14-50
BT30-7
TAIL
BT1-2
YW
GK RH2-1
FC14-76
B
BT30-6
RH2-3
GK
O
RG
BT2-9
GY
O
STOP
RS
BT1-1
BT30-2
REVERSE
OB UY
DIP REAR VIEW MIRRORS: AUTO HEADLAMPS / MIRROR TINT
11.4
YU
YU
UY SC2-4
UG
I
(CONV.)
FC14-42
SC2-1
UG
SIDE
BK
BK FCS48
BK
BK
SIDE
DIP
SCS1
SC2-9
UG BB1-3
RY
RY
SCS2
AUTO
RY SC2-3
RY
FCS9
B
UG BL1-3
BL8-1 (CONV.) RH8-2 (COUPE)
UG
B
BT30-1
FOG
BLS1
(COUPE)
(COUPE) BT1-17
I
B (CONV.)
BL8-2 (CONV.) RH8-1 (COUPE)
B
RH TAIL LAMP UNIT BL1-1
B
FC14-16
RW
RHS2
B
POWER
FC3BL
LIGHTING STALK
B
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR 10.2
BTS23
HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP
RY
B
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE BT3S
1
6
7
51
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1 1 II
5 E
52
81
Fig. 01.3
6
38
II
II
39 E
55 E
I
Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5
18 I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
B BT26-2
B BTS17
RH SIDE MARKER (NAS ONLY)
BB1-1 RH1S
LOGIC
DIMMER MODULE: SIDE LAMPS ON
BT26-1
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
➞
BT2AR
XK8 Range 1998
Headlamp Leveling
Headlamp Leveling
WR
33 II
FC55-5
31
0
WR
II 203 Ω
1
187 Ω
GS
2
GS
FC55-6
LF34-1
GS LFS6
LF60-15
SERVO AMPLIFIER
LH HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATOR
LF34-2
3
BK FC55-2
BK FCS47
LEVELING SWITCH LF34-3
FC3BR
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
B LFS9
B LF2BR
32
WR
II
LF24-1
GS
SERVO AMPLIFIER
RH HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATOR
LF24-2
LF24-3
B LFS8
B LF1AL
1
6
7
51
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1 1 II
5 E
52
81
Fig. 01.3
6
38
II
II
39 E
55 E
I
Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5
18 I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: Headlamp Leveling Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
➞
Fig. 09.3
XK8 Range 1998
Interior Lighting
NB
15
Fig. 10.1
Interior Lighting
B+ (LOGIC) FC14-80
NY
19
NW
B+ (LIGHTING) FC14-104
RW
1
NOTE: ‘Crank’ input is used to switch off interior lamps during engine cranking.
I
WO FC14-15
WN
UR FC4-5
19.1 19.1
SCP
FC4-4
NW
NW
S
S FCS12
S
OY DD3-10
S +
BT56-1
LH TRUNK LAMP
FC14-85
INTERIOR LIGHTING CONTROL
PW RH2-6
PW
PW BTS25
BT1-5
RY
RY BT59-2
BTS26
BT59-1
RY
BT29-1
BT29
BT29-2
AC14 -9
AC14 -8
S
U
ILLUMINATION O ENABLE
PW FC14-101
B FC33
U
– S DD10-9
I
DD3-11
B FCS46
FC34
FC2BR (FC4BR)
GLOVE BOX LAMP
DD11-12
DD11-4
KEY BARREL
U ACS5
DD1-6
S
+ S DD10-16
BT46-1
BT46-2
TRUNK SWITCH
PW FCS36
BK
RY BTS6
RH TRUNK LAMP
I
OU
UNLOCK
DD3-12
RY BT56-2
U
RH1S
B+ DD10-1
NW
B RHS2
RH3-1
PW
S – FC14-84
PW
38
B RH3-2
REAR INTERIOR LAMP (COUPE ONLY) U
LOCK
FC2BR (FC2BL)
I RH2-5
FCS11
N
FCS46 (LHD) FCS50 (RHD)
FC32-1
RH FOOT WELL LAMP
FC14-67
U
25
B
B FC32-2
IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH)
FC3BL
SCP
FCS1
FC14-24
FC14-32
BK FCS48
NW
NW
FADE 1 O
I
I
BK
FC4BL (FC4BR)
I
II
16
FCS50 (LHD) FCS46 (RHD)
FC31-1
LH FOOT WELL LAMP
FC14-41
5
B
B FC31-2
S
PW
ACS6
DD1-3
PW
PW
RFS2
BK
RF1-10
RF8-1
DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES
RF8-3
LH VANITY LAMP
BK
GY DD3-6
DD3-7
I
GW
O
DD11-20
BK
PW
DD10-14
RF7-1
DOOR LAMP CONTROL
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH
RF7-3
RH VANITY LAMP BK
BK
BK DDS7
DD1-2
B
I
LOGIC
I
POWER
DD10-8
B DD1-21
DD10-17
LH MAP LAMP SWITCH
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
FC4AR (FC2AR)
PW RF10-5
RW
FADE 2 O
LH MAP LAMP
RW
FC14-74
RF1-12
RF10-4
BK N
47
U
– S
B+ DP10-1
DP10-9
DP10-16
GY DP3-6
DP3-7
BK
DP1-21
DP1-3
RH MAP LAMP SWITCH
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
DOOR LAMP CONTROL
BK
I
ROOF CONSOLE
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
GW
LOGIC
DP10-8
B DDS1
DD14-1
B DD1-1 FC4AL (FC2AL)
DRIVER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP
POWER
DP10-17
GW
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
FC2AR (FC4AR)
B DD14-2
I
FC3BR
GW
O
B
B
POWER
DP10-14
DPS7
DP1-2
BK RF1-3
RH MAP LAMP
LOGIC
DP11-20
BK RFS1
S
I
PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH BK
RF10-1
DP1-6
S
+ S
BK
U
B DP14-2
DP14-1
B DPS1
B DP1-1 FC2AL (FC4AL)
PASSENGER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP
1
6
7
51
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1 1 II
5 E
52
81
Fig. 01.3
6
38
II
II
39 E
55 E
I
Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5
18 I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
➞
BK BTS21 BT1AR
XK8 Range 1998
Dimmer-Controlled Lighting MINOR INSTRUMENT PACK
Fig. 10.2
Dimmer-Controlled Lighting
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL
RADIO
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
FC25 -28
FC79 -8
BK RO
FCS48
ILLUMINATION SUPPLY
FC26 -21
RO
RLG
FC25 -26
IC10 -3
B
DIMMER OVERRIDE
DIMMER OVERRIDE
DIMMER OVERRIDE
ILLUMINATION SUPPLY
FC25 -27
HAZARD
IC10 -4
RU
RLG BRD
RG
LH SEAT HEATER
RH SEAT HEATER
FOG LAMPS
TRACTION
R
B
FC55 -10
FC55 -4
FC55 -16
B
FCS49
FCS49
B
BK
IC1 -6
FC4BR (FC2BR)
FC3BL
IC1 -5
FC43 -9
FC43 -8
RLG
RK
FC43 -7
RLG
B
RK
FC4BR (FC2BR)
CE2
RLG
RU
B RLG
RLG
FCS4
SC3-8
RU NP
50
B+
O
NP
B+
O
51
WN
RU
B FC62-9
FC62-7
LOCATE
CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH
FC23-5
G
O
SC3-11
RK
FC23-6
B
RY
FC59
SC11-3
DIMMER OVERRIDE
RU FCS73
FC23-7
I
SC3-10
SC11-6
MODE SWITCH (TRANSMISSION)
FC23-12
Y
G
RY
FC3BR
FC23-2
O
SC3-9
SC11-5
LOCATE
FCS72
RO
O
Y
FC42-1
RK
O
B
FCS3
FC23-8
FC4BR (FC2BR)
CIGAR LIGHTER RU
B
UY
FC63-5
FC63-1
LOCATE
SC2-4
RLG
DIP
BK FCS48
BK
SC2-9
BK
SIDE
SCS1
RY
RY SCS2
OFF
FC3BL
RY SC2-3
RY FC23-4
B
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR 14.1
09.2
CRUISE CONTROL ON / OFF SWITCH
RK I
FC23-9
AC15-7
RK
B FC27-3
FC27-4
LOCATE
FC2BR (FC4BR)
RY
09.1
B FCS46
DIMMER OVERRIDE
FC63-10
I
FCS9
LIGHTING STALK
BPM: SIDE LAMPS ON
RK
DIMMER MODULE
TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK B
RK DD17-4
RK DDS5
DD17-5
RK ACS7
DD1-9
RK
FC41-2
LOCATE
LOCATE
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
TRUNK AND FUEL FILL RELEASE SWITCH RK
B
B
B DDS1
DD1-1
RK DD5-1
B
B DP1-1
FC88-10
LOCATE
LOCATE
DRIVER DOOR MEMORY SWITCH PACK
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE RK
B DPS1
B FC88-5
DP17-3
RK
DP17-4
DP1-9
RK
B FC67-9
FC67-5
LOCATE
LOCATE FC2AL (FC4AL)
6
7
51
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1 1 II
5 E
52
81
Fig. 01.3
6
38
II
II
39 E
55 E
I
Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5
18 I
VALET SWITCH
PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
➞
FCS50
FC4BL (FC2BL)
DD5-9
FC4AL (FC2AL)
B
B FC41-4
1
FCS49
LOCATE
DIMMER CONTROL
BK
BK FCS47
FC23-3
UO
SC11-4
FC35-1
I
I
UO
FC35-5
FC23-1
FC23-11
14
BK
RO
FC23-10
G
A/CCM
DIMMER OVERRIDE
FC35-10
Y
07.1
RLG
RLG SC11-2
UO
HEADLAMP LEVELING
DIMMER OVERRIDE
FC79 -16
ILLUMINATION SUPPLY
ILLUMINATION SUPPLY
LOCATE ILLUMINATION LOCATE
XK8 Range 1998
Power Assisted Steering
WP
11 II
VEHICLE SPEED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
B+
R
O
FC16-6
UB
08.1
FC16-2
I
R EM2-7
S
O
FC16-4
FC16-5
FC16-8
R LL1-1
LL2-1
S EM2-1
B
I
Power Assisted Steering
S LL1-2
LL2-2
POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONVERTER
B FCS49
FC4BR (FC2BR)
POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE
LHD
WP
11 II
VEHICLE SPEED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
B+
R
O
FC16-6
UB
08.1
FC16-2
I
R EM2-7
S
O
FC16-4
FC16-5
FC16-8
S EM2-1
B
I
EM18-1
EM18-2
POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONVERTER
B FCS49
FC4BR (FC2BR)
POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE
RHD
1
6
7
51
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1 1 II
5 E
52
81
Fig. 01.3
6
38
II
II
39 E
55 E
I
Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5
18 I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
➞
Fig. 11.1
XK8 Range 1998
Steering Column Movement
STEERING COLUMN MOTORS
NB
15
B+ (LOGIC) FC14-80
NY
42
FC14-102
RW
1
Fig. 11.2
Steering Column Movement
TILT
REACH
B+ (COLUMN MOTORS)
I FC14-41
WO
5
I
II
FC14-15
WN
16
I
I
SCP
U
19.1
FC14-32
U
FCS11
S –
WU WG
K
N
FC60 -3
FC60 -1
YK
PN
R WU WG
U
G
S
FC61 -4
FC61 -1
FC61 -8
PU
PG
BS
FC14-84
SCP
S
19.1
S
FCS12
S + FC14-85
BK
BK
UR
FCS48
FC4-5
FC60 -2
I
FC4-4
WU
FC14-67
IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH)
FC3BL
FC60 -5
BG
O FC14-90
WU
O
FCS17
FC14-40
BK
BK FCS47
BK
SB
SB
I
FC87-1
FC87-3
FC14-58
FC14-93
PN
O
NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH
FC3BR
YK
I
FC14-99
BR
O STEERING COLUMN MOVEMENT CONTROL
FC14-100
BW
O FC14-91
270 Ω
PU
I 100 Ω
UP
470 Ω
DOWN
820 Ω
FORE
FC14-66
PG
O
NP
20
NP SC3-5
SK
SC9-1
SK SC3-6
SC9-3
FC14-78
I FC14-87
BS
O FC14-52
AFT
COLUMN MOTOR
B
I
COLUMN JOY STICK
FC14-25
B FCS46
POWER
BK
BK FCS48
BK
SC2-9
BK
YB
SCS1 SC9-7
YB
SC9-5
AUTO TILT SWITCH
I
SC3-7
LOGIC
FC14-11
FC3BL
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
FC2BR (FC4BR)
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR N
25
B+ DD10-1
U
U
U
U
ACS5
AC14-8
S
S
35
DD10-9
S
S
ACS6
AC14-9
S –
DD1-8
S +
DD1-3
DD10-16
MEMORY 1
NW
UP
DD5-5
I
DD5-7
DD11-21
KS
MEMORY SET
I
DD5-10
DD11-6
UN
MEMORY 2
NOTE: Memory circuit – Driver Memory Seat vehicles only.
I
DD5-6
DD11-22
UG SET MEMORY STATUS
I
DD5-8
DD11-2
MIRROR CONTROL
DRIVER DOOR MEMORY SWITCH PACK BK
GY DD3-6
DD3-7
BK
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH
BK DD1-2
I DD11-20
BK
DDS7
I
LOGIC
I
POWER
DD10-8
B
B DD1-21
DD10-17
FC4AR (FC2AR)
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
1
6
7
51
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1 1 II
5 E
52
81
Fig. 01.3
6
38
II
II
39 E
55 E
I
Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5
18 I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
➞
FC60 -6
FC61 -3
BR WU
FC61 -6
XK8 Range 1998
Mirror Movement
Fig. 11.3
Mirror Movement
U NB
15
S
FC14-80
RW
1
19.1
SCP
19.1
SCP
19.1
CAN
19.1
CAN
B+
I FC14-41
WO
5 II
WN
16 I
BK
BK
BK
FCS47
I
FC87-1
U S
Y
C FC25-24
S +
FCS12
FC14-85
+
FC25-20
S
+ S
G
– C
FC25-19
FC25-47
LOGIC
I FC14-58
REVERSE GEAR
POWER
U
NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH
FC3BR
S –
FCS11
FC14-84
I
SB
U
S
FC14-32
SB
FC87-3
–
FC14-15
S
DRIVER DOOR MIRROR MOTORS
VEHICLE SPEED
VERTICAL
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE AC14 -8
BK
BK
DDS7
DD1-2
GY DD3-6
DD3-7
U
–
U
S
U
DD10-9
UP
MEMORY 1 DD5-5
DD5-7
S
S
I DD11-6
UN
MEMORY 2 DD5-6
I
O
O
I
DD11-22
UG DD5-8
K
N
U
G
Y
WU WG
K
N
U
G
Y
ACS6
DD1-3
I
KS DD5-10
SET MEMORY STATUS
WU WG
S
DD11-21
MEMORY SET
NOTE: Memory circuit – Driver Memory Seat vehicles only.
ACS5
DD1-8
DD10-16
NW
S
I
+
35
AC14 -9
DD11-20
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH
FC4AR (FC2AR)
HORIZONTAL
B+ DD10-1
BK
VERTICAL
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
N
25
PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR MOTORS
HORIZONTAL
DD8 -2
DD8 -6
DD8 -8
DD8 -3
DD8 -5
DD8 -10
DD8 -4
DP8 -2
DP8 -6
DP8 -8
DP8 -3
DP8 -5
DP8 -10
DP8 -4
WU
BK
PK
PN
PU
PG
BY
WU
BK
PK
PN
PU
PG
BY
WU DD10-20
PK DD10-22
DD11-2
PN
O
DRIVER DOOR MEMORY SWITCH PACK
DD10-4
MIRROR CONTROL
PU
I DD10-21
PG
O
NW
36
OB
DIRECTION
DD17-10
DD17-2
UP
DD11-1
OR
LH VERTICAL DD17-11
DOWN
BY
O DD10-2
I DD11-17
YO
LH HORIZONTAL
DD10-3
I
I DD11-10
DD17-12
FOLD-BACK DD17-1
LEFT
SN
RH VERTICAL
BK DD1-2
DDS7
YN
RH HORIZONTAL
RIGHT
BK
BK
LOGIC
BK
I
I
POWER
DD1-2
B
I
B
DD10-17
DD1-21 FC4AR (FC2AR)
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
MIRROR JOY STICK
BK
BK DDS7
DD10-8
DD11-9
DD17-14
DD17-20
FC4AR (FC2AR)
I DD11-3
DD17-13
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK –
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE: FOLD-BACK MIRRORS
U
S
WG
11.4
U
DP10-9 +
DP1-8
S
S
S
DP10-16
N
47
WU
O
B+ DP10-1
DP1-3
DP10-20
PK
I DP10-22
MIRROR CONTROL
PN
O DP10-4
PU
I DP10-21
PG
O DP10-3
BY
O DP10-2
LOGIC
BK
I
POWER
I
B DP1-21 FC2AR (FC4AR)
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
6
7
51
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1 1 II
5 E
52
81
Fig. 01.3
6
38
II
II
39 E
55 E
I
Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5
18 I
DP1-2
B DP10-17
1
BK
BK DPS7
DP10-8
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
➞
XK8 Range 1998
Interior and Exterior Mirrors; Fold-Back Mirrors
U 36
NW
DIRECTION
DD17-10
N
25
B+
–
U
S
DD10-1
UP
U
DD10-9
LH VERTICAL
+
S
S
LH HORIZONTAL
WG
I
U
S –
BK
BK
DDS7
DD10-8
BK
S +
NK
7
MIRROR JOY STICK
B+
–
DD17-20
U
CAN
–
C
19.1
CAN
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
FCS11
S
SD5-9
19.1
G
REVERSE GEAR
SD1-3
S
S
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
BK
U SD5-10
Y
VEHICLE SPEED FC4AR (FC2AR)
S
SD5-5 +
C
FC25-47
DD1-2
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
RH HORIZONTAL
+
FC25-19
RH VERTICAL
RIGHT
SCP
FC25-24
S I
19.1
S AC14-9
FC25-20
DD11-15
DD17-1
LEFT
S
MIRROR CONTROL
FOLD-BACK
SCP
S
U
ACS6
DD1-3
19.1
AC14-8
S
DD10-16
DOWN
U ACS5
DD1-8
Fig. 11.4
Interior and Exterior Mirrors; Fold-Back Mirrors
PB
FCS12
PB
PB
DD1-20
SD1-8
MIRROR TINT
DD8-12
MIRROR CONTROL
DDS7
R
O
BK
NOTE: Refer to Fig. 11.3 for mirror movement.
R
SD3-4
B
I
DD1-2
R
B SDS3
SD5-2
R
R
FCS6
SD1-7
AC16-4
R
R DDS3
DD1-6
DD8-1
B SD1-1
BK FC4AR (FC2AR)
–
NK
30
+
U
DD8-7
DRIVER DOOR MIRROR
U SP1-3
S
S
S
SP5-9
MIRROR CONTROL
S
SR DD1-14
SLIP MECHANISM
SP5-10
SP5-5
SR AC16-6
S
B+
SR
FC6L (FC5L)
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
SLIP MECHANISM
SR
SP1-8 FCS7
R
O
AC13-20
S
SR DP1-14
DP8-7
SR
SP3-4
SP1-7
B
I
SR
B SPS3
SP5-2
B R
SP1-1
DP1-6
FC5S (FC6S)
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
R
R AC13-18
ACS9
PB
R
R DPS3
DP8-1
PB
PB
DP1-20
NK
52
B+
–
U
S
BT40-6
BT40-16 +
S
S BT40-8
LIGHTING CONTROL
U BT1-10
MIRROR TINT
DP8-12
PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR
U RH12-15
S BT1-11
S WR
16
RH12-16
II
YW
O
PB AC13-19
BT40-5
BK
I
YU
BTS9
BTS21
BT40-14
YW
YW BT1-19
YW BK RF1-3
BK RFS1
RF2-3
FC3BR
NB
15
B+
–
S
B+
+
S
NG
49
FC14-79
WO
5 II
UY
DIP
YU
YW S
I
UY
SC2-4
I FC14-42
SC2-1
SIDE
BK
BK FCS48
BK
SC2-9
BK
DIP
SCS1
SIDE
RY
RY
RY
RY
SCS2
AUTO
SC2-3
FCS9
I FC14-16
LIGHTING STALK COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
1
6
7
51
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1 1 II
POWER LOGIC
FC3BL
5 E
52
81
Fig. 01.3
6
38
II
II
39 E
55 E
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
I
Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5
18 I
09.2 REVERSE LAMPS
YW
FC14-85
FC14-15
UY
YU
INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR
U FC14-84
FC14-80
AUTO HEADLAMPS
RF2-2
RF1-2
BK
BT1AR
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
YW
RH2-17
BK
MIRROR TINT RF2-5
RF1-11
BK
B+
RF2-4
RF1-14
YU
BT40-13
I
RF2-1
PB
PB
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
➞
09.2
XK8 Range 1998
Suspension Adaptive Damping
57
NS
B+
OB
O
BT69-27
25
WR
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
19.1
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
19.1
BT69-30 B+
II
OB
OB
BT3-16
BT69-31
OB
RH12-13
OW
O
BT69-11
O
Suspension Adaptive Damping
OW
OW
BT3-15
LF43-A
LF1-19
OW
RH12-14
LF43-B
LF1-18
LH FRONT DAMPER SOLENOID
D BT69-10
K
D
OG
OG
O
BT69-28
BT69-33
OG
RH12-11
OY
O
OG
BT3-18
BT69-14
OY
OY
OY
RH12-12
BT3-17
LF44-A
LF60-19
LF44-B
LF60-20
RH FRONT DAMPER SOLENOID MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK: FAULT WARNING (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
08.1
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK: VEHICLE SPEED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
08.1
SO
SO
SO
RH12-2
ON
BT3-10
ON
O BT69-1
ON
RH12-1
BT3-9
BT69-24
R
OR
O BT69-13
I
RL3-1
RL2-A
W
OK
O
OR
BT72-3
OK
BT72-4
BT69-32
RL3-2
RL2-B
LH REAR DAMPER SOLENOID NOTE: Circuit deleted VIN 024687 ➞.
R
OP
O
BRAKE SWITCH (LHD) WO
II
B
BT73-4
WO
RR2-B
RH REAR DAMPER SOLENOID US
US
B
US RH1-19
US BT1-9
US BTS5
I BT69-26
US
GB
AC24-4
US FCS35
AC13-3
II
RR3-2
AC26-1 ACS16
7
OU
US
GB
AC26-4
RR2-A
W
BT69-34
6
RR3-1
OU
O
OP
BT73-3
BT69-15
AC24-1
PB
I
BRAKE SWITCH (RHD)
PB
PB BT3-11
BT69-20
PB EM3-12
RH12-6
UW
EM59-1
UW EM3-10
U
LATERAL ACCELERATION GROUND
EM59-2
U EM3-9
B+ EM59-3
LATERAL ACCELEROMETER (FRONT)
UB
UB
I
BT3-14
BT69-21 BTS28
BT69-3
BT3-13
BTS27
BT69-25
FC7-1
UW
BT3-12
UW FCS84
RH12-8
U
U
U
O
UW
UW
UW
O
UB RH12-7
GROUND FC7-2
U RH12-9
VERTICAL ACCELERATION
U FCS83
B+ FC7-3
FRONT VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER
RB
RB
I BT69-22
BT52-1
UW B
VERTICAL ACCELERATION GROUND
BT52-2
I
U
BT69-18
B+ BT52-3
BT2BL
REAR VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER
ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE
1
6
7
51
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1 1 II
5 E
52
81
Fig. 01.3
6
38
II
II
39 E
55 E
I
Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5
18 I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: Adaptive Damping Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
➞
Fig. 11.5
XK8 Range 1998
Driver Seat: Memory
NB
15
B+
–
I
+
WN
I
NR
BK
SEAT HEATER STATE
FC55-8 (LHD) FC55-15 (RHD)
Y
I
G
O
ON (LHD) OU (RHD)
SCP
19.1
SCP
19.1
CAN
19.1
CAN
POWER
I
R
OK
LOGIC
FC14-86 (LHD) FC14-35 (RHD)
B
SD19-1
R SD19-3
THERMOSTAT
SD17-1
SD17-3
HEATER
HEATER
FC55-2
FCS47
S
I
FC14-69 (LHD) FC14-17 (RHD)
FC55-7 (LHD) FC55-14 (RHD)
BK
19.1
FC14-32
OK (LHD) OS (RHD) FC55-9
FCS12
FC14-15
16 16
U
FC14-85
WO
II
S
S
FC14-41
5
FCS11
FC14-84
RW
1
U
S
FC14-80
Fig. 12.1
Driver Seat: Memory
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE SEAT HEATER SWITCH
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION
B
DRIVER SQUAB
FC3BR
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
N
25
B+
–
35
MEMORY 1
NW DD5-5
I
S
S
S
OR SD14-3
S SOLENOID VALVE
AC14-9
OB
I I
–
O
DD5-8
DD11-2
BK
DDS7
DD1-2
DRIVER DOOR MEMORY SWITCH PACK
BK
BK
B
I I
DD10-17
FC4AR (FC2AR)
VEHICLE SPEED
LOGIC
POWER
C
–
C
DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
FC25-19
DRIVER SEAT MOTORS
FC25-47
–
+
U S
S
S
SD1-8
SD5-9
G
SEAT BELT FASTENED
SEAT BELT SWITCH
SD8 -6
SD8 -2
SD8 -1
SD8 -3
SD7 -5
SD7 -6
SD7 -2
SD7 -1
SD7 -3
SD9 -5
SD9 -6
SD9 -2
SD9 -1
SD9 -3
W WY
PS
PO
WB WU WO
KS
KO
WN WP WR
US
UO
SD3-3
I SD5-8
SD8 -5
OK
O
SEAT RAISE / LOWER
SD1-3
SD5-10
SD5-5
SEAT FORE / AFT
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK U
S
B+
SD20-1
+
OR
O
WG
SD3-6
OB
O SD3-5
WG
O
GN
INFLATE
22
N
LUMBAR
SD11-3
SD3-13
SEAT
SD3-14
SD3-12
SD3-1
I
SD11-5
SD3-11
SD3-2
I
SD11-7
SD3-16
SD4-18
I
SD11-8
SD3-15
SD4-2
I
SD11-6
SD3-9
WO
I
UW
SD4-12
I
SD11-13
WU
O
UY
AFT
WB
O
GW
FORE
PO
O
GY
AFT
PS
O
KW
FORE
SEAT
SD4-11
I
SD11-12
WY
I
KY
LOWER
RECLINE
SD4-5
I
SD11-11
RAISE
W
O
GP
DEFLATE
SD11-9
SD4-1
I
SD3-10
KS
O SD3-7
KO
O
DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK
SD3-8
POWER
B
B SD1-1
B SDS3
WN
O SD4-6
I SD5-2
WP
O SD4-14
FC6L (FC5L)
WR
I SD4-10
US
O
B
B
I
SD1-6
SD5-1
**
SD5-3
UO
O SD5-4
FC6R (FC5R)
** NOTE: Module identification.
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
1
6
7
51
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1 1 II
5 E
52
81
Fig. 01.3
6
38
II
II
39 E
55 E
I
Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5
18 I
SDS3
B SD1-1
FC6L (FC5L)
S
SQUAB RECLINE FORE / AFT
NK
N
S
FC25-24
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
7
+
DD10-8
B DD1-21
PRESSURE SWITCH
FC25-20
UG
SD14-2
U
S
DD11-22
B
B SD14-1
UN DD5-6
SD20-2
S ACS6
DD1-3
U AC14-8
DD11-6
MEMORY 2
21
U ACS5
DD1-8
DD10-16
KS DD5-10
SET MEMORY STATUS
+
DD11-21
DD5-7
U
DD10-9
UP
MEMORY SET
U
S
DD10-1
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: Memory Seat Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
➞
XK8 Range 1998
Driver Seat: Non Memory
NB
15
B+ FC14-80
FC14-15
NR
16
BK
SEAT HEATER STATE
S
FCS12
19.1
SCP
OK
O
R
FC14-69 (LHD) FC14-17 (RHD)
ON (LHD) OU (RHD)
B
SD19-1
R SD19-3
THERMOSTAT
I
FC55-7 (LHD) FC55-14 (RHD)
BK
FCS47
FC55-8 (LHD) FC55-15 (RHD)
SCP
FC14-32
OK (LHD) OS (RHD) FC55-9
19.1
FC14-85
I
I
S
+ S
WN
16
U
FCS11
FC14-84
I
II
U
– S
WO
5
Fig. 12.2
Driver Seat: Non Memory
SD17-1
SD17-3
HEATER
HEATER
FC14-86 (LHD) FC14-35 (RHD)
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION
FC55-2
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
B
DRIVER SQUAB
POWER
FC3BR
OR
LOGIC
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
SD14-3
SOLENOID VALVE
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
OB
PRESSURE SWITCH
DRIVER SEAT MOTORS SQUAB RECLINE FORE / AFT
U
– S
NK
SD5-10
B+ SD5-5
SD5-9
N
21
G SD20-2
SD5-8
SEAT BELT FASTENED
SEAT BELT SWITCH
S SD1-8
SD8 -1
SD8 -3
SD7 -1
SD7 -3
SD9 -1
SD9 -3
PS
PO
KS
KO
US
UO
SD3-3
I
SD20-1
SEAT RAISE / LOWER
U
OK
O
SEAT FORE / AFT
SD1-3
S
+ S
OR
O SD3-6
OB
O SD3-5
GN
INFLATE
N
22
LUMBAR
I
SD11-3
SD3-13
GP
DEFLATE
SD11-9
I
SD11-11
SD3-14
KY
RAISE SEAT
I
SD11-12
SD3-12
RECLINE
SD3-11
SD3-2
I
SD11-7
PO
O
GY SD3-16
GW
AFT
I
SD11-8
SD3-15
UY
FORE SEAT
SD3-1
I
SD11-5
FORE
PS
O
KW
LOWER
I
SD11-6
SD3-9
UW
AFT
I
SD11-13
SD3-10
KS
O SD3-7
KO
O
DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK
SD3-8
B
B
B SDS3
SD1-1
I
POWER
SD5-2
FC6L (FC5L)
US
O
B
B
I
SD1-6
SD5-1
**
SD5-3
UO
O SD5-4
FC6R (FC5R)
** NOTE: Module identification.
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
1
6
7
51
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1 1 II
5 E
52
81
Fig. 01.3
6
38
II
II
39 E
55 E
I
Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5
18 I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
SDS3
B SD1-1
FC6L (FC5L)
DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
7
B
B SD14-2
SD14-1
VARIANT: Non Memory Seat Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
➞
XK8 Range 1998
Passenger Seat: 3-Way Movement
NB
15
B+ FC14-80
WO
5
NR
16
BK
SEAT HEATER STATE
SCP
S
FCS12
19.1
SCP
FC14-85
OK
O
R
FC14-17 (LHD) FC14-69 (RHD)
OU (LHD) ON (RHD)
B
SP19-1
R SP19-3
THERMOSTAT
I
FC55-14 (LHD) FC55-7 (RHD)
BK
FCS47
FC55-15 (LHD) FC55-8 (RHD)
19.1
FC14-32
OS (LHD) OK (RHD) FC55-9
S
+ S
I
I
U
FCS11
FC14-84
FC14-15
WN
U
– S
I
II
16
Fig. 12.3
Passenger Seat: 3-Way Movement
SP17-1
SP17-3
HEATER
HEATER
FC14-35 (LHD) FC14-86 (RHD)
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION
FC55-2
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
B
PASSENGER SQUAB
POWER
FC3BR
OR
LOGIC
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
SP14-3
SOLENOID VALVE
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
OB
PRESSURE SWITCH
PASSENGER SEAT MOTORS SQUAB RECLINE FORE / AFT
U
– S
NK SP5-5
SEAT BELT SWITCH WIRING
N
43
G
NOT USED SP5-8
S SP1-8
OK
O
SEAT RAISE / LOWER
U
S
+ S
SEAT FORE / AFT
SP1-3
SP5-9
SP20-1
SP20-2
SP5-10
B+
SP8 -1
SP8 -3
SP7 -1
SP7 -3
SP9 -1
SP9 -3
PS
PO
KS
KO
US
UO
SP3-3
OR
O SP3-6
OB
O SP3-5
GN
INFLATE
N
44
LUMBAR
I
SP11-3
SP3-13
GP
DEFLATE
SP11-9
I
SP11-11
SP3-14
KY
RAISE SEAT
I
SP11-12
SP3-12
KW
LOWER SP11-5
RECLINE
PO
O SP3-2
I
SP11-7
SP3-16
GW
AFT
I
SP11-8
SP3-15
UY
FORE SEAT
SP3-1
SP3-11
GY
FORE
PS
O I
I
SP11-6
SP3-9
UW
AFT
I
SP11-13
SP3-10
KS
O SP3-7
KO
O
PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACK
SP3-8
B
B
B SPS3
SP1-1
I
POWER
SP5-2
FC5S (FC6S)
US
O
B
NOT CONNECTED
I
SP1-6
SP5-1
**
SP5-3
UO
O SP5-4
** NOTE: Module identification.
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
1
6
7
51
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1 1 II
5 E
52
81
Fig. 01.3
6
38
II
II
39 E
55 E
I
Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5
18 I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
SPS3
B SP1-1
FC5S (FC6S)
PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
30
B
B SP14-2
SP14-1
VARIANT: 3-Way Movement Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
➞
XK8 Range 1998
Passenger Seat: 2-Way Movement
NB
15
B+ FC14-80
WO
5
WN
NR
16
BK
FC55-15 (LHD) FC55-8 (RHD)
SEAT HEATER STATE
FCS47
S
FCS12
19.1
SCP
19.1
SCP
FC14-85
FC14-32
OK
O
R
FC14-17 (LHD) FC14-69 (RHD)
OU (LHD) ON (RHD)
B
SP19-1
R SP19-3
THERMOSTAT
I
FC55-14 (LHD) FC55-7 (RHD)
BK
S
+ S
I
OS (LHD) OK (RHD) FC55-9
U
FCS11
FC14-84
FC14-15
I
U
– S
I
II
16
Fig. 12.4
Passenger Seat: 2-Way Movement
SP17-1
SP17-3
HEATER
HEATER
FC14-35 (LHD) FC14-86 (RHD)
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION
FC55-2
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
B
PASSENGER SQUAB
POWER
FC3BR
OR
LOGIC
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
SP14-3
SOLENOID VALVE
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
OB
PRESSURE SWITCH
PASSENGER SEAT MOTORS SQUAB RECLINE FORE / AFT
U
– S
NK SP5-5
SEAT BELT SWITCH WIRING
N
43
SP20-2
SP5-10
B+
SP5-9
G
NOT USED
SP20-1
SP5-8
U S SP1-8
OK
O
SEAT FORE / AFT
SP1-3
S
+ S
SP8 -1
SP8 -3
SP7 -1
SP7 -3
PS
PO
KS
KO
SP3-3
OR
O SP3-6
OB
O SP3-5
GN
INFLATE
44
N
LUMBAR
I
SP11-3
SP3-13
GP
DEFLATE
SP11-9
I
SP11-11
SP3-14
SP11-12
PS
O SP3-1
SP11-5
RECLINE
SP3-2
I
SP11-7
SP3-16
GW
AFT
I
SP11-8
SP3-15
UY
FORE SEAT
PO
O
GY
FORE
I
SP11-6
SP3-9
UW
AFT
I
SP11-13
SP3-10
KS
O SP3-7
KO
O
PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACK
SP3-8
B
B
B SPS3
SP1-1
I
POWER
SP5-2
FC5S (FC6S)
B
NOT CONNECTED
I
SP1-6
SP5-1
** ** NOTE: Module identification.
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
1
6
7
51
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1 1 II
5 E
52
81
Fig. 01.3
6
38
II
II
39 E
55 E
I
Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5
18 I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
SPS3
B SP1-1
FC5S (FC6S)
PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
30
B
B SP14-2
SP14-1
VARIANT: 2-Way Movement Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
➞
XK8 Range 1998
Central Door Locking
U NB
15
19.1
SCP
19.1
SCP
B+
S
FC14-80
RW
1
KEY FOB ANTENNA (CONVERTIBLE)
I FC14-41
WO
5
FC14-15
RG
8
I
II
BK
UR FC4-5
I
FC4-4
B+ BT40-15
U
S
–
FC14-67
U S
S – BT40-16
BT1-10
S
FCS12
FC14-85
U
RH2-11
S
S
+
U
FCS11
FC14-84
IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH)
FC3BL
NY
61
FC14-33
BK FCS48
S
RH2-12
RH7 -1
S +
BK
SB
FC87-3
SB
BRD S
U
BK BTS21
NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH
FC41-10
TRUNK
SW FC41-3
FC41-6
FUEL FILL
BK
I
AC14 -9
AC14 -8
I
S
U
RY
BK
BT46-2
BT46-1
BT1AR
RY BTS6
RH20-2
I
BT41-5
RH20-1
TRUNK SWITCH
BRD RH20-2
YR
I BT41-19
BT2-7
YP
I
FC14-31
BT41-7
TRUNK AND FUEL FILL RELEASE SWITCH
FC3BR
RHS3
W
I
FC14-5
BK
FCS47
B
RH20-1
FC14-58
SO
W
I
I
FC87-1
RH7 -2
BT40-8
BT1-11
LOCK CONTROL
BK
KEY FOB ANTENNA (COUPE)
I
II
NOTE: Ignition switched ground via Inertia Switch activates emergency unlock.
BT2-16
OR
O
B BT43-2
BT40-1
B
B FCS50
SP FC67-5
BK
I
FC67-4
FC14-55
SR
O
TRUNK RELEASE SOLENOID
I
BK
BTS21
I
OB
O
BT40-14
OB IC4-3
BT40-2
YP
BT1AR
RH2-14
B+
U
S
–
DD10-1
37
NW
LGU DD3-13
DD3-5
DD10-9
I
NW
DD10-16
I
DD3-10
ACS5
DD1-3
LOCK STATUS
YR (LHD) YP (RHD)
S ACS6
Y
YR
AC13-6 (LHD) AC13-17 (RHD)
BK DD3-9
DD1-16
DD3-6
BK
I
DD3-1
DD10-6
DOOR LOCK CONTROL
BK
I
DDS7
B
I
DD1-21
LOGIC
B 31
POWER
NR
32
NR
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE N
B+
9
FC24
10
8
NW
LGU DP3-13
DP3-5
DP10-9
I DP11-5
BK
GY DP3-6
DP3-7
DP10-16
ACS2
SR
DOOR LOCKING RELAY
U S
YP (LHD) YR (RHD)
DP1-3
I
LOCK STATUS
Y
YP
SY
O
DP3-3
SG
SG I
O I
DP1-21
DP3-1
DP10-6
POWER
DP1-2
BK
SU
SU
DP10-17
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
FC2AR (FC4AR)
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
7
51
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1 II
5 E
52
81
Fig. 01.3
6
38
II
II
39 E
55 E
I
Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5
18 I
BK
DP3-2
DP1-19
LOGIC
DP10-8
B
DP3-8
SY
DP10-5
BK
BK DP3-9
DP1-16
DPS7
DP11-20
DPS7
B
7
AC13-17 (LHD) AC13-6 (RHD)
PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH
BK
6
DP1-8
S
S
+
DOOR LOCK CONTROL
EXTERIOR HANDLE
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH
SG
SG
FC2BR (FC4BR)
U
S
–
DP10-1
DP1-2
B
AC15-1
FC4AR (FC2AR)
BK
FCS46
DD10-17
47
FC4AR (FC2AR)
DRIVER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
DD10-8
B
BK
SU
SU
O
DD1-2 DD3-2
DD1-19
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH
BK DD1-2
SG
SG
DD11-20
BK
DD3-3
DD10-5
DD11-4
GY
DD3-7
1
DD3-8
SY
I
BK
DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES
6
BT1AL
RH2-2
SY
O
DD11-12
OU
UNLOCK DD3-11
1
B
DDS7
OY
KEY BARREL
33
BTS20
U DD1-8
S
S
+
DD11-5
LOCK
DD3-12
B IC4-4
FUEL FILL FLAP SOLENOID
YR
EXTERIOR HANDLE
38
IC24-1
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE N
B IC24-2
BK
LOGIC
25
BT43-1
BT40-13
FC14-71
POWER
VALET SWITCH
FC4BL (FC2BL)
Fig. 13.1
Central Door Locking
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
➞
FC2AR (FC4AR)
XK8 Range 1998
Wash / Wipe System
Fig. 14.1
Wash / Wipe System
3
4
#7 30A 1
4
B
YR
5 LF6-1
LF25-2
LF25-1
YS
2 LF6-10
POWERWASH PUMP
POWERWASH RELAY (#4)
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX NB
15
YS
O FC14-80
FC14-18
NY
19
WO
II
LF1-17
FC14-6
I
YW
YW
I FC14-104
5
YS
LF27-3
LF1-15
YG
O
FC14-15
FC14-26
FLUID LEVEL
YG
B LF27-2
LF1-16
LF27-1
LFS7
B WINDSHIELD WASH PUMP AND FLUID LEVEL SENSOR
WO
2
WO
II
LGR
LGR WASH
SC1-9
I FC14-37
SC1-8
LGK
LGK
LGO
LGO
FC14-94
LGU
LGU
FLICK WIPE
KG
5
1
2
NU
9
NU
BLG
B
FC14-9
WIPER RUN / STOP RELAY
INTERMITTENT WIPE
LF3BS
BLG
BLG
O FC14-43
LF60-16 LF49
560 Ω
KG 1.3 ΚΩ
WASH / WIPE CONTROL
11
2.7 ΚΩ
NU
5.1 ΚΩ
U R
4
3
5
1
2
WLG
WIPER FAST / SLOW RELAY
11 ΚΩ
WLG
O FC14-19
WLG LF60-17
51 ΚΩ
FAST
WASH / WIPE STALK
B
B LFS18
B LF3-5
N
SLOW
BW BR
EM51-4 (LHD) EM51-2 (RHD)
11.4
YU
YU
LF3BS
WIPER MOTOR
SIDE
BK
BK FCS48
BK
BK
DIP
SCS1
SC2-9
FC3BL
SIDE
RY
RY SCS2
AUTO
RY SC2-3
RY
I
FCS9
RY
I
FC14-16
FC14-60
RY LF1-14
LIGHTING STALK POWER
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR DIMMER MODULE: SIDE LAMPS ON
10.2
LOGIC
RY BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
1
6
7
51
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1 1 II
5 E
52
81
Fig. 01.3
6
38
II
II
39 E
55 E
I
Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5
18 I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
➞
U
U LF3-3
RY EM51-3
SC2-4
SC2-1
LF3-4
EM51-2 (LHD) EM51-4 (RHD)
PARK SWITCH
R
R EM51-1 (LHD) EM51-5 (RHD)
NLG UY
DIP REAR VIEW MIRRORS: AUTO HEADLAMPS / MIRROR TINT
10
LFS18
I
SC1-7
DELAY
B
4
3
I
SC1-5
SLOW WIPE
LF48
I FC14-34
SC1-6
FAST WIPE
LF1AR
RY LF3-2
XK8 Range 1998
Window Lifts S U
CONVERTIBLE TOP CONTROL
NOTE: BPM Convertible Top control – Convertible vehicles only.
–
U
S
U
FCS11
FC14-84 +
19.1
SCP
19.1
SCP
S – FC25-20
S
S
Fig. 15.1
Window Lifts
S
FCS12
FC14-85
S + FC25-19
REMOTE WINDOW CONTROL
S
S U
U
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
01.1
DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX
01.2
NO
NO
26
NO BT2-8
NO
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
RH2-8
U NO
NO FCS81
NO
AC16-1 (LHD) AC15-20 (RHD)
N
N
25
RH2-11
B+
DD1-22
S
DD10-1 RH2-12
WINDOW LIFT CONTROL
BO DD10-18
NW
36
BG DD17-10
I
BR RH WINDOW UP
DD17-6
RH WINDOW DOWN
DD17-7
–
DD10-10
DD17-17
LH WINDOW DOWN
AC14 -9
AC14 -8
S
U
U
S DD10-9
I
DD10-16
PB DD10-11
I
DD16-2
DD11-7
PO
BK
DD16-6
DD10-15
DD16-1
DD10-7
OY
NW
38
I
DD3-11
DD11-4
BK
DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES NY
NY
48
NY BT2-2
BK
BK DDS7
DD1-2
01.1
DRIVER WINDOW LIFT
DD11-12
OU
KEY BARREL
TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
DD16-3
I
DD3-10
UNLOCK
DD3-12
FC4AR (FC2AR)
MOVEMENT SENSOR
OB
O LOCK
BK DD1-2
OU
O
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
BK
DDS7
PW DD10-12
WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES
DD16-4
DD16-5
I
DD17-20
FC4AR (FC2AR)
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
ACS6
DD1-3
I
BK DDS7
REMOTE WINDOW CLOSE
ACS5
DD10-13
BK
S + BT40-8
S
O
DD1-2
S BT1-11
U DD1-8
S
+ S
DD10-19
BP
BK
S – BT40-16
I
DD17-16
LH WINDOW UP
U BT1-10
I
LOGIC
I
POWER
DD10-8
B
B DD1-21
SW
DD10-17
FC14-63
NY
FC62-6
SR
FC4AR (FC2AR)
FC14-10
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
FC62-1
LGR
RH2-13 FC14-89
PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX
01.2
NY
NY FCS82
NY
AC15-20 (LHD) AC16-1 (RHD)
N
N
47
DP1-22
DP10-1
FC14-62 –
S
+
S
BO 34
DP1-2
DPS7
DP10-10
BK
DP10-13
DP10-12
PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK DP1-2
DPS7
B
B DP1-21
BK
BK
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
DP1-2
POWER
FC2AR (FC4AR)
NOTE: Coupe vehicles only – Convertible Top fascia harness wiring not used.
DP16-1
OB
O I
MOVEMENT SENSOR
DP16-6
DP10-15
LOGIC
DP10-8
DPS7
OU
O I
DP16-4
DP16-5
DP10-7
DP16-3
DP10-17
PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT
FC2AR (FC4AR)
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
1
6
7
51
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1 1 II
5 E
52
81
Fig. 01.3
6
38
II
II
39 E
55 E
I
Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5
18 I
RF1-13
RH12-15
WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES BK
RH12-17
PW
I
BK
FC14-77
DP16-2
PO
O
DP17-8
BK
RH12-16
GP OLG
WINDOW LIFT CONTROL
FC2AR (FC4AR)
FC14-98
DP1-3
I
DP17-7
RF1-6
GB
PB
I
BK
BK
FC14-36
S
DP10-11
BG
DP17-1
LOCAL WINDOW DOWN
BK
DP10-18
RF1-5
LGW
DP1-8
S DP10-16
I
DP17-2
LOCAL WINDOW UP
U
U DP10-9
NW
RF1-4
LGU
B+
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
➞
XK8 Range 1998
U
S
–
U
DD10-9
S
S
U
FCS11
S
ACS6
DD1-3
S
FCS12
19.1
SCP
19.1
SCP
19.1
CAN
AC14-9
Y
WINDOW LIFT CONTROL
B 66
G
19.1
NB
15
Y
B+
U
U
S
II
DP1-3
DP10-16
RG
WINDOW LIFT CONTROL
I
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
BK FCS47
+
S
U
S
S
FC14-84
BTS37
S – FC25-20
FC14-85
SW
S +
RH5-3
GB
2
RH33-2
LH QUARTER LIGHT LIFT
67 VEHICLE SPEED
54
B
NR
RH33-1
BT74
10
8
GR
6
7
GP
RH5-1
BT1BR
LH QUARTER DOWN RELAY
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
FC14-63
GB
O FC14-98
CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH
GB
GB
RH2-11
BTS33
BT3-3
B 62
NU
4
BT76
5
GY
3
GY BT3-7
LGR RF4-2
LGR RF1-4
I
BK
BK
LGU RF4-1
RF4-3
LGU RF1-5
BTS35
63
OLG RF1-13
LGW RF4-5
RF4-4
LGW RF1-6
O RH6-3
GB
2
RH34-2
RH QUARTER LIGHT LIFT
I FC14-62
56 OLG
1
RH QUARTER UP RELAY
TOP LATCH CLOSED SWITCH
FC3BR
NK
CONVERTIBLE TOP CONTROL
BK RFS1
RF1-3
55
FC14-89
TOP CLOSED SWITCH
U
GR BT3-5
B
NK
9
FC25-19
I
FC62-6
O
GW
C –
FC14-10
FC62-10
DOWN
I
U
GW
3
LH QUARTER UP RELAY
I
FC62-1
FC3BR
S
FC14-32
SR BK
–
FC14-33
WN
16 UP
I
BT74
1
FC25-47
FC14-15
8
NK
C +
G
I
II
S
S
+
WO
5
DP1-8
DP10-9
4 5
FC25-24
FC14-80
S
NR
BT3-4
CAN
53
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
–
Fig. 15.2
Convertible Top
AC14-8
S
DD10-16
U
U ACS5
DD1-8
S
+
Convertible Top
B
NU
8
GU
6
7
GP
GU
U RH6-1
BTS34
I
BT1BL
FC14-36
TOP READY-TO-LATCH SWITCH
RH34-1
BT76
10
BT3-8
B
NK
9
POWER
GP
O LOGIC
FC14-77
RH QUARTER DOWN RELAY
GP RH2-15
GP
BT3-6
OLG RH12-15
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
B 64
LGO –
TOP RAISED SWITCH
NK
52
U
S BT40-16
B+ BT40-6
+
RHS2
B
LGY
RH29-1
LGY
LGY
RH29-2
BT3-1
S
S
I
U
B
B
3
B
2
UG
1
S RH12-16
CONVERTIBLE TOP PUMP
TOP UP RELAY
UG BT40-3 BTS18
TOP DOWN SWITCH
RH1S
BT16
5
RH12-15
S BT1-11
O
BT41-3
U BT1-10
BT40-8
B
4
BT15-2 RH29-3
B
NO
65
B
NO
4 5
BT17
W
W
3
BT15-1
CONVERTIBLE TOP CONTROL
NOTE: RHS2 – Coupe only.
B
BTS20
B BT1AL
2
UO
1
B BT2BL
TOP DOWN RELAY
UO
O BT40-10
GW
O BT40-4
BK
B BT53-2
BT53-1
LATCH CONTROL VALVE
I BT40-13
BTS21
BK
I
B
GR
O
BT40-14
BT40-9
BT54-2
BTS20
BT54-1
B
BK BT1AR
1
6
7
51
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1 1 II
5 E
52
81
Fig. 01.3
6
38
II
II
39 E
55 E
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
I
Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5
18 I
BT1AL
MAIN CONTROL VALVE
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: Convertible Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
➞
XK8 Range 1998
Standard In-Car Entertainment: Convertible
PASSENGER DOOR FULL RANGE
RADIO ANTENNA Y
19.1
CAN
C +
NP
45
B+
FC25-24
IC10-10
G
19.1
CAN
B LGB
LGB
IC10-5
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
LGB RH1-7
IC2-14
FC38 -2
LGB BT1-20
BT19-6
OP OG
B
BT19-4
OP
OP
BT1AL
FCS67
IC1-12
OG FCS68
10.2
RLG
RLG
RADIO TELEPHONE
16.4
PK
16.4
RADIO TELEPHONE
PR
16.4
RADIO TELEPHONE
16.4
UY
IC2-4
IC10-13
MODE
SW4-1 3.3 Κ Ω
SW2-2
IC1-18
IC10-9
PY
PY
PY
SC3-2
IC2-6
RH27-1
RH1-5
BY
BY IC1-19
IC10-8
SW1-2
RH27-2
RH1-6
IC1-7
KP
KP
VOLUME +
SW4-2
BO
BO SW2-6
SW1-6
SC3-12
BK
AC14-2
CD LINK LEAD
FCS27
IC1-15
IC7
K DD1-11
UG
UG AC14-12
UP
IC8
G DD1-23
UP
UP AC14-11
P DD1-17
O
FC3BL
STEERING WHEEL
FCS28
IC1-14
FCS48
O DD1-12
PK
PK UG
BO
SWS1
AC14-1
IC1-10
IC10-7
CASSETTE
RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES
PO
IC1-9
PK
20 Κ Ω
RH1-3
PO
PO IC10-6
BO
IC8-1
IC7-1
UP
UG
IC7-2
FC39 -1
FC39 -2
W IC8-2
R
CAUTION: The Steering Wheel contains two logic ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
IC8-3
DD18 -1
DD18 -2
NOT USED
DD19 -1
DD19 -2
IC7-3
NOT USED
G IC8-4
NOT USED
IC7-4
B IC8-5
IC7-5
U IC8-6
DRIVER DOOR FULL RANGE
IC7-6
Y IC8-7
IC7-7
B IC8-8
IC7-8
CD AUTO-CHANGER
BRD
RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT
1
6
7
51
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1 1 II
5 E
52
81
Fig. 01.3
6
38
II
II
39 E
RH25 -2
RH1-4
IC1-8 6.8 Κ Ω
DRIVER SIDE REAR QUARTER FULL RANGE
BS
BS
I IC10-2
SEEK
VOLUME -
RH25 -1
KB
KB
KB
IC2-5
RADIO TELEPHONE CIRCUIT
CASSETTE
RH26-2
RH1-12
PASSENGER SIDE REAR QUARTER FULL RANGE
IC10-12
LGY
BY
PY
BG
IC1-17
IC10-19
RH26-1
RH1-20
BG
BG IC10-16
KW
IC1-16
IC10-20
UY
LGY RT20-9
BW RH1-2
KW
KW
IC2-3
RT20-7
KG RH1-1
BW
PR
UY
LGY
O DP1-12
IC1-4
IC10-15
IC2-2
RT20-1
RADIO TELEPHONE
AC14-3
KG
PK
PK
PR
K
IC10-14
IC2-1
RT20-2
G
PO*
PO* RT20-3
DP18 -2
DP1-11
IC1-3 IC10-4
PO
RH24 -2
DP1-23
SO
SO
* NOTE: Color code changed to P VIN 024687 ➞.
16.4
OG
AC14-4
IC1-2
IC10-17 IC10-3
RADIO TELEPHONE
RH24 -1
P
SK
IC1-1
SO
DIMMER OVERRIDE
DP19 -2
DP1-17
AC14-14
SK
SK IC10-18
RU
OP AC14-13
OG IC1-13
RU
DP18 -1
BTS20
ANTENNA MOTOR
10.2
DP19 -1
NOT USED
IC10-1
O
DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING
NOT USED
BT19-3
I
IC1-11
FC38 -1
NG
58
UW
FC26-20
NOT USED
NO CODE
IC10-11
UW
VEHICLE O SPEED
IC12
B+
I
FC25-47
IC13
WY
22
C –
Fig. 16.1
Standard In-Car Entertainment: Convertible
55 E
I
Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5
CE2
18 I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: Convertible Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
➞
XK8 Range 1998
Standard In-Car Entertainment: Coupe
Fig. 16.2
Standard In-Car Entertainment: Coupe
* NOTE: Coupe Connector code changed to RH30 VIN 024687 ➞.
RADIO ANTENNA CAN
19.1
CAN
19.1
Y
C +
45
C –
22
NP
FC25-24
IC10-10
G
VEHICLE SPEED
NO CODE
58
UW
FC26-20
IC12
B+
NG
IC1-11
NOT USED BT19-3
I
B
IC10-1
LGB
O
LGB
IC10-5
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
LGB RH1-7
IC2-14
LGB
BT19-6
B
FC38 -2
BT1AL
OP OG
FCS67
DIMMER OVERRIDE
10.2
RU
OG FCS68
IC10-18
IC10-4
IC10-17
RLG
RLG
PO*
PO
16.4
RADIO TELEPHONE
PK
16.4
PK
PR
16.4
BW RH1-2
KW
KW
UY
BG
IC1-17
IC2-4
RH1-12
LGY IC2-5
KB
KB
IC10-13 IC1-18
SW4-1 3.3 Κ Ω
SW2-2
PY SC3-2
SW1-2
PY IC2-6
BO SW4-2
AC14-2
BO
SWS1
BO
BO SW2-6
FCS28
SW1-6
CD LINK LEAD IC8
G DD1-23
UP
UP AC14-11
P DD1-17
IC7
IC8-1
UP
UG
FC39 -1
FC39 -2
IC7-1
W IC8-2
CAUTION: The Steering Wheel contains two logic ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
FCS27
IC1-15
O
FC3BL
STEERING WHEEL
AC14-12
UP
BK FCS48
SC3-12
K DD1-11
UG
UG
IC1-14
CASSETTE
O DD1-12
PK
PK UG
VOLUME -
RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES
AC14-1
IC1-10
IC10-7
20 Κ Ω
PO
IC1-9
PK
VOLUME +
RH1-3
PO
PO IC10-6
6.8 Κ Ω
KP
IC1-8
IC10-9
SEEK
RH1-4
KP
KP
IC10-2
BS
IC1-7
IC10-8
I
RH27-2
RH1-6
BS
BS PY
NOT USED
BY
IC1-19
CASSETTE
RH27-1
RH1-5
BY
RADIO TELEPHONE CIRCUIT
MODE
NOT USED
RH26-2
IC10-12
LGY RT20-9
PY
RH26-1
RH1-20
BG
IC10-16
UY
LGY
16.4
KG RH1-1
IC1-16
IC2-3
RT20-7
RADIO TELEPHONE
O DP1-12
BW
PR
PR
UY
16.4
AC14-3
IC1-4
IC10-15
IC2-2
RT20-1
RADIO TELEPHONE
K
PK
RT20-2
RADIO TELEPHONE
G
KG
IC10-19
*RH30 *RH30 -1 -2
DP18 -2
DP1-11
IC1-3
BW IC10-14
IC2-1
RH24 -2
DP1-23
SO
SO
KG
PO*
RT20-3
OG
AC14-4
IC1-2
IC10-20
RADIO TELEPHONE
RH24 -1
P
SK
IC1-1
SO
* NOTE: Color code changed to P VIN 024687 ➞.
DP19 -2
DP1-17
AC14-14
SK
SK IC10-3
OP AC14-13
OG IC1-13
RU
DP18 -1
OP
OP IC1-12
10.2
DP19 -1
NOT USED
BT19-4
BT1-20
FC38 -1
BTS20
ANTENNA MOTOR
DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING
PASSENGER SIDE REAR QUARTER FULL RANGE
IC10-11
UW
O
IC13
WY
I
FC25-47
PASSENGER DOOR FULL RANGE
B+
IC7-2
DD18 -1
DD18 -2
NOT USED
*RH31 *RH31 -1 -2 DD19 -1
DD19 -2
RH25 -1
RH25 -2
R IC8-3
NOT USED
IC7-3
G IC8-4
IC7-4
B IC8-5
IC7-5
DRIVER DOOR FULL RANGE
U IC8-6
IC7-6
Y IC8-7
IC7-7
* NOTE: Coupe Connector code changed to RH30 VIN 024687 ➞.
B IC8-8
IC7-8
CD AUTO-CHANGER
BRD
RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT
1
6
7
51
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1 1 II
5 E
52
81
Fig. 01.3
6
38
II
II
39 E
55 E
1 Fig. 01.5
CE2
I
Fig. 01.4 18 I
DRIVER SIDE REAR QUARTER FULL RANGE
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: Coupe Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
➞
XK8 Range 1998
Premium In-Car Entertainment
Fig. 16.3
Premium In-Car Entertainment
* NOTE: Coupe Connector code changed to RH30 VIN 024687 ➞.
RADIO ANTENNA CAN
19.1 19.1
B+ IC10-10
C +
WY
22
FC25-24
CAN
NP
45
Y G
I
C –
PASSENGER DOOR TWEETER
PASSENGER SIDE SQUAWKER (FASCIA)
IC12
IC13 B+
NO CODE
PASSENGER DOOR MID-BASS
PASSENGER SIDE REAR QUARTER MID-RANGE
IC10-11
FC25-47
NG
58 UW
UW
O
VEHICLE SPEED
FC26-20
BT19-3
B
I
IC1-11
IC10-1
LGB
O IC10-5
LGB IC2-14
LGB RH1-7
LGB
BT19-6 BT19-4
BT1-20
10.2
DIMMER OVERRIDE
10.2
RU
RU
RLG
RLG
NG
B+
IC18-6
60
NG
B+
IC18-16
RADIO TELEPHONE
16.4
RADIO TELEPHONE
16.4
RADIO TELEPHONE
16.4
RADIO TELEPHONE
16.4
PO
PO* RT20-3
PK RT20-2
PR
IC2-2
PR
RT20-1
IC14-6
IC2-3
B
UY
RT20-7
IC14-1
IC2-4
Y
IC10-12
LGY
LGY RT20-9
SW4-1 3.3 Κ Ω
MODE
SW1-2
SW2-2
SC3-2
IC2-6
IC18-7
IC18-17
IC1-17
RH26-1
RH1-12
RH26-2
RH26-2
RH27-1
RH27-1
RH27-2
RH27-2
IC10-2
IC1-18
CD LINK LEAD
VOLUME +
IC8
20 Κ Ω
RH1-5
BY
BY
BY
6.8 Κ Ω
KB
KB
KB IC18-8
IC18-18
RH1-6
IC1-19
IC7
DRIVER SIDE REAR SUB-WOOFER (CONVERTIBLE)
O IC8-1
CASSETTE
BO
RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES
RH26-1
BG
BG
BG
BRD
I
SEEK
VOLUME -
RH1-20
IC1-16
I IC17-1
IC14-5
CASSETTE
KW
KW
KW
I IC17-6
R PY
PASSENGER SIDE REAR SUB-WOOFER (CONVERTIBLE)
IC17-3
IC14-4
PY
BW RH1-2
IC1-4
I
U
RADIO TELEPHONE CIRCUIT
PY
KG RH1-1
G
IC10-13 IC14-3
PY
O
IC17-7
IC14-2
IC2-5
K
BW
BW IC18-3
SW4-2
BO
BO
SWS1
SW2-6
SW1-6
IC7-1
W
BK
BO FCS48
SC3-12
IC8-2
IC18-2
IC8-3
FC3BL
IC8-6
IC1-10
IC18-15
IC8-7
IC18-5
IC8-8
FCS27
IC1-15
G DD1-23
UP
UP AC14-11
P DD1-17
IC7-8
B IC17-4
CD AUTO-CHANGER
BRD
B
CE2
B
UP
UG
B
FC39 -1
FC39 -2
IC4-6
IC17-11
RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT
UG
UG AC14-12
UP
UP
IC7-7
B
FCS28
IC1-14
K DD1-11
AC14-2
UG
UG
IC7-6
Y
PK
PK
PK IC18-12
O DD1-12
AC14-1
IC1-9
IC7-5
U
PO
PO
PO IC18-4
IC8-5
RH1-3
IC1-8
IC7-4
B
KP
KP
KP IC18-10
IC8-4
CAUTION: The Steering Wheel contains two logic ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
RH1-4
IC1-7
IC7-3
G
REAR SUB-WOOFER (COUPE)
BS
BS
BS
IC7-2
R
STEERING WHEEL
RH24 -2 RH30 -2
DP1-12
AC14-3
IC1-3
I IC17-2
(CONV.) RH24 -1 * (COUPE) RH30 -1
DP1-11
KG
KG IC18-11
DP18 -2
DP19 -2
G
SO
IC1-2
I IC18-1
IC10-16
UY
LGY
O
IC10-15
PR
UY
IC18-13
DP18 -1
DP19 -1
DP1-23
SK
SO
SO
IC10-14
PK
B
P
OG
AC14-4
IC1-1
R
DP1-17
AC14-14
SK
IC18-14
IC2-1
PK
OG FCS68
IC1-13
SK
PO*
OP AC14-13
OG
OG
IC17-12
16.4
FCS67
IC1-12
IC17-5
IC10-4
* NOTE: Color code changed to P VIN 024687 ➞.
OP
OP
OP 59
FC38 -2
OP OG
IC10-3
RADIO TELEPHONE
FC38 -1
BT1AL
ANTENNA MOTOR
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING
B BTS20
DD18 -1
DD18 -2
R
B
DD19 -1
DD19 -2
(CONV.) RH25 -1 * (COUPE) RH31 -1
RH25 -2 RH31 -2
IC4-5
POWER AMPLIFIER BT1CS
DRIVER SIDE SQUAWKER (FASCIA)
DRIVER DOOR TWEETER
DRIVER DOOR MID-BASS
DRIVER SIDE REAR QUARTER MID-RANGE * NOTE: Coupe Connector code changed to RH31 VIN 024687 ➞.
1
6
7
51
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1 1 II
5 E
52
81
Fig. 01.3
6
38
II
II
39 E
55 E
I
Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5
18 I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: Premium ICE Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
➞
XK8 Range 1998
Radio Telephone
TELEPHONE ANTENNA
* NOTE: Color code changed to P VIN 024687 ➞.
NP
39
NP
NP
BT20-8
LG
I
PK
RT5-10
LG
LG
PR
RT5-11
UY
RT5-16
LGY
RT4-11
RT4-10
BRD
RT3-1
RT4-12
16.2
16.3
ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
16.1
16.2
16.3
ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
16.1
16.2
16.3
ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
LGY
16.1
16.2
16.3
ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
RT20-9
RT5-8
B
B
RT6-2
16.1
U
U
RT6-1
BRD
ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
RT20-7
RT5-15
W
16.3
RT20-1
UY
RT7
16.2
RT20-2
PR
B+ RT2-2
16.1
RT20-3
PK
B+
RT20-10
PO*
RT5-5
RT2-3
21
PO
B+ RT2-10
RTS2
NP
RT4-6
RT3-2
RT5-13
W
R RT4-2
RT3-3
RT5-7
BRD RT5-1
SR
Y RT4-3
RT3-4
RT5-4
SO
O RT4-4
RT3-5
RT5-3
SY
N RT4-5
RT3-6
RT2-8
W
G RT4-1
RT3-7
RT5-12
SK
W RT4-9
RT3-10
RT5-14
G
P RT4-7
BRD
RT3-8
RT2-6
B BRD S
RT5-6
O
RT4-8
RT3-9
RT2-1
HANDSET Y RF9-1
Y RF1-17
RF9-2
Y RT20-4
BRD
RT2-11
BRD RF1-18
BRD RT20-5
RT2-12
MICROPHONE
B RT2-4
B RTS3
RT2-9
B
TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER RT20-6
RADIO TELEPHONE CIRCUIT
B FC2CS (FC4CS)
1
6
7
51
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1 1 II
5 E
52
81
Fig. 16.4
Radio Telephone
Fig. 01.3
6
38
II
II
39 E
55 E
I
Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5
18 I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
➞
XK8 Range 1998
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
Airbag System
R
19.1
Airbag System
D FC29-6
WG
15
NOTE: This symbol represents a shorting bar used to short terminals together when the connector is separated.
B+
II
FC29-7
RW
13
O FC30-7 FUSE BLOW
O
KN
FC30-3
SO SW10-3
SW11-3 CASSETTE
FUSE BLOW SWITCH
DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG
CAUTION: Do not substitute another fuse value for the Airbag System 10A Battery fuse.
RP
O
R
FC30-2
SW10-1
SW11-1 CASSETTE
RW
14
I FC30-8
STEERING WHEEL SAFING SENSOR
O
RG
FC30-5
RG FC74-1
RW
12
PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG
DEPLOYMENT POWER ENERGY RESERVE
RW
KP
O
KP
FC30-4
FC40-1
RS
FC74-3
O FC30-11
FC40-2
YW FC40-4
BK FC40-3
AIRBAG INTERROGATION CONNECTOR
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK: AIRBAG FAILURE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
FC29-12
YW
08.1
ON
I
YW
KU
I
FC29-5
FC30-10
O
FCS64
LF51-1
KU LF51-2
LF2-5
OP
I FC29-9
BK
ON LF2-4
OP
RH IMPACT SENSOR
LF51-4
LF2-6
I FC29-4
YU
I FC29-11
BK
FCS45
I
KG
I FC30-9
FC30-12
LF50-1
KG LF50-2
LF2-2
OW
I
BK
YU LF2-1
FC29-8
OW LF50-4
LF2-3
FC1S
AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE
1
6
7
51
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1 1 II
5 E
52
81
Fig. 01.3
6
38
II
II
39 E
55 E
I
Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5
18 I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
LH IMPACT SENSOR
WARNING: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REPLACE THE AIRBAG SYSTEM 10A BATTERY FUSE UNLESS THE AIRBAG SYSTEM HAS BEEN DEACTIVATED. WARNING: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO MEASURE THE RESISTANCE THROUGH THE AIRBAG ASSEMBLY. DOING SO MAY TRIGGER AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT AND POSSIBLY RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY.
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
➞
Fig. 17.1
XK8 Range 1998
Ancillaries
NB
15
YB
B+ FC14-80
HP1
#11 10A
LF14
B GU
SW2-1
GU
SW1-1
LFS8
FC14-4
4
3
5
1
2
YW #13 10A
CASSETTE
BK
BK
HP3
SW2-5
BK
4
BK
BK
SCS1
SW1-5
LF7-5
RH HORN
GS
HORN RELAY (#6)
HORN SWITCHES
FC3BL
GS
O
STEERING WHEEL
YW
23
B
WU
B
I
LF16
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
FC14-70
FC42-2
B LFS9
LF60-14
FC42-1
CIGAR LIGHTER
LF17
LF2BR
POWER
CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
LF15
LF1AL
LF6-6
HORN CONTROL
FCS48
SC2-9
B
I
SC3-1
GU HP2
YB
LF7-1
CASSETTE
GU
Fig. 18.1
Ancillaries
LH HORN LOGIC
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
HORNS
CIGAR LIGHTER
NLG
27
BT25-1
PN #11 10A
PN
BT12-1
BTS38
BT25-3
B 1
3
5
2
1
NR
17
RF10-2
RF11-1
RF10-1
RF11-2
BT25-2 #13
1
TRUNK ACCESSORY CONNECTOR
BT12-5
BT2BR
WN
13 I
BT11-6
ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RELAY (#6)
TRUNK FUSE BOX
BK NLG
28
BK
RFS1
FC51-1
PN
PN BT58-1
PN FC51-3
RH14-1
B
FASCIA ACCESSORY CONNECTOR
RF1-3
GARAGE DOOR OPENER
BK
FC51-2 FC2BL (FC4BL)
FC3BR
ROOF CONSOLE
GARAGE DOOR OPENER
ACCESSORY CONNECTORS
1
6
7
51
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1 1 II
5 E
52
81
Fig. 01.3
6
38
II
II
39 E
55 E
I
Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5
18 I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
➞
B FCS49
FC4BR (FC2BR)
XK8 Range 1998
+
C
–
C
Y LF37-5
Y LF40-3
G LF37-15
C +
+
C
C –
–
C
EM7-83
Y
AJ26 N/A
Y
G
AJ26 N/A
G
EM7-82
C +
+
C
C –
–
C
Y
EM10-26
EM7-86
G LF40-4
Networks; Serial Data Links
EM10-28
EM1-6
EM10-27
C +
+
C
C –
–
C
FC88-9
G
WU
6
FC25-24
II
C –
WN
I
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 N/A
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
FC53-8
WO
4
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE
II +
FC53-1
Y
C
Y
C + FC53-6
FC25-23 +
Y
C LF37-5
–
Y
G
C LF37-15
Y
AJ26 SC
–
G
G
G
C – FC53-14
FC25-48
CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK (CAN)
AJ26 SC
EMS52
LF40-4
G
C
EMS53
LF40-3
B+ FC53-9
18
FC25-47
FC88-8
B+ FC53-16
C +
G
FC88-3
EM1-7
NY
24
Y
FC88-4
G
EM10-25
EM7-85
Y
Fig. 19.1
Networks; Serial Data Links
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE
+
Y
C
U
EM72-H –
G
C
S – FC25-20
S
S + FC25-19
EM72-L
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 SC
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞.
–
U
S FC14-84
+
S
S
U
FC14-85
S – FC53-10
S
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
–
U
S
U
BT40-16
U
BT1-10
S
+ S
U SP1-3
S
BT1-11
U
FCS11
RH2-11
S
BT40-8
S
S
FCS12
RH2-12
S –
S
+
S
SP1-8
S + SP5-9
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
U
U
DP10-9
U
ACS5
U
U
S
S
ACS6
S
S
+
S
P
EM11-3
EM13-2
D FC53-12
EM1-5
W
D
S –
S
W
D FC53-13
EM1-20
S + ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
SD5-9
SD1-8
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
S
P
D
SD5-10
SD1-3
AC14-9
DP1-3
FCCP
VFP
U
AC14-8
DP1-8
S DP10-16
–
NOTE: FCCP – Flash Communication Control Port; VFP – Voltage, Flash Programming
SP5-10
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
–
S + FC53-2
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
U
SERIAL OUTPUT
U
DD10-9
STANDARD CORPORATE PROTOCOL NETWORK (SCP)
S
DD10-16
D FC53-3
FC29-6
DD1-8
S
R
D
DD1-3
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE
K
D FC53-15
O
D FC53-7
K
K
D BT69-28
O
O
BT2-20
BT69-10
O
FCS16
RH12-5
D
K
K
EM10-12
O
D
K
EM10-13
O
O
AC14-6
7
51
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1 II
5 E
D AC4-21
SERIAL DATA LINK
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
1
D
O
EM1-2
52
81
Fig. 01.3
6
38
II
II
39 E
55 E
1 Fig. 01.5
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
I
Fig. 01.4 18 I
FC3BL
AC4-10
AC14-5
FC53-5
BK
K
EM1-1
BK
FCS48
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
D
6
FC53-4
FC22-6
ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE
1
BK
NOTE: Serial Data Link: K wire – serial input O wire – serial output O wire only – Bidirectional Serial Communication
FCS15
RH12-4
BT2-19
O
D
K
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998
➞
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE ‘;i Pin Description I FC14~15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY 1 FCi432 IGNITION SWlTCHED GROUND SUPPLY 0 FC14-97 RELAY COILDR,“E
COMPONENTS Active GROUND GROUND
Inactive GROUND
Component BATTERY
Location I Access TRUNK,RlGHTHANDSlDE
BODYPROCESSOR MCIDIJLE FUSEBOX- DRl”ERSlDE
PASSENGER SIDEFASCIA,AIRBAG BRACKET F*sCIA!DRlVER SlDE
Color / Stripe BROWN BROWN BRCJWN BRcwm BROWN HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
Connector BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS
/ Color
Location I Access PASSENGER SlDEFUSEBOX ENGlNE MANAGEMENT FUSEBOX DRi”ERSIDEFUSEBOX ENGINE CclMPARTMENT FUSEBOX TRUNKFUSEBOX
CONNECTORS
Type / Color
Location / Access TRUNK,ABOVE RGHTHANDREARWHEEL ARCH TRANSMlSSlON TUNNEL ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FALSE BULKHEAD. RlGHTHANDSIDE TRANSMlSSiON TUNNEL TRANSMiSSlON TUNNEL TRANSMISSIDN TUNNEL REAROFCENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY ENGINE CCJMPARTMENT, FALSE B”LKHEAD, RIGHTHANDSIDE
GROUNDS Location I Type BATERYGROUND STUD EYELET (PAIR,- RIGHTHANDLEG/TRUNK,RIGHTREAR EYELET WNGLEI/TRUNK,RIGHTREAR
Ground ST68 BTZBR BTlBS CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
(FOLD OUT PAGE1
+
The following
symbols
are used to represent
I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.
D C S
values for Control
Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network
communications
on this data page is furnished
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. “Active”
Module
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz
Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency
to aid the user in understanding
circuit operation.
KHz MS MV
Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts
THIS INFORMATION
SHOULD BE USED FOR
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE
OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY
1998
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS.
COMPONENTS Component FUSEBOX- ILlRIVER SlDE
Connector / Type / Color FE/ IO~WAY UT A. FUSEBOX I NATURAL KS, IO-WAY u T A. FUSEBOX! BLACK FC90,EYELET FC92,EYELET
Location / Access FASClA,DRIVER SlDE
FUSE BOX- PASSENGER SIDE
FC20 /lo-WAY FC21 I l&WAY FC90 ‘EYELET
FASClA, PFISSENGER SIDE
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
“.T A. FUSEBOX, WT A. FUSEBOX,
NATVRAL BLACK
CONNECTORS
Connector AC12 AC13 AC14 ACli AC16 BE BT58 DD1 DP1 IC2
Type I Color zo-WAYMULTILOCK 070I WHITE Z&WAYMULTlLOCK 070/YELLOW 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070,GREY ?O-WAY M”LTlLOCK 070,GREY G~WAY MULTILOCK 070‘YELLOW ZO-WAY MtJLTlLOCK 070:WHlTE I-WAYECONOSEAL 111 tic, BLACK 23WAYAMP FORD,BLACK X-WAYAMP- FORD,BLACK 14~WAY MVLTlLOCK 070/WHITE
Location / Access FASCIATOP CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHTHANDSIDE FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, RIGHTHANDSIDE FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET! RIGHTHANDSIDE FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOLJNTlNG BRACKET! RIGHTHANDSlDE LEFTHAND’KPOSTCONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET,‘NPOSTTRlM TRUNK/ABOVERIGHTHANDREARWHEEL ARCH TRUNK/ABOVERIGHTHANDREARWHEEL ARCH DRIVER SlDE‘N POSTMOUNTING BRACKET/APOSTTRlM PASSENGER SIDE’NPOSTI’WPOSTTRlM
iF1
PO-WAY MULTILOCK
070,
GREY
LEFT HAND
RF,
18.WAY
070,
YELLOW
RlGHT
RH14
?-WAY
RH2
*o-WAY
SD1
B-WAY MULTILOCK
070:
SP1
*-WAY
070 iYELLOW
MULTILOCK ECONOSEAL MULTILOCK MULTILOCK
BELOW
CENTER HAND
CONSOLE
GLOVE
‘K POST CONNECTOR ‘K POST CONNECTOR
BOX MOUNTING MOUNTING
/II HC, BLACK
REAR OF CENTER
CONSOLE
ASSEMBLY
070 /WHITE
REAR OF CENTER
CONSOLE
ASSEMBLY
YELLOW
BELOW
DRIVER SEAT
BELOW
PASSENGER
BRACKET! BRACKET,‘K
‘fl
POST TRIM POSTTRlM
SEAT
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE
OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY
1998
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
COMPONENTS Component
Connector
I Type I Color
Location
/ Access
FUSE BOX-ENGINE
COMPARTMENi
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,
LEFT FRONT
FUSE BOX-ENGINE
MAIN*GEMENT
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,
CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
FUSE BOX-TRUNK
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector iC4
CONNECTORS
Type / Color 4-WAYM”LT,LOCK 070,WHITE
Location
/ Access
TRUNKiLEFTOFANTENNAASSEMBLY
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE
OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY
1998
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
COMPONENTS Component
Connector/Type
/ Color
FUSE BOX-DRIVER
SlDE
FC5,lO-WAY ” T A. FUSEBOX, RX, 10.WAY ” T A. FVSEBOX FC90, EYELET FC!3Z, EYELET
FUSE BOX - ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT
LF5,lO~WAY”TA FUSEBOX’NATURAL LF6: IO-WAY “.T A F”SEBOX,‘BLACK LF7/10-WAY ” T A FUSEBOX! GREEN LFB! 10.WAY “.T.A FUSEBOX, BL”E iF70, EYELET
Location
NATURAL ! BLACK
FASCIA,
ENGlNE
FUSE BOX - PASSENGER SIDE
BTIO BTlt BT12 BT13 *Tel,
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
SIDE
COMPARTMENT,
I_10.WAY i ?&WAY I_10.WAY i IO-WAY EYELET
L. T A. U T A. U T A. U.T.A.
FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX FUSEBOX
NATURAL BLACK I GREEN ! BLUE
TRUNK
i ELECTRICAL
Location
/ Access
FASCIA
BOTTOM
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
BELOW
CENTER
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
LEFT HAND
ENCLOSURE
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
i LEFT HAND
ENCLOSURE
ENGINE RIGHT
CONNECTOR CONSOLE
MOUNTING
I ADJACENT GLOVE
‘N POST CONNECTOR
COMPARTMENT, HAND’K
BRACKET
POST CONNECTOR
BRACKET,
TO RIGHT HAND
RIGHT
HAND
SlDE
ENCLOSURE
BOX
MO”NTlNG
BRACKET,‘K
POSTTRlM
ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON MOUNTING
BRACKET,‘N
POSTTRIM
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY
CARRIER
CONNECTORS
Type / Color
LEFT HAND
DATE
LEFT FRONT
FASCIA, PASSENGER SIDE
FUSE BOX-TRUNK
Connector
I Access
DRl”ER
1998
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
COMPONENTS Component FUSE BOX-ENGINE
Connector MANAGEMENT
EM19, IO-WAY EM20,10-WAY EM70, EYELET
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
I Type / Color U.T.A. “.T.A
FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX,
Location
NATURAL BLACK
ENGINE
/ Access
COMPARTMENT/CONTROL
Type / Color
LF3
1%WAY
ECONOSEAL
Lw.0
13WAY
PI,
57.WAY
B-WAY ECONOSEAL
Location 111LC, BLACK
/ Access
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
RIGHT HAND
111LC, WHITE
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
LEFT HAND
ENCLOSURE
ENCLOSURE
ECONOSEAL
111LC, BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
LEFT HAND
ENCLOSURE
SUMITOMO,
BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
BRACKETON
TOP OFTRANSMlSSlON
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. OF ISSUE:
ENCLOSURE
CONNECTORS
Connector EL1
DATE
MODULE
FEBRUARY
1998
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
COMPONENTS Component ,GNlTlON INERTlA
SWITCH
Connector (KEY-IN
SWlTCHj
FC4,8
SWITCH
FC46 /SWAY
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Location
/ Type / Color
WAY MULTILOCK
070,
ECONOSEAL
STEERING
WHITE
ADJACENTTO
111LC i BLACK
/ Access COLUMN LEFT HAND
FASCIA
FVSE BOX
CONNECTORS
Connector AC13
Type / Color 2O~WA:y MVLTiLOCK
070 / YELLOW
FASCIA
BOTTOM
BT1
ZO-WAY MVLTlLOCK
070,
TRUNK
ABOVE
LFSO
2O~WAY MVLTILOCK
070! WHITE
LEFT HAND
RH2
20.WAY
070,
REAR OF CENTER
MULTiLOCK
Location WHlTE WHITE
/ Access CONNECTOR RIGHT
HAND
MOUNTlNG REAR WHEEL
‘A’ POST CONNECTOR CONSOLE
MOUNTlNG
BRACKET,
RIGHT
HAND
SIDE
ARCH BRACKET:‘A’POSTTR,M
ASSEMBLY
GROUNDS Ground
Location
FC3BL
EYELET
/ Type
(PAIR) - LEFT HAND
LEG i TRANSMISSION
TUNNEL.
LEFT HAND
SIDE
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE
OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY
1998
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE ‘J Pin Description I FC14~7 NEUTRAL SWITCH STATVS D
FC14-39
SECURITY
COMPONENTS Inactive BTiP,R.D,4.3,21
Active GROUND
ACKNOWLEDGE
(Ni
ENCODED
Component
Connector
BATTERY
BT66, BT67,
COMMUNlCATlDNS
I
FC14-4,
STARTER
ENGAGE
GROUND
CRANKING)
BL
BODY PROCESSOR
0
FC14-73
STARTER
RELAY ACTIVATE
GROUND
,CRANKlNG,
EL
ENGINE
1
FC14~80
BATTERY
SUPPLY
B+
B+
D
FC14-92
ENCODED
Active
Inactive GROUND
REOUEST VOLTAGE
HlGH POWER PROTECTION
COMMUNlCATlONS
EM10-15 EM10-17
PARK ’ NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION SECURlTYACKNOWLEDGE
B+ IP, Nl ENCODED
/
EM,,-6
ENGINE
GROUND
COMMUNICATIONS B+
,CRANKlNGi
SWITCH
NEUTRAL
MODULE
Pin
Description
FCZ2-9
GLASS
D
FCZ2-16
OK TO START
D
X22-17
SECURlTYACKNOWLEDGE
OK TO START
(ENCODED
IENCODED
Inactive
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT/CONTROL
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
FC89,
MULTILOCK 040, GREY MULTlLOCK 010,GREY MULTILOCK 040,GREY MULTlLOCK 040, GREY MULTlLOCK 47,WHlTE MULTlLOCK47IWHITE
ST2, ST3, ST,0
MOTOR
SUPPRESSlON
AN3,
MODULE
SlDE FASCIA,
TRUNK,ADJACENTTO
MULTILOCK
J-WAY
MULTILOCK
STEERING
070 /WHITE
MVLTILOCK
P150, S-WAY SUMlTOMO
COMMUNICATION)
COMMUNICATION, (ENCODED
STARTER
SIDE
EM10,28-WAY EMI1 ,16-WAY EM,2,22-WAY EM13,34-WAY EM,4,12-WAY EM15,22-WAY
FC22 IZO-WAY
(GENERATOR)
HAND
FC,4,104-WAYAMPEEEC,GREY
FC4, E-WAY
SWITCH,
MODULE
SWlTCH
REGULATOR
Active
BREAKAGE,
(KEY-IN
KEYTRANSPONDER
/ Access
RlGHT
PASSENGER
BT60, EYELET BTB, , EYELET BT62, EYELET BT63! EYELET
MODULE
~R.D.4.3.21 ,GNlTlDN
CRANK
D
TRUNK.
GENERATOR
I D
v
MODULE
COMMUNICATIONS
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE 3 Pin Description D EM10-6 OKTO STARTENCODED
KEY TRANSPONDER
MODULE
CONTROL
Location
/ Type I Color
EYELET EYELET
040, 070, 0902,
P-WAY ECDNOSEAL
RIGHT
ENCLOSURE
FRONT
DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX
GEAR SELECTOR
BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
ENGINE
BLOCK
REARWARD
111LC, RED
MODULE
BATTERY
GREY
EYELET EYELET , EYELET
BRACKET
COLUMN
ADJACENTTO
GREEN
AlRBAG
ASSEMBLY GENERATOR
OF RIGHT FRONT
HEADLAMP
COMMUNICATION)
RELAYS Relay
Color / Stripe
Connector
STARTERRELAY
BROWN
EMX,
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Location
I Color
/ Access
RH ENCLOSURE
BROWN
RELAYS
CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color
Location
BT80
EYELET
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
EM1
PO-WAY MULTILOCK
070,
WHITE
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO
EM2
18-WAY
MULTiLOCK
070,
YELLOW
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENTIADJACENTTO
RlGHT
HAND
ENCLOSVRE
EM3
14.WAY
MVLTILOCK
070,
GREY
ENGINE
COMPARTMENTiADJACENTTO
RIGHT
HAND
ENCLOSURE
EM60
Z-WAY
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
BEHIND
PI,
57~WAY SUMITOMO,
ENGiNE
COMPARTMENT,
BRACKET
ST1
EYELET
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
FALSE
ECONOSEAL
111HC, BLACK BLACK
I Access FALSE
BULKHEAD,
RIGHT
HAND
RlGHTHAND
LEFT INNER
SIDE
ENCLOSURE
FENDER
HEAT SHIELD
ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON
BULKHEAD,
RIGHT
HAND
SIDE
GROUNDS Ground
Location
BTSB
BATTERY
FCSBR
EYELET
CONTROL
MODULE
I Type
GROUND
STUD
(PAIR) - RIGHT
HAND
LEG /TRANSMISSION
PIN OUT INFORMATION
TUNNEL,
LEFT HAND
SIDE
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following
symbols
are used to represent
I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.
D C S
values for Control
Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network
on this data page is furnished
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. “Active”
Module
communications
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz
Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency
to aid the user in understanding
circuit operation.
KHz MS MV
Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts
THIS INFORMATION
SHOULD BE USED FOR
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE
OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY
1998
OF COMPONENTS.
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION COMPONENTS
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE rCr Pin Description 1 FC14-7 NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS D
FC14-39
SECURITY
Active GROUND
ACKNOWLEDGE
iN1
ENCODED
Inactive
Component
Connector
E+ IP. R. D. 4.3. 21
BATTERY
BT66, EYELET BT67 i EYELET
COMMUNICATIONS
I
FC14-41
STARTER
ENGAGE
GROUND
iCRANKING
B+
BODY PROCESSOR
0
FC14-73
STARTER
RELAY ACTIVATE
GROUND
(CRANKING1
E+
DUAL
/
FC14~80
BATTERY
SUPPLY
B+
B+
ENGlidE
D
FC14-92
ENCODED
Active
Inactive
GENERATOR
RECIUEST VOLTAGE
FClOO-4
NEUTRAL
0
FC100-5
PARKi
SWITCH
NEUTRAL
SWITCH
COMMON
GROUND
SUPPLY
OK TO START-
iNi
GROUND
CONFIRMATION
B+ (P. R. D. 4. 3. 21 GROUND
MODVLE
B- IP. Nl
HlGH POWER PROTECTION
SWITCH
(KEY-IN
KEYTRANSPONDER
Active
Inactive
B+ iP, Nl
GROUND
REGULATOR STARTER
COMMUNlCATiONS
CONFIRMATION
ACKNOWLEDGE
ENCODED
CRANK
GROUND
MODULE
IR. D. 4. 3. Zi ,GN,TlON
ENCODED
PARK i NEUTRAL
ENGINE
CONTROL
GROUND
GROUND
STATUS
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE v Pin Description
SECURITY
MODULE
SWITCH
COMMUNlCATlONS
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH 77 Pin Description FC100~2 TCM! DUAL LINEAR 0
LINEAR
GREY
MULTTILOCK
070,
12.WAY
PASSENGER LEFT HAND
GREY
SIDE
SIDE FASC,A,AIRBAG
BRACKET
S\DE OF GEAR SELECTOR,
CENTER
COMPARTMENT,
CONTROL
AN, I EYELET AN*, EYELET ST, 1 , EYELET
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT!
RIGHT FRONT
BT60 BT61 BTGZ 8163
TRUNK,
ADJACENT
i EYELET 1 EYELET 1 EYELET ! EYELET
AN3,
MODULE
HAND
ENGlNE
MULTILOCK
WHITE
STEERING
040 I GREEN
ADJACENT
070,
MULTILOCK SUMITOMO
0902,
BLACK
ST2, EYELET ST3, EYELET STlO , EYELET
MOTOR
I Access
RlGHT
EMlO, Z-WAY MVLTlLOCK 040, GREY EM,,, ,S-WAYM”LTlLOCK040,GREY EM12 I Z-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY EM,3!34-WAY M”LTlLOCK040,GREY EM14 I 12.WAY MULTILOCK 47 i WHlTE EMIS I 22.WAY MVLTILOCK 47, WHITE
P,50,3WAY
iGENERATOR
SUPPRESSION
AMP EEEC,
FC,OO!
FC22 i 20.WAY
IR.D.4.3.21
COMMUNICATIONS
TRUNK,
FC14 I,01-WAY
FC4,8~WAY
SWITCHI
MODULE
Location
I Type I Color
Z-WAY
ECONOSEAL
CONSOLE ENCLOSURE
TO BATTERY
COLUMN TO DRIVER
SIDE FUSE BOX
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT/GENERATOR
ENGlNE
BLOCK
REARWARD
111LC: RED
MODULE
OF RIGHT FRONT
HEADLAMP
Bi
iCRANKING)
RELAYS KEY TRANSPONDER v D
Pin FC22~9
MODULE
Relay
Description GLASS
BREAKAGE
D
FCZZ-16
OK TO ST*RT
D
FCZZ-17
SECURITY
Inactive
Active ,OKTO
(ENCODED
ACKNOWLEDGE
STARTIENCODED
ST*.RTER
RELAY
Color / Stripe
Connector
BROWN
EM50,
Location
/ Color
/ Access
RH ENCLOSURE
BROWN
RELAYS
COMM”NlCATlON,
COMMUNICATION) (ENCODED
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
COMMUNlCATlONi
CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color
Location
8180
EYELET
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
EM,
*O-WAY
070 i WHITE
~iuGmE
C~MP*RTMENT,ADJ*CENTTO
RIGHT
HAND
ENCLOSURE
EM2
18~WAY MULTILOCK
070,
YELLOW
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
RIGHT
HAND
ENCLOSURE
EM3
14.WAY
070,
GREY
ENGINE
C~MP*RTMENT/ADJ*CENTTO
RIGHT
HAND
ENCLOSURE
EM60
Z-WAY
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
BEHlND
PI1
57.WAY
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
BRACKET
ST1
EYELET
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
FALSE BULKHEAD,
MULTILOCK MULTILOCK ECONOSEAL
111HC , BLACK
SUMITOMO,
BLACK
I Access FALSE
BULKHEAD,
ADJACENTTO
LEFT ,NNER
RlGHT
HAN0
FENDER
SlDE
HEAT SHIELD
ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION RIGHT HAND
SIDE
GROUNDS Ground
Location
BTBB
BATTERY
EMlAL
EYELET
(PAIR) - LEFT HAND
LEG,
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
RIGHT
EMZAL
EYELET
(PAIR) - LEFT HAND
LEG,
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT.
LEFT HAND
CONTROL
The following
symbols
are used to represent
I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.
D C S
values for Control
Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network
communications
on this data page is furnished
NOTE: The values listed are approximately ComPonents connected and fitted. “Active”
Module
MODULE
/ Type
GROUND
ST”0
PIN OUT INFORMATION
HAND
ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz
Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency
to aid the user in understanding
circuit operation.
KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION
SHOULD BE USED FOR
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE
OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY
1998
OF COMPONENTS.
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL
PIN OUT INFORMATION MODULE
COMPONENTS
Description IGNITION SWiTCHED POWER SUPPLY IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SVPPLY OKTOSTART-ENCODED COMM”NlCATlONS BA”ERYPOWER SUPPLY
Active E+ B+
Inactive 0” B+
B+
BRAKE SWITCH SERIAL COMM”NlCATlONS SERIAL COMM”NlCAT,ONS PARKING BRAKE SWITCH PARK, NEUTRAL CONF,RMAT,ON EMS CONTROLLED RELAYACTlVATE SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE WTS I ECTS :TPS, MECHANICAL GUARD POSlTlON PEDAL POSITION COMMON REFERENCE GROUND MECHANICAL GUARD POSlTlON, PEDAL POSlTlON! TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE GROUND GROUND CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK
GROUND
B+ B+
ECM PROGRAMMING ENGINE CRANK FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR FEEDBACK MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSlTlON, TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE ECT FEEDBACK TPS FEEDBACK TPS FEEDBACK lATS,ECTS,TPS/MECHANlCALG”ARDPOSlTlDN, PEDAL POSITION COMMON REFERENCE GROUND MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION FEEDBACK MECHANICAL GUARD POSITiON / PEDAL POSITION PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK
/
symbols
CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.
D C S
LF5.2, Z-WAY YAZAKI
EVAPP
LF58,
EVAPORATIVE
E+ E+ 0 2 ” = HIGH PRESSURE
5v
5v 0.41 V @ 195.F (DECREASING 0.5 v = IDLE. 4.75 V = WOT 0.5 V = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT GROUND
WITH TEMPERATURE)
GROUND
0.5 V = IDLE. 4.75 V = WOT GROUND 0.5” = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT 0 5 V = IDLE; 4.75” = WOT
iI -PS SHIELD
GROUND
GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND 0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 -20 0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 5” @ 1000 RPM = 556 HZ; 5 Hz @ IDLE GROUND 5 V @ 1000 RPM = 566 Hz: GROUND
‘B’ BANK ‘A’ BANK
Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network
Module
communications
on this data page is furnished
ENGlNE,
P115, Z-WAY
ECONOSEAL
111HC, BLACK
‘B’ BANK
EM64,
P14, Z-WAY
VALVE
-A
UPSTREAM
EM21,
HOZS: HEATED
OXYGEN
SENSOR
-B
UPSTREAM
EM23,
KS KNOCK
SENSOR
- B
MASS
025:
OXYGEN
SENSOR-A
OX:
OXYGEN
SENSOR
PARKING
AIR FLOW SENSOR - B DOWNSTREAM
AND MECHANICAL
THRO”LE
MOTOR
THRO”LE
POSITION
GUARD
ECONOSEAL
COMPARTMENT,
REAR OF ENGINE
ENGiNE
COMPARTMENT,
CONTROL
TRUNK
OUARTER,
i FUELTANK
090 II, GREY
‘N BANK
REARWARD
MODULE
CONVERTER
CATALYTIC
CONVERTER
FLANGE
“EE,
UNDER
INTAKE
MANIFOLD
P127, Z-WAY
ECONOSEAL
111LC, BLACK
ENGlNE
“EE,
UNDER
INTAKE
MANIFOLD
P135,5-WAY
YAzAKlO902,
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
Z-WAY
BLACK
SUMITOMO
090 A TYPE,
‘X BANK
GREY
REARWARD
CATALYTIC
CONVERTER
CATALYTIC
CDNVERTER
OF AIR CLEANER
EM24,2-WAYSUMlTOMO09OATYPE,GREY
‘8’ BANK
FC19,
BELOW
PARKING
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT/THROTTLE
ASSEMBLY
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT/
THROTTLE
ASSEMBLY
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
THROTLE
ASSEMBLY
LUCAR
RIGHT ANGLE YAZAKI
0902, CLIP,
BLACK BLACK
SUMITOMO
TS090,
BLACK
BRAKE
LEVER
SUMITOMO
090 DC INHIBIT
1, BLUE
BEHlND
RIGHT HAND
WHEEL
ARCH LINER
EL3,2-WAY
SUMlTOMO
090 DC INHIBIT
1 , BROWN
BEHIND
RIGHT HAND
WHEEL
ARCH LINER
EL4,
YAZAKI
BEHIND
RIGHT HAND
WHEEL
ARCH LINER
-2
*-WAY
090,
GREY
VVI SOLENOID
VALVE:
VARIABLE
VALVE TIMING
SOLENOID
VALVE -A
P131, P-WAY AMP JUNIOR
POWER TIMER,
BLACK
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENTI’K
VVT SOLENOID
VALVE:
VARIABLE
VALVE TiMlNG
SOLENOID
VALVE -B
P132,lWAY
POWER TIMER,
BLACK
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
AMP JUNIOR
ENCLOSURE
OF ROAD WHEEL
EVAPORATIVE
CATALYTIC
ENCLOSURE TOP HOSE
MODULE
ENGlNE
- 3
SWITCHING
ENGiNE
‘B’ BANK
VALVE
SWITCHING
VACUUM
REAR CONTROL
090 II, GREY
VALVE
VACUUM
HEAD,
111LC, BLACK
ELZ, Z-WAY
VALVE
CYLINDER
COMPARTMENT,
SUMITOMO
- 1
SWlTCHlNG
OF ROAD WHEEL
ENGlNE
LH FRONT
BLACK
REARWARD
ECONOSEAL
&WAY
W/4-WAY
SENSOR
QUARTER!
REAR OF BED PLATE
Z-WAY
P142, I-WAY
SENSORS
J2,
,,I LC I BLACK
SUMITOMO
P133, P-WAY TWIN
“AC”“,,,
WHITE
E J2, GREY
ECONOSEAL
a-WAY
EM22,
DOWNSTREAM
BRAKE SWITCH
PEDAL POSITION
Z-WAY
PIEi
MAFS
070,
ECONOSEAL
BT5,3WAY
SENSOR
SENSOR
SENSOR-A
MULTlLOCK
EM,O,ZB-WAY MULTlLOCK 040,GREY EM,, ,16-WAY MULTiLOCK 040, GREY EM12 122.WAY MULTiLOCK 040, GREY EM,3,34-WAY MULTILOCK040,GREY EM,4:,2-WAYMULTILOCK47,WHlTE EM15,22-WAY MULTlLOCK47,WHlTE
OXYGEN
KS: KNOCK
*-WAY
090,
BANKCYLINDER ‘B’ BANK
CYLiNDER
HEAD,
FRONT
HEAD,
FRONT
Relay
GROUND GROUND GROUND
B+ B+ B+ Bt B+ KHz = KNOCK KHz = KNOCK 2000 RPM = 1132 Hz
MOTOR
POWER
RELAY
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Color / Stripe
Connector
BROWN
EMIGIBROWN
Location
I Color
CONTROL
ENCLOSURE
RELAYS
CONNECTORS
Connector AC13
Type / Color
BT2
Location
I Access
070 iYELLOW
FASClA
BOTTOM
PO-WAY MULTILOCK
070,
TRUNK,
ABOVE
EL,
B-WAY ECONOSEAL
111LC, BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT/RIGHT
EM1
X-WAY
MULTlLOCK
070 /WHITE
ENGINE
COMPARTMENTIADJACENTTO
LF3
,3-WAY
ECONOSEAL
11, LC, WHITE
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
LEFT HAND
ENCLOSURE
111LC, BLACK
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
LEFT HAND
ENCLOSURE
20.WAY
I Access MODULE
M”LT,LOCK
WHITE
CONNECTOR RIGHT
HAND
MO”NT,NG
BRACKET,
REAR WHEEL HAND
RIGHT
RIGHT
HAND
ENCLOSURE
1%WAY
ECONOSEAL
PI,
57.WAY
SUMlTOMO,
BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
BRACKET
ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
PI2
13.WAY
ECONOSEAL
111LC, BLACK
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
BRACKET
ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
RH,
Z&WAY
MULTILOCK
BEHIND
GLOVE
GREY
SIDE
ENCLOSURE
LF40
070,
HAND
ARCH
BOX
GROUND 2000 RPM = ,132 Hz GROUND
GROUNDS
GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROVND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND
Ground
Location
EM,AL
EYELET
(PAIR) - LEFT HAND
EMlAR
EYELET
,PA,R, - RiGHT
EMlBR
EYELET
(PAIR,
EM2AL
EYELET
(PAIR, - LEFT HAND
EMlAR
EYELET
(PAIR) - RIGHT HAND
LEG i ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
LEFT HAND
ENCLOSURE
EM2BR
EYELET
(PAIR) - RIGHT
LEG,
COMPARTMENT,
LEFT HAND
ENCLOSURE
CONTROL
MODULE
/ Type LEG,
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
RIGHT
HAND
ENCLOSURE
HAND
LEG,
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
RlGHT
HAND
ENCLOSURE
RIGHT HAND
LEG,
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
RIGHT
HAND
ENCLOSURE
HAND
LEG,
ENGINE ENGINE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
COMPARTMENT,
LEFT HAND
ENCLOSURE
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
GROUND GROUND (VALVE
B+ E+ B+
OPEN)
GROUND GROUND GROUND
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK values for Control
111LC, BLACK
HEATED
~02%
THROTTLE
GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND
CONTROL
PRESSURE
LH FRONT
ECONOSEAL
RELAYS
B+ GROUND GROUND
EMISSION
FUEL TANK
BLACK
i 3.WAY
P,,,
(R.D.4.3.21
GROUND GROUND
B+ B+ B+ GROUND B+ B+ GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND
NOTE: The values listed are approximately connected and fitted. “Active”
components
TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
GROUND
0.98” @ ,O*C, DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE 1 2” @ IDLE, INCREASING WITH RPM INCREASE 0.1 - 0.9 V Q IDLE ISWING) 0.t - 0.9 ” 0 IDLE iSWlNGi 0.1 0.9 V C IDLE (SWING, 0.1 - 0.9” 6 iDLE (SWING, GROUND GROUND GROUND
are used to represent
I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground
5V
B+ GROUND (CRANKING1 4.9” = LOW PRESSURE,
THROT7LE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY GROUND THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY THROT7LE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
The following
5”
GROUND B+
GROUND GROUND
ECM PROGRAMMING CANISTER CLOSE VALVE ACT,“ATE VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #3 ACT,“ATE VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #, ACTIVATE VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #2 ACTIVATE THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE ‘B’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK ‘A’BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK CKPS SIGNAL CMPS SIGNAL CMPS/ CKPS, KNOCK SENSORS COMMON SHlELD CKPS SIGNAL CMPS SIGNAL GROUND
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
B+
I Access
Connector I Type I Color AC24!4-WAYM”LTlLOCK 070,WHITE
FTP SENSOR:
IATS FEEDBACK MAFS FEEDBACK UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK H02S UPSTREAM ‘N BANK HOZS DOWNSTREAM ‘B’ BANK 025 DOWNSTREAM ‘N BANK 0% MAFS REFERENCE GROUND MAFS REFERENCE GROUND 025, HOZS COMMON SHlELD
UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK HOZS HEATER UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK H02S HEATER E”AP VALVE ACTlVATE VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOlD VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID GROUND GROVND GROUND
GROUND IAPPLIED) E+ IP. Ni GROUND ENCODED CDMMUNlCATlONS GROUND
Location
Component BRAKE SWlTCH CC”.CANlSTER CLOSE VALVE CKPS. CRANKSHAFT POSITiON SENSOR CMP%CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR Em!ANDKM COOLING FAN EC-ISENGINE COOLANTTEMPERAT”RE SENSOR ENGlNE CONTROL MODULE
MESSAGES.
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz
to aid the user in understanding
Battery voltage Voltage (DC.1 Frequency circuit operation.
KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION
SHOULD BE USED FOR
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE
OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY
1998
OF COMPONENTS.
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL
PIN OUT INFORMATION MODULE
COMPONENTS
Description IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY IGVITION SWlTCHED POWER SUPPLY OK To START- ENCODED COMM”NICAT10NS BRAKE SWITCH - NOT USED BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY BRAKE SWITCH SERIAL COMM”NICAT,ONS SERlALCOMM”NICAT,ONS PARKING BRAKE SW,TCH PARK ’ NEUTRAL CONFIRMAT,ON EMS CONTROLLED RELAY ACTIVATE SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE IATS ECTS, TPS ’ MECHA\UICAL GUARD PosITIOI\: PEDAL POSITION COMMON REFEREYCE GRO”ND MECLIANICAL GUARD POSITION! PEDAL POSlTlON TPS COMMOV REFERENCE VOLTAGE GROUND GROUND CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK
:
CKPS
CRANKSHAFT
CMPS’
CAMSHAFT
BGROUND
B+ B-
GROUND GROUND 15 1500 15 1500 15 1500 15 - 1500 Bi GROUND
GROUND BGROUND
GROUND GROUYD Hi HZ Hz HZ
TEMPERATURE
,CRANK,NGl
0.41 V Q 195F (DECREASING 0 5 V = IDLE; 4.75 ” = WOT 0.5 V = IDLE: 4 15 ii = WOT GROUND
SENSOR-B
SENSOR-A
KS- KNOCK
SENSOR
MAE:
MASS
AND MECHANICAL
VALVE
- 1
VALVE
- 2
5”
VACUUM
SWlTCHlNG
VALVE
-3
“VT SoLENOlD
“AL”E.
“VT SOLENOlD
VALVE: VARIABLE
“ARABLE
B+ B+ BBI 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK
MULTILOCK M”LTILOCK040 MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTiLOCK MULTILOCK
040 / GREY ‘GREY 040 ’ GREY 040 1 GREY 47 I WHITE 47 ‘WHITE
HEAD,
REAR
COMPARTMENT!
CONTROL
ENGiNE
COMPARTMENT
REAR OF ENGINE
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT;
CONTROL
J2 / BLACK
LH FRONT
OUARTER
I REARWARD
SUMITOMO
OX II: GREY
‘N BANK
CATALYTIC
CONVERTER
UPSTREAM
EM*3
i&WAY
CATALYTIC
CONVERTER
GUARD
090 II I GREY
‘B’ BANK ENGINE
“EE,
UNDER
INTAKE
MANIFOLD
P127,2
111LC, BLACK
ENGINE
“EE,
UNDER
INTAKE
MANIFOLD
0902 ! BLACK
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT:
ANGLE
BELOW
PARKING
P135 1 s-WAY
YAZAK,
FC19 : LUCAR
RlGHT
WAY TWIN
0902 ’ BLACK CLIP,
BLACK
REARWARD
BRAKE
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT/THROTTLE
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
THROTTLE
ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY
TSO9O / BLACK
EL*,
Z~WAY SUMlTOMO
090 DC INHIBIT
1, BLUE
BEHlND
RlGHT
HAND
WHEEL
ARCH
LINER
EL3,
*-WAY
0911 DC INHIBIT
1, BROWN
BEHIND
RIGHT
HAND
WHEEL
ARCH
LINER
EL4,
P-WAY YAZAKI
BEHIND
RIGHT HAND
WHEEL
ARCH LINER
090,
GREY
TlMlNG
SOLENOID
VALVE - A
P131, P~WAY AMP JUNIOR
POWER TIMER
I BLACK
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
SOLENOID
VALVE
P132, Z~WAY AMP JUNIOR
POWER TIMER,
BLACK
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENTj’B’
B
ASSEMBLY
!THRO”LE
VALVE TIMING
“ALVE
OF AIR CLEANER
LEVER
SUMITOMO SUMlTOMO
ENCLOSURE
OF ROAD WHEEL
111LC I BLACK
WAY ECONOSEAL
ENCLOSURE TOP HOSE
MODULE
SUMITOMO
PI42 i B-WAY YAZAKI
SENSORS
MODULE
P126, P-WAY ECONOSEAL
P16: a-WAY
SWITCHING
E J2 : GREY
CYLlNDER
ENG,NE
2~WAY ECONOSEAL
PI%,*
SWITCHING
‘B’ BANK
BLACK WHITE
I4~WA.y
BRAKE SWITCH MOTOR
070,
PEDAL
: REAR OF BED PLATE
EM*,
AIR FLOW SENSOR
THROTTLE
ENGINE
L&B
VALVE
- B
VACUUM
GROUND GROUND
‘A’ BANK
CYLlNDER
HEAD,
FRONT
BANK
CYLINDER
HEAD,
FRONT
RELAYS Relay MOTOR
POWER
RELAY
Color I Stripe
Connector
BROWN
EM16,
Location
I Color
CONTROL
BROWN
I Access MODULE
ENCLOSURE
RELAYS
CONNECTORS Location
/ Access
Connector
Type / Color
AC13
*O-WAY
MULTILOCK
OX,
YELLOW
FASCIA
BT2
*O-WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
WHITE
TRUNK/ABOVE
EL1
B-WAY ECONOSEAL
111LC, BLACK
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT
EM,
Z&WA,’
MULTILOCK
070 , WHITE
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT!ADJACENTTO
LF3
73.WAY
ECONOSEAL
111LC,WHITE
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
111LC, BLACK
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
LEFT HAND
ENG,NE
COMPARTMENT!
BRACKET
ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
BRACKET
ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
BEHIND
GLOVE
LF40
13~WAY ECONOSEAL
PI,
57~WAY SUMlTOMO
PI2
13.WAY
ECONOSEAL
RHI
*O-WAY
MULTILOCK
i BLACK II/ LC, BLACK OX,
GREY
BOTOM
CONNECTOR RIGHT
HAND
MOUNTING
BRACKET/RIGHT
REAR WHEEL
I RiGHT
HAND
LEFT HAND
HAND
SIDE
ARCH
ENCLOSURE RIGHT HAND
ENCLOSURE
ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE
BOX
GROUNDS
GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND
GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND
Ground
Location
EMlAL
EYELET
(PAIR) - LEFT HAND
EMlAR
EYELET
,PA,R) - RlGHT
EMiBR
EYELET
~PAIR) - RIGHT HAND
EM*AL
EYELET
,PA,R, -LEFT
EM**R
EYELET
(PAIR) - RIGHT HAND
LEG 1 ENGINE
COMPARTMENT.
LEFT HAND
ENCLOSURE
EMZBR
EYELET
(PA,R, -RIGHT
LEG,
COMPARTMENT,
LEFT HAND
ENCLOSURE
CONTROL
MODULE
/ Type HAND HAND HAND
LEG, LEG,
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT.
RIGHT HAND
ENCLOSURE
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
RIGHT
HAND
ENCLOSURE
LEG 1 ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
RIGHT
HAND
ENCLOSURE
LEG,
ENGINE ENGINE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
COMPARTMENT,
LEFT HAND
ENCLOSURE
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
GROUND GROUND BL B+
OPEN,
BGROUND GROUND GROUND
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
on this data page is furnished
OXYGEN
KS KNOCK
-A
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Bd Bt GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND B-
communications
HOZS. HEATED
THROTTLE
a, B+ BGROUND
Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network
SENSOR
111LC! BLACK
UPSTREAM
CONTROL
OXYGEN
VACUUM
GROUND
(VALVE
EMlSSlON
HEATED
SENSOR
GROUND
5”@lOoORPM=566Hz;2000RPM=1132H* GROUND
Module
~02s
TOP OF BRAKE
111HC
ECONOSEAL
EMlO ‘28.WAY EM,, ,&WAY EM,* Z-WAY EM13 34.WAY EM14 12.WAY EM15 /**-WAY
POSITION
GROUND
values for Control
EVAPP- E”ApORATI”E
ECONOSEAL
I Access
070 /WHITE
2~WAY MULTILOCK
P14 : %WAY
SENSOR
MODULE
THRo”LE
GROUND
GROUND
‘B’ BANK ‘A’ BANK
CONTROL
EB+
WITH TEMPERATURE)
0 5 V = IDLE; 4.75” = WO, GROUND 0.5 V = IDLE. 4 75 ” = WOT 0.5 V = IDLE; 4.75” = WOT
GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND
COOLANT
PEDAL POSITION
GROUND
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. “Active”
ECTS
ENGINE
II 3.WAY
EMS4
FAN
Location
/ Type / Color MULTlLOCK
P,,5 1 Z-WAY ECONOSEAL
SENSOR
EC,,, AND TCM COOLING
PARKING
5”
GROUND GROUND
POSITION
P,,,
SENSOR
IR.D.4.3.2,
COMMUNlCATloNS
GROUND GROUND GROUND 0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 0 KHz = NO KNOCK,
POSlTlON
B-
(APPLIED,
GROUND GROUND
are used to represent
CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.
B-
0.98 V @ 10°C. DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE 1 2 V @ IDLE, INCREASING WITH RPM INCREASE 0 1~ 0 9 V @ IDLE iSWING, 0.1 -0.9V@ IDLE (SWING)
UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK Hozs HEATER UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK HOZS HEATER EVAP VALVE ACTIVATE VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOlD VARIABLE VALVE TlMlNG SOLENOlD GROUND GROUND GROUND
D C S
AC24 i4WAY
5v
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY GROUND THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND THROTrLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
symbols
Connector
BRAKE SWITCH
BT IP, NI GROUND ENCODED GROUND
ECM PROGRAMMING NOT USED VACUUM SWlTCHlNG VALVE #3 ACTIVATE VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #I ACTlVATE VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #2 ACTIVATE THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE ‘B’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK ‘A’ BiWK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK CKPS SIGNAL CMPS SIGNAL CMPS, CKPS, KNOCK SENSORS COMMON SHlELD CKPS SIGNAL CMPS SIGNAL GROUND
I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground
Component
GROUND
IATS FEEDBACK MAFS FEEDBACK ‘B’ BANK HO% ‘A’ BANK HOZS NOT USED NOT USED MAFS REFERENCE GROUND MAFS REFERENCE GROUND HOE COMMON SHIELD
The following
Inactive 0”
ENGlNE
ECM PROGRAMMING ENGlNE CRANK NOT USED MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION I PEDAL POSITION, TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE ECT FEEDBACK TPS FEEDBACK TPS FEEDBACK IATS 1 ECTS I TPS 1 MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSITION COMMON REFERENCE GROUND MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION FEEDBACK MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION 1 PEDAL POSlTlON i TPS SHIELD PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
Active B+ Bi
MESSAGES.
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz
Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency
to aid the user in understanding
circuit operation.
KHz MS MV
Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts
THIS INFORMATION
SHOULD BE USED FOR
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE
OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY
1998
OF COMPONENTS.
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL ‘;r 0 I 1 I
Pin EM,O-2 EM10-3 EM104 EMlO-
PIN OUT INFORMATION MODULE
COMPONENTS
Description A,CCMLOADINHIBIT A!CCMELECTRICAL LOADSIGNAL ArCCM COMPRESSOR CLUTCH REOUEST BRAKE SWITCH
Inactive B+
Component AIRCONDlTlDNlNG
COMPRESSOR
C-WAY REFRIGERANT SWITCH HIGHPRESSURE 4~WAY REFRlGERANT SWlTCH HIGHPRESSURE IGNITION
MODULE
2 SWlTCHlNG
FEEOBACK
1
iM,Z-9
IGNITlOY
MODULE
2 SWITCHING
FEEDBACK
0
EM,Z-10
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR
0
FUEL PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE
0
CRUISE CONTROL
ON STATUS
/ Access
COMPARTMENT:&‘C
A/C UNlTiRlGHTHAND
COMPRESSOR SIDE
GROUND
BGROUND
EM12.5 iM,Z-6 EM12-8
ENGINE
GROUND
BRAKE CANCEL
I I I
Location
Connector I Type /Color P136,I-WAYS”MlTOM0090A-TYPE,BLACK
CLUTCH
RELAYACTIVATE
SWTCH
CRUISE
CONTROL
ON , OFF SWITCH
CRUISE
CONTROL
SWITCHES
ENGINE
CONTROL
MODULE
AC4,22-WAY
MULTILOCK
47 i GREY
ACZ4!4-WAY
MULTILOCK
070 !WHITE
TOP OF BRAKE
NATURAL
REARWARD
AND WHlTE
CENTER
OF STEERING
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT!CONTROL
TRVNK,
ELtCTRlCAL
FC63
(STEERING
,O~WAY AMP MOL!
SW3 I3-WAY
WHEEL,
EPC,
BLACK
PEDAL
OF GEAR SELECTOR WHEEL MODULE
ENCLOSURE
B+ B+ B-
GROUND LED
GROUND
NOT USED SERIES iLOW PARALLEL
SPEED FAN *CTI”*TE
(HIGHI
B+
SPEED FAN ACT,“*TE
B+
IGYITION
COIL REL*YACT,“ATE
IGNITION
MODULE
1 SWliCHlNG
lGNlTiON
MODULE
2 SWTCHING
0
IGNITION
MODULE
2 SWITCHING
0
IGNITION
MODULE
1 SWlTCHlNG
IGNITION
COlL - ,A
pi,*,
090x,
BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
CAMSHAFT
0
IGNITION
MODULE
2 SWlTCWlNG
IGNlTlON
COiL-
1B
P122, Z-WAY YAZAKI
mm,
BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
CAMSHAFT
COVER
IGNITION
MODULE
1 SWlTCHlNG
lGNlT\ON
COlL
2A
P119 i Piv*y
090x
: BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
CAMSHAFT
CO”ER
IGNITION
MODULE
1 SWlTCHlNG
COMP*RTMENT,CAMSHAFTCO”EB
IGNITION
MODULE
1 SWlTCHlNG
0
B+
‘3B’ACTl”ATE
GROUND
B-
INJECTOR
‘2B’ACTl”ATE
GROUND
B7
INJECTOR
‘4K ACTIVATE
GROUND
B+
INJECTOR
‘,A
ACTIVATE
GROUND
B+
INJECTOR
‘48’ ACTIVATE
GROUND
B-
INJECTOR
‘3N ACTIVATE
GROUND
B+
INJECTOR
‘2K ACTIVATE
GROVND
B+
lNJECTOR
‘1B’ACTI”ATE
GROUND
B-
Al31
AIR CONDlTlONlNG
I
AC4-7
LOAD INHIBIT
KS9
COMPRESSOR
I
AC%17
REFRIGERANT&WAY
CLUTCH
YAZAK,
CARRIER
COVER
Pi23,
?~W/IY YAZAKI
BLACK
COIL-W.
Pm,
P-WAY YAZAKlO9OX,
BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
CAMSHAFT
COVER
P124, Z-WAY YALM
090x,
BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
CAMSHAFT
COVER
IGNlTlON
COIL-U
PI21 ,l~WAY
YAZAKI
090x,
BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENTiCAMSHAFT
lGNlT,ON
COILL4B
Pi25,2~WAY
YAZAKI
090X,
BLACK
ENGINE
COMP*RTMENT,CAMSHAFTCO”ER
COIL - 28
090X,
COVER
IGNlTlON
MODULE
1
EM27,12-WAY
lGNlT,ON
POWER MODULE:
BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT/BULKHEAD,
RIGHT
IGNiTlON
MODULE
- 2
EM29,12-WAY
IGNITION
POWER MODULE!
BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
LEFT HAND
RADIATOR
FAN CONTROL
RADlATOR
FAN - LH
RADIATOR
FAN - RH
RELAY
LB,
MODULE
PRESSURE
SWITCH
%WAY
TRW,
ADJACENT
BLACK
LF13,
Z-WAY
WI?,
2~WAY REINSHAGEN
LB,,
G-WAY ECONOSEAL
RElNSHAGEN
BULKHEAD,
TO LEFT HAND
SIDE
HORN
METR,
630,
BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
METRI
530,
BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT/FRONT
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
111LC, BLACK
HANDSIDE
FRONT REARWARD
OF RADlATOR
RELAYS Relay
Inactive D”
Active B+,ONi
STATUS LOAD SlGNA,
ON REOUEST PRESSURE
YAZAK,
NATURAL BLACK GREEN BLUE
COlLLBB
AIR CONDlTlONlNG
B+
0”
0”
B-
B+
0”
Cl”,*-30BARi
B- (OUT OF ACTIVE
FUEL PUMP IGNITION
0
FVSEBOX, FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, FVSEBOX,
IGNlTlON
REFRIGERANT4-WAY
MODULE
ELECTRICAL
*-WAY
“.T.A u T4. U T.A U T A
ICNlTlON
SWlTC,,
RANGE1
COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH
RELAY
LX ENCLOSURE TRUNK
BROWN
RELAY (#4)
BROWN
BUS
BROWN
EM’Z,
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector AC12
/ Color
/ Access
Connector
RELAY
COIL RELAY
Location
Color / Stripe BROWN
BUS EM5 i BROWN
FUEL INJECTION 0
BTlO: 10.WAY Bill I ,&WAY BT12,10-WAY BT13,10-WAY BT64, EYELET
TRUNK
ENGINE
lGNlTlON
iNJECTOR
AIR CONDlTlONlNG CONTROL v Pin Description I ACbl COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
FUSE BOX
CONTROL
Location
AC13 BT2
*O-WAY
M”LT!LOCK
EM1
20.WAY
EM2
l&WAY
EM3 LF3
14~WAY MVLTiLOCK
MODULE
ENCLOSURE
RELAYS
/ Access
FASCIA
TOP CONNECTOR
FASCIA
BOTTOM
070 /WHITE
TRUNK,
ABOVE
MULTILOCK
070,
WHITE
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,AOJACENTTO
RIGHT
MULTILOCK
070,YELLOW
ENGINE
COMPARTMENTiADJACENTTO
RlGHTHAND
ENCLOSURE
070,
ENGINE
COMP*RTMENT,ADJACENTTO
RIGHTHAND
ENCLOSURE
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
LEFT HAND
13~WA\y ECONOSEAL
II/ K,
GREY WHITE
MOUNTING
CONNECTOR RIGHT
BRACKET,
MOUNTING
HAND
RlGHT
BRACKET,
REAR WHEEL
HAND
RIGHT
HAND
ENCLOSURE
13WAY
ECONOSEAL
111LC, BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
LEFT HAND
57.WAY
SUMlTOMO,
BLACK
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
BRKKET
ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSiON
PI2 RH1
IS-WAY
ECONOSEAL
l/l LC, BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
BRACKET
ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSiON
2O~WA.Y MULTiLOCK
070,
GREY
BEHIND
GLOVE
RH2
PO-WAY MULTILOCK
070,
WHITE
REAR OF CENTER
12.WAY
MULTlLOCK
070,
GREY
RIGHT
SW,
‘I?-WAY
MULTlLOCK
040 II BLACK
JST,
CENTER
WHlTE
ENCLOSURE
BOX
SC3
INSIDE
SIDE
ENCLOSURE
LF40
HAND
SIDE HAND
ARCH
Pll
6-WAY
RELAYS
CONNECTORS
Type I Color 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHlTE X-WAYMULTILOCK OX, YELLOW
SW2
ENCLOSURE
FUSE BOX
CONTROL
BROWN
RELAYS
MODULE
CONSOLE
ASSEMBLY
SIDE OF STEERING
STEERING
COLUMN
OF STEERING
COLUMN
COWL
WHEEL
GROUNDS
The following
symbols
are used to represent
I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.
D C S
values for Control
Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network
communications
on this data page is furnished
NOTE: The values listed are approximately ComPonents connected and fitted. “Active”
Module
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz
Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Freauencv
to aid the user in understanding
circuit operation.
KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION
Ground BTML
Location
/ Type
EYELET
IPA,Rl
-LEFT
EMlAR
EYELET
(PAIR, - RlGHT
HAND
LEG!
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT.
RIGHT
EMZAR
EYELET
IPA,R, - RlGHT
HAND
LEG,
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT.
LEFT HAND
HAND
LEG : TRUNK,
RIGHT REAR HAND
ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE
FC3BL
EYELET
(PAIRI -LEFT
HAND
LEG,
TRANSMlSSlON
LF2.u
EYELET
(PA,%
- LEFT HAND
LEG,
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
FORWARD
OF LEFT HAND
HOOD
CATCH
LFlBL
EYELET
(PA,R)
LEFT HAND
LEG,
ENGiNE
COMPARTMENT,
FORWARD
OF LEFT HAND
HOOD
CATCH
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
TUNNEL.
LEFT HAND
SIDE
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
SHOULD BE USED FOR
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE
OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY
1998
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS.
CONTROL
MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL
PIN OUT INFORMATION COMPONENTS
MODULE
Description
Active
GNlTlON SWTCHED POWER SUPPLY IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY OKTOSTART-ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS BRAKE SWITCH - NOT USED BATTERY POWER SVPPLY BRAKE SWITCH SERIAL COMMUNlCATlONS SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS PARKING BRAKE SWITCH PARK I NEUTRAL COYF,RMAT,ON EMS CONTROLLED RELAY ACTIVATE SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE IATS / ECTS TPS I MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION PEDAL POSITION COMMON REFERENCE GROUND MECHANlCAL GUARD POSlTlON ‘PEDAL POSlTlON TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE GROUND GROUND CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK CAN NEWORK CAN NETWORK
B+ B*
Inactive 0” B-
BGROUND
BB-
Component
Connector
BRAKE SWITCH
AC24,
CKPS: CRANKSHAFT cMPS
CAMSHAFT
I
Bi GROUND Bi
5”
5v
GROUND GROUND
GRO”4D GROUND
POSITION
ECTS
COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
ENGiNE
CONTROL
MODULE
symbols
CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.
D C S
GROUNC
GROUND GROUND GROUND
GROUND GROUND GROUND
*i Bi Bi Bi
GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND 0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK 0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK 5v Q 1000 RPM = 565 Hz; 2000 RPM = 1132 HZ 5 Hz @ IDLE GROUND
GROUND
B+ E+ B+ GROUND E+ B+ GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND B+ GROUND GROUND
GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND
GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND
(VALVE
values for Control
Module
communications
on this data page is furnished
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. “Active”
ECONOSEAL
111HC,
‘B’ BANK
BLACK
CYLINDER
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT/
REAR OF ENGINE
EMlO ‘28.WAY MULTlLOCK 040, GREY EM,, : IS-WAY’ MULTILOCK 040 iGREY EM12 Z2-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY EM13 34.WAY MULTILOCK 040: GREY EM14 i2-WAYM”LTlLOCK47.‘WHITE EM,5’ZZ-WAYMULT,LOCK47,WHlTE
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT:
CONTROL
E J2 II GREY
LF58,
?-WAY
ECONOSEAL
JZ I BLACK
LH FRONT
EM21
4WAY
SUMlTOMO
090 II I GREY
‘& BANK
HO-S:
HEATED
OXYGEN
SENSOR
- B UPSTREAM
EMZ,
b-WAY
SUMITOMO
1~75 2. INTAKE
AIR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
VALVE
2
REAR
COMPARTMENT/CONTROL
070 ‘WHITE
UPSTREAM
CONTROL
HEAD,
ENGINE
MULTILOCK
OUARTER!
REARWARD
CATALYTlC
CONVERTER
CATALYTIC
CONVERTER
‘B’ BANK
POWER TIMER/BLACK
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT!‘K
BANK
III LC I BLACK
ENGINE
VEE i UNDER
INTAKE
MANIFOLD
INTAKE
MANIFOLD
-A
P126,‘2-WAY
ECONOSEAL
KS. KNOCK
SENSOR
- B
P127 ; 2~WAY ECONOSEAL
111LC, BLACK
ENGlNE
“EE II UNDER
AIR FLOW SENSOR
P135, B-WAY YAZAKlO902
! BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT!
BELOW
PARKING
ENGWE
COMPARTMENT,
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,THRO”LE
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT RiGHT
FC19 I LUCAR
BRAKE SWTCH AND MECHANlCAL
GUARD
Pm
SENSORS
RIGHT ANGLE
/ i-WAY
Y*ZAKI
PI33 , P-WAY TWIN
THROTTLE
MOTOR
THRO”LE
POSlTlON
VACUUM
SWlTCHlNG
VALVE
“ACUUM
SWlTCHlNG
VACUUM
SWITCHING
PIE! a-WAY
SENSOR
0902 I BL&CK CLIP,
BLACK
S”MlTOM0
TS090,
BLACK
Z-WAY SUMITOMO
090 DC INHIBIT
1, BLUE
BEHlND
EU,
2.WAY
090 DC INHlBlT
1, BROWN
EL4,
Z-WAY YAZAKI
- 1
EL2,
VALVE
2
VALVE
- 3
SUMITOMO 090,
GREY
REARWARD
BRAKE
INTERCOOLER!
REAR
OF AIR CLEANER
LEVER THROTTLE
ASSENlBLY ASSEMBLY
/THROTTLE
ASSEMBLY
HAND
WHEEL
BEHIND
RIGHT HAND
WHEEL
ARCH LINER
BEHIND
RlGHT
WHEEL
ARCH LINER
HAND
ENCLOSURE
OF ROAD WHEEL
090 II i GREY
SENSOR
ENCLOSURE TOP HOSE
MODULE
PI41 , Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR
KS: KNOCK
MASS
MODULE
ARCH LINER
Relay MOTOR
POWER
RELAY
Color / Stripe
Connector
BROWN
EM16,
Location
/Color
CONTROL
BROWN
/ Access MODULE
ENCLOSURE
RELAYS
CONNECTORS Location
Connector AC13
Type / Color 2O~WbY MULTlLOCK
070,
BT2
20.W.AY
070 ,WHlTE
ELI
B-WAY ECONOSEAL
111iC,
EM?
20.WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
LF3
,3~WAY
LF40 PI, PI2
ISWAY
ECONOSEAL
RH1
Z&WAY
MULTILOCK
M”LT\LOCK
YELLOW
/ Access
FASClA
BOTTOM
TRUNK,
ABOYE
CONNECTOR RlGHT
HAND
MOUNTING
BRACKET,
REAR WHEEL
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
WHITE
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO
ECONOSEAL
111LC,WHITE
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
LEFT HAND
IS-WAY
ECONOSEAL
111LC, BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
LEFT HAND
57.WAY
SUMITOMO,
BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
BRACKET
ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON
/II LC! BLACK
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
BRACKET
ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
BEHIND
GLOVE
070,
BLACK
GREY
RIGHT
HAND
RlGHT
HAND
SIDE
ARCH
ENCLOSURE RIGHT HAND
ENCLOSURE
ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE
BOX
GROUNDS Ground
Location
EMlAL
EYELET
(PAIR) - LEFT HAND
EMIAR
EYELET
IPAIR)
EMlBR
EYELET
(PAlRi
EMZAL
EYELET
(PAIR, - LEFT HAND
EM?AR
EYELET
IPAIR) - RIGHT
HAND
LEG,
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
LEFT HAND
ENCLOSURE
EMlBR
EYELET
(PAIR) - RiGHT
HAND
LEG,
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT.
LEFT HAND
ENCLOSURE
CONTROL
MODULE
I Type RIGHT
LEG,
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
RIGHT
HAND
ENCLOSURE
HAND
LEG,
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
RlGHT
HAND
ENCLOSURE
- RIGHT HAND
LEG,
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
RIGHT
HAND
ENCLOSURE
LEG,
ENGINE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
COMPARTMENT.
LEFT HAND
ENCLOSURE
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
GROUND GROUND B+ GROUND GROUND GROUND
OPEN1
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network
PI15 /Z-WAY
PEDAL
REAR OF BED PLATE
-A
THRO”LE
2 38” @ 20°C. DECREASING WlTH TEMPERATURE 0 98” Q 10°C. DECREASiNG WITH TEMPERATURE 1 2” @ IDLE, INCREASING WlTH RPM INCREASE 0.1 - 0 9 “@ IDLE ,SWiNGi 0 1 - 0.9” Q IDLE iSWING,
are used to represent
ENGINE,
RELAYS 05”=IDLE:475”=WOT GROUND 0.5 V = IDLE: 4.75 ” = WOT 0.5 ” = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT
SHlELD
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY IGNlTlON SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY GROUND THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground
111LC / BLACK
SENSOR
PARKING
ECM PROGRAMMlNG NOT USED VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE iy3 ACTIVATE VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE tfl ACTIVATE VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #2 ACT,“ATE THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE ‘E’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK ‘A’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK CKPS SIGNAL CMPS SIGNAL CMPS,CKPS, KNOCKSENSORS COMMON SHIELD CKPS SIGNAL CMPS SIGNAL GROUND
The following
ECONOSEAL
OXYGEN
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK HOZS HEATER UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK H02.S HEATER EVAP VALVE ACTIVATE GROUND GROUND GROUND
PI17 ! Z-WAY
HEATED
EMlSSlON
/ Access
TOP OF BRAKE
WHITE
HOE
EVAPP: EVAPORATIVE
5”
070,
P,4 / 2 WAY ECONOSEAL
SENSOR
fR,D.GZr
B+ B+
MULTlLOCK
EM64,2-WAY
FAN
MAE:
NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED IATS 2 FEEDBACK IATS FEEDBACK MAFS FEEDBACK ‘B’ BANK H02S ‘R BANK HOX NOT USED NOT USED MAFS REFERENCE GROUND MAFS REFERENCE GROUND HWS COMMON SHlELD
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
SENSOR
COOLING
PEDAL POSlTlON ECM PROGRAMMING ENGINE CRANK NOT USED MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSITION I TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE ECT FEEDBACK TPS FEEDBACK TPS FEEDBACK lATS, ECTS, TPS, MECHANlCAL GUARD POSITION , PEDAL POSITION COMMON REFERENCE GROUND MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION FEEDBACK MECHANlCAL GUARD POSITION! PEDAL POSITION ,TPS PEDAL POSlTlON FEEDBACK PEDAL POSITiON FEEDBACK
SENSOR
ECM ANDTCM ENGINE
GROUND iAPPLIED, B+ ip. N, GROUND ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS GROUND
POSITION
Location
/ Type / Color
a-WAY
MESSAGES.
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz
Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency
to aid the user in understanding
circuit operation.
KHz MS MV
Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts
THIS INFORMATION
SHOULD BE USED FOR
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE
OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY
1998
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION COMPONENTS Inactive B,
Active GROUND B+ B-
GROUND
B+ BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH CRUlSE CONTROL ON, OFF SWITCH CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
GROUND
FUEL FUEL FUEL FUEL FUEL FUEL FUEL FUEL FUEL FUSE
FUEL PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE ON STATUS
LED
FUEL PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE INTERCOOLER
PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE
SERIES ILOWI SPEED FAN ACTIVATE PARALLEL
iHIGH)
WHEEL)
INJECTOR - ,A iNJECTOR - ,B INJECTOR-2A INJECTOR - 2B INJECTOR -3A INJECTOR - 38 INJECTOR-4A INJECTOR -48 PUMPS BOX-TRVNK
COIL RELAY ACT,“ATE
IGNITION
MODULE
1 SWlTCHlNG
IGNITION
MODULE
2 SWITCHING
IGNITION
MODULE
2 SWlTCHlNG
IGNITION
MODULE
I SWITCHING
IGNITION
MODULE
2 SWiTCHlNG
GNlTlON
MODULE
1 SWlTCHlNG
lGNlTlON
MODULE
1 SWlTCHiNG
IGNITION
MODULE
1 SWITCHING
lGNlTlON GNlTlON IGNlTlON
INJECTOR
‘38’ ACTIVATE
GROUND
INJECTOR
‘2B’ACTI”ATE
GROUND
INJECTOR
‘4X ACT,“ATE
GROUND
INJECTOR
‘,A’ ACTIVATE
GROUND
INJECTOR
‘48’ ACTIVATE
GROUND
INJECTOR
‘3R ACT,“ATE
GROUND
INJECTOR
‘2X ACTIVATE
GROUND
INJECTOR
‘1B’ACTl”ATE
GROUND
COlLCOILCOIL-
,A 1s ZA
MODULE
1
AC?-,
COMPRESSORCLVTCHSTATUS
0
AC-1
AIR CONDITIONING
I
Active B+(ONI
ELECTRICAL
AC&7
LOAD ,NHlBlT
0
AC4~9
COMPRESSOR
/
AC4-17
REFRIGERANT4~XZWAY
INTAKE INTAKE INTAKE INTAKE INTAKE INTAKE
MANIFOLD; MANIFOLD, MANIFOLD MANlFOLD, MANIFOLD, MANIFOLD,
FUEL FUEL 1 FUEL FUEL FVEL FUEL
MODULE
ENCLOSURE
RAIL RAIL RAIL RAIL RAli RAIL
INTAKE MANIFOLD, FUEL RAIL INTAKE MANIFOLD, FUEL RAlL TRUNK/TOP OF FUELTANK TRUNK i ELECTRICAL CARRIER
ENGINE ENGlNE ENGINE
COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT COMPARTMENT,
CAMSHAFT / CAMSHAFT CAMSHAFT
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT ENGlNE COMPARTMENT/CAMSHAFT ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT ENGINE COMPARTMENT! BULKHEAD, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, ENGINE COMPARTMENT,BELOWA,R AWACENT TO LEFT HAND HORN ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT ENGINE COMPARTMENT/REARWARD
COVER COVER COVER COVER COVER COVER COVER COVER RIGHT HAND SIDE LEFT HAND SIDE CLEANER
OF RADlATOR
RELAYS Relay
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL V Pin Description
A/C COMPRESSOR SIDE
TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL REARWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL ENGlNE COMPARTMENT! CONTROL
P123! Z-WAY YAZAKI 090X, BLACK P120, I-WAY YAZAKl 090x, BLACK Pi24 i 2WAY YAZAKl 090X , BLACK PI21 , ?-WAY YAZAKI 090X, BLACK P125,2-WAY YAZAKI 090X, BLACK EM27,15-WAY lGNlTlON POWER MODULE, BLACK EM29! 1%WAY lGNlTlON POWER MODULE, BLACK EM75,2-WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK LF9, S-WAY TRW, BLACK LF13, Z-WA, REINSHAGEN METRI 630: BLACK LF12, P-WAY RElNSHAGEN METR! 630, BLACK LF5.7, S-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK
IGNiTlON COIL - ZB IGNITION COIL-3A lGNlT,DN COlL 38 IGNlTlON COIL-W !GNlTlON COIL 48 IGNITION MODULE - 1 IGNlTlON MODULE - 2 ,NTERCOOLER PUMP RADlATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE RADIATOR FAN LH RADIATOR FAN RH REFRIGERANT.&WAY PRESSURE SWTCH
/ Access
ENGINE COMPARTMENT, NC “NIT, RIGHT HAND
090 A-TYPE, BLACK 47, GREY 47 I GREY 47 I GREY 471 GREY 070 / WHlTE NATURAL AND WHITE 040 I GREY GREY 040, GREY 040: GREY 47 I WHITE 47, WHlTE POWER TlMER I BLACK PCWER TlMER, BLACK POWER TIMER i BLACK POWER TlMER! BLACK POWER TlMER, BLACK
IJ9 ! ?-WAY AMP J”NlOR POWER TIMER, BLACK 136/Z-WAYAMPJUNlOR POWERTIMER,BLACK lJlO!Z.WAYAMPJ”NlOR POWERTIMER, BLACK ST55 P-WAY SUMlTOMO DLOBil, NATURAL BTlO: IO-WAY “.T A. FUSEBOX, NATURAL BTll , IO-WAY “.T.A FUSEBOX, BLACK ST,*, ID-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX, GREEN BT13, IO-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX, BLUE BT64, EYELET PIIS, P-WAY YAZM 090X i BLACK P122,1WAY Y*zAKlo9cJx, BLACK P119, ?-WAY YAZAKI 090X, BLACK
SPEED FAN ACTIVATE
IGNITION
Location
/ Type I Color
P136, ,WAY SUMlTOMO AC,, 26.WAY MULTILOCK AC2, ,&WAY MULTlLOCK AC3 : 12.WAY MULTlLOCK AC4,22-WAY MULTILOCK AC24 I4-WAY MULTILOCK FC63 I_IO-WAY AMP MC%, SW3, &WAY EPC, BLACK EMlO IZ8~WAY MULTILOCK EM,, :,G-WAYM”LTlLOCK040, EM,2 i22~WAY MULTlLOCK EM13!34-WAY MULTliOCK EM14,12-WAY MULTILOCK EM15 / Z-WAY MULTiLOCK IJ3, Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR lJ7 1/Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR IJ4i Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR IJ8 i Z-WAY AMP JUNlOR IJ5 I Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH CONTROL MODULE
GROUND
GROUND
CRUISE CONTROL
Connector
Component AIR CONDlTlONlNG AIR CONDlTlONlNG
AIR CONDlTlONlNG COMPRESSOR FUEL INJECTION RELAY FUEL PVMP I RELAY W, FUEL PUMP 2 RELAY IGNITION COIL RELAY INTERCOOLER PUMP RELAY
Inactive 0” 0”
LOAD SIGNAL
CLUTCH
RELAY
Color / Stripe
Connector
BROWN BROWN BROWN BROWN BROWN
BUS EMS,
BROWN
BUS BT51, EM26,
BROWN BROWN
BROWN
EM31,
BROWN
/ Color
Location
/ Access
LH ENCLOSURE RELAYS CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE TRUNK FUSE BOX TRUNK RELAYS CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
RELAYS
RELAYS
LHD: CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RHD: RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS
RELAYS
B+ CLUTCH
ON REQUEST PRESSURE
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
0” SWlTCH
B+ iOUT OF ACTIVE
RANGE)
CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color
AC12 AC13 .8T2 EM, EM2 EM3 IJ1 iJ2 LF3 LF40 PI1 PI2 RH, RH2
Z-WAY ZO~WAY IO-WAY ZO~WAY IO-WAY 14~WAY 1%WAY 1G~WAY 13.WAY l%WAY ST-WAY IS~WAY Z&WAY 20.WAY
SC3 SW1 SW2
12.WAY M”LT,LOCK 1%WAY MULTILOCK B-WAY JST , WHlTE
MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTlLOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK AUGAT 1.6, AUGAT 1 6, ECONOSEAL ECONOSEAL SUMITOMO, ECONOSEAL MULTlLOCK MULTILOCK
Location
/ Access
070,WHITE 070, YELLOW 070, WHITE 070, WHITE 070 /YELLOW 070, GREY BLKK BLACK 11,LCiWHlTE 111LC, BLACK BLACK 111LC, BLACK 070, GREY 070 /WHITE
FASCIA TOP CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SiDE TRUNK /ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH ENGINE COMPARTMENT, ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE ENGINE COMPARTMENTiADjACENTTO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO RIGHTHAND ENCLOSURE ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF INTAKE MANIFOLD ENGINE COMPARTMENT/FORWARD OF ,NTAKE MANIFOLD ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OFTRANSMlSSlON ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON BEHIND GLOVE BOX REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
070, 040,
RiGHT HAND SiDE OF STEERING COLUMN INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
GREY BLACK
GROUNDS
The following
symbols
are used to represent
I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.
D C S
values for Control
Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network
communications
on this data page is furnished
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. “Active”
Module
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz
to aid the user in understanding
Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation.
KHz MS MV
Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts
THIS INFORMATION
Ground
Location
BTZAL EMlAR EM2AR FCBBL LF?AL LF2BL
EYELET (PAIR1 - LEFT HAND LEG! EYELET IPAIR) - RlGHT HAND IEG, EYELET (PAIRI RlGHT HAND LEG, EYELET iPAIR, LEFT HAND LEG, EYELET (PAIR1 - LEFT HAND LEG, EYELET iPAiR - LEFT HAND LEG,
CONTROL
MODULE
I Type TRUNK. RIGHT REAR ENGINE COMPARTMENT, ENGINE COMPARTMENT. TRANSMlSSiON TUNNEL, ENGINE COMPARTMENT. ENGINE COMPARTMENT,
PIN OUT INFORMATION
RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE LEFT HAND SIDE FORWARD OF LEFT WAND HOOD CATCH FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
SHOULD BE USED FOR +
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE
OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY
1998
OF COMPONENTS.
RELAYS.
CONTROL
MODULE
TRANSMISSION
PIN OUT INFORMATION
CONTROL
MODULE:
AJ26 N/A
COMPONENTS
Description PRESSURE
Active
REGULATOR
C2
SPORT MODE SWITCH
STATUS
LEO
GROUND
,MAXlM”M
GROUND
= LED ON
PRESSURE1
Inactive
Component
Connector
B- ,NO PRESSURE1
D - 4 SWITCH
FC83,
Z-WA”
ST
GEAR SELECTOR
RX8
IO-WAY
ILLUMlNATlON
PRESSURE
REGULATOR
tS
GROUND
IMAXIMUM
PRESSURE,
B- iNO PRESSURE,
MODE SWITCH
PRESSURE
REGULATOR
il
GROUND
iMAXlM”M
PRESSURE,
B- iN0
TRANSMlSSlON
CONTROL
GROUND
TRANSMlSSiON
ELECTRICAL
TRANSMlSSlON
ROTARY
‘L2’ CONTACTS
B-
GROUND
‘L& CONTACTS
B-
GROUND
STRATEGY
GROUYD
SELECT
TURBINE
= SPORT
OUTPUT
SPEED SEWOR
OUTPUT
SPEED SENSOR
SHlELD
SENSOR
FLUID TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
TURBINE
SPEED SENSOR
BA”ERY
POWER SUPPLY
ROTARY
‘D~4:
N’A
SWITCH
AMP M0L
EM7
BOSCH
88~WAY
FRONT
BLACK
EM46
16.WAY
KOSTAL,
EM47
10.WAY
REINSHAGEN
ENGINE
BLACK MPLSO,
BLACK
ASSEMBLY,
REAR
OF GEAR SELECTOR
REARWARD
I BLACK
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
GROUND
GROUND
Type I Color
GROUND
GROUND
AC12
2O~WAY MULTILOCK
070,
WHITE
FASCIATOP
EM1
Z&WAY
M”LTlLOCK
070
WHITE
ENGINE
COMP*RTMENT
ASSEMBLY
OF GEAR SELECTOR
COMPARTMENT,
CONTROL
TRANSMISSION,
LEFT H*ND
TRANSMISSION,
RIGHT
HAND
MODULE
ENCLOSURE
SlDE SIDE
CONNECTORS
EM3
14.WAY
MULTILOCK
070 ‘GREY
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT:AOJACENTTO
Location
/ Access CONKECTOR
MOVNTING ADJACENTTO
BRACKET,‘RlGHT
HAYD
SlOE
RIGHT HAND
ENCLOSURE
RIGHT H*ND
ENCLOSURE
FEEDBACK
SH,ELO
GROUND
GROUNDS
B-
KICK DOWN
Ad26
FC35,10-WAY
/ Access
GEAR SELECTOR
070 /WHITE
Connector
YOT USED FLUID TEMPERATURE
CONNECTOR,
MULTILOCK
B.
300 Hz @ IDLE 12 5 Vi
SPEED SEYSOR
A.,26 WA
070 i YELLOW
9 V = NORMAL
GROUND
4 SWlTCH
MODULE
GROUND
ROTARY SWITCH D
(TRANSMISSION)
GROUND
ROTARY SWITCH
SPORT MODE SWiTCH
PRESSVRE,
MODULE
Location
I Type I Color MULTlLOCK
SWITCHES
COMMON
GROUUD
GROUND
PRESSURE
REGULATOR&2
B- iN0
Ground
Location
SOLENOID
VALVE II
B-
EMIAL
EYELET
IPAIR,
SOLENOID
VALVE #3
B-
EMlAL
EYELET
iPAiR1 - LEFT HAND
SOLENOID
VALVE #2
B+
FCSBR
EYELET
(PAIR,
GROUND
PRESSURE,
/ Type LEFT HAND RIGHT
HAND
LEG ‘ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
RIGHT
LEG,
COMPARTMENT.
LEFT HAND
LEG,
ENGINE
TRANSMISSION
TUNNEL,
HAND
ENCLOSURE ENCLOSVRE
LEFT HAND
SIDE
GROUND
ROTARY
SWITCH
‘L,’ CONTACTS
GROUND
ROTARY
SWITCH
I3
GROUND
TURBINE
SPEED SENSOR
0”TP”T
SPEED SENSOR
CONTACTS
SPORT MODE SWITCH
STRATEGY
PRESSURE
REGULATOR
SOLENOID
VALVES
PRESSURE
REGULATORS
SELECT
GROUND
f5
B- iN0
COMMON
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
= NORMAL PRESSURE)
B-
SUPPLY
COMMON
CONTROL
B+
SUPPLY
IGNITION
SWITCHED
POWER SUPPLY
GROVND
IGNITION
SWITCHED
POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK
GEAR SELECTOR v
ILLUMINATION
MODULE
Pin FC88-1
IGNITION
C
FC88-3
CAN NETWORK
c
FC88~4
CAN NETWORK
15-l5&3HiQ25”
I
FC88-6
GROUND
GROUND
C
FC88-8
CAN NETWORK
[email protected]”
C
FC88~9
CAN NETWORK
15-1500
Description SWITCHEO
POWER SUPPLY
symbols
CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.
GROUND
D C S
GROUND
[email protected]
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
are used to represent
I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground
Inactive
St 15-,sooHzQ25”
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
The following
Active
values for Control
Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network
communications
on this data page is furnished
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. “Active”
Module
MESSAGES.
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz
Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency
to aid the user in understanding
circuit operation.
KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION
SHOULD BE USED FOR
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE
OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY
1998
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE 7 Pin Description I FC88-1 lGNlTlON SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY c FC88-3 CANNETWORK c FC884 CANNETWORK I FC88-6 GROUND c FC88Z CANNETWORK c FC88~9 CANNETWORK TRANSMISSION -. / ’ Pin c EM,* L c EM,*-H I EM72-12
CONTROL
MODULE:
0
EM72-13
SPEED SENSOR
EM72~14
‘1~2
0
EM,*-l5
‘3-C SOLENOID
4-5’
COMMON
SOLENOID
EM72 16
‘2~3’ SOLENOID
ACTIVATE
EM72~17
KC
ACTIVATE
0
EM72-33
SPEED SENSOR
EM72-34
FLUID TEMP
EM72~35
“3 SPEED SENSOR
SOLENOID
0
EM,*-36
MODULATION
VOLTAGE
0
EM72~37
SHIFT PRESSURE
0
EM,*-38
SOLENOID
SUPPLY
GROUND COMMON
GROUND
REGULATOR
ACTIVATE
ACTIVATE REGULATOR
COMMON
VOLTAGE
SUPPLY
42% PWM @ IDLE)
GROUND
t 39% PWM @ IDLE1
GROUND GROUND
= R, D, 4.3
SWITCH
VOLTAGE
ENCODED
GEAR RECOGNlTlON
GROVND
= N, D. 4.2
LINEAR
SWITCH
VOLTAGE
ENCODED
GEAR RECOGNITION
GROUND
= N. 4.3.2
DUAL LINEAR
SWITCH
VOLTAGE
ENCODED
GEAR RECOGNiilON
GROUND
= P, D, 3.2
SUPPLIED
VOLTAGE
DUAL LINEAR
SWITCH
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
symbols
CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.
D C S
TRANSMlSSlON
CONTROL
TRANSMlSSlON
ELECTRICAL
MODULE
CONNECTOR:
ACZS/?-WAYiECONOSEAL1IILCIBLACK
“NDER
ACCELERATOR
FC35,
REARWARD
MULTlLOCK
IO~WAY AMP MOL, 14.WAY 18.WAY
GBi ,13-WAY
A.,26 SC
/ Access SIDE OF GEAR SELECTOR,
OF GEAR SELECTOR
EMX!, EM73:
AJ26 SC
LEFT HAND
GREY
070iWHlTE BLACK
AMP JUNIOR AMP JUNIOR KOSTAL
POWER TIMER! POWER TIMER!
ENGINE
BLACK BLACK
CENTER
CONSOLE
ASSEMBLY
PEDAL
OF GEAR SELECTOR
COMPARTMENT/CONTROL
MODULE
ENCLOSURE
TRANSMlSSlON
1 5 I BLACK
GROUND
SUPPLY
Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network
NOTE: The values listed are approximately comPonents connected and fitted. “Active”
/ Access
070! WHlTE
FASCIA
TOP CONNECTOR
EM1
20 WAY MULTlLOCK
070,
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT:
EM2
?&WAY
MULTlLOCK
070 /YELLOW
ENGINE
EM3
Id-WAY
MVLTlLOCK
070,
ENGINE
GE
12~WAY AUGAT
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT!
1.5,
WHlTE GREY
BLACK
MOUNTING
BRACKET
ADJACENTTO
i RlGHT
HAND
SIDE
RIGHT
HAND
ENCLOSURE
COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO
RIGHT
HAND
ENCLOSURE
COMP~RIMENT,ADJACENTTO
RIGHT
HAND
ENCLOSURE
BRACKET
ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
GROUNDS (PAIR,
LEFT HAND
LEG,
ENGfNE
COMPARTMENT,
RIGHT
BB-
EMWL
EYELET
(PAIR, - LEFT HAND
LEG,
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
LEFT HAND
ENCLOSURE
FCBBL
EYELET
(PAIR, - LEFT HAND
LEG /TRANSMISSION
LEFT HAND
SIDE
GROUND
FCBBR
EYELET
(PAIRI - RIGHi
CONTROL
MODULE
/ Type
HAND
LEG,
TUNNEL,
TRANSMISSION
PIN OUT INFORMATION
TUNNEL,
HA.ND ENCLOSURE
LEFT HAND
SIDE
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
BT = R. N. 4 GROUND GROUND
MESSAGES.
Pin Out data:
communications
on this data page is furnished
Location
20 WAY MULTILOCK
Location
B- = P, R, 3
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
Module
CONNECTORS
Type / Color
BL = P
8”=R,D
GROUND
values for Control
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector AC12
B- = P. N, 2
BCOMMON
are used to represent
I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground
URANSMiSSlON,
070,
FRONT
FC88,10-WAY
MODULE
SWITCH
MODE SWITCH
MULTILOCK
EYELET
B- c< WOTi
t= WOTj
GEAR RECOGNITION
D”AL
IGNlTlON
ILLUMINATION
Location
I Type / Color
72.WAY
EMlAL
0 v = SPORT, 0 ” = NORMAL ENCODED
DUAL LINEAR
KM!
The following
GROUND, B+
SWITCH VOLTAGE
FC100:
Ground
5”=85HI~,0MPH,16KPHI;170Hr@20MPH~32XPHi (‘2’ SELECTED ‘2’ ENGAGED)
REGULATOR
SWITCH
= LOCKED
1.75 v Q 90’ c = R, D, 4.3.2
SPORT MODE SWlTCH DUAL LlNEAR
B+ B+ BB- = UNLOCKED GROUND S”=P.N
GROUND
FEEDBACK
VALVE i PRESSURE
KICKDOWN
Inactive
Active
FEEDBACK
PRESSURE
Connector SWITCH
AJ26 SC
: FLUID TEMP. SENSOR
SENSOR
LINEAR
K,CKDOWN
ACTIVATE
D
DUAL
GROUND
ACTIVATE
0
Component
GROUND
GEAR SELECTOR
Description CANNEWORK CANNETWORK n2SPEED SENSOR FEEDBACK
0
1
COMPONENTS Inactive
B+ V Hz
Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency
to aid the user in understanding
at the those that can be expected means a load is applied or a switch
control
circuit operation. module
is ON; “Inactive”
connector
KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION pins
with
all
circuit
means a load is not applied
SHOULD BE USED FOR
connections made and all or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE
OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY
1998
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION COMPONENTS
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE ;J Pin Description FC14-15 IGNITION SWITCHED I
FC14-32
IGNITION
0
FC14-48
GEARSHIFT
0
FC14~5,
KEY LOCK SOLENOID
I
FC14-58
NOT-IN-PARK
I
FC14~80
BAKERY
S
FC14-84
SCP NETWORK
S
FC14-85
SW NETWORK
I
FC14-104
LIGHTING,
Inactive
Active
SWITCHED
GROUND
SUPPLY
GROUND
GROUND
SUPPLY
GROUND
lNTERLOCK
SOLENOID
SUPPLY
POWER SUPPLY
BODY PROCESSOR
GROUND
B- ,GEARSHIFT
SUPPLY ,LOGlC,
GROUND
FREE)
BL (KEY CAPTIVE,
GROUND
GROUND
B+ (PARK)
iR.N.D.4.3.21
,GEARSHlFT
LOCKED)
ENGINE
CONTROL
GEARSELECTOR
2-1500HZ BA”ERY
POWER SUPPLY
B+
B,
GEARSHIFT
Inactive 53,
Active
I
EM10-10
BRAKE SWITCH
GROUND
EM10~28
CAN NETWORK
1551500HZ
c
EM,O-27
CAN NETWORK
15-1500Hr
c
FC88-9
CAN NETWORK
MAJOR D
ILLUMINATION
CAN NEWORK
S
Pin FCE-19
S c c
PACK
Fc?S-20
SW NETWORK
2 - ,600
FCZ524
CAN NEWORK
15
1500 Hi
FCZS-47
CAN NETWORK
15
1500 Hz
MULTlLOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK M”LTlLOCK47
FC88,
IO-WAY
MULTILOCK
FIX?,
Z~WAY MVLTILOCK
SC, II 12.WAY
SWlTCHGEARi
MULTILOCK
FC25 ! 489fvAY FC26 i Z&WAY
PACK
FC87 : 3.WAY
MICROSWTCH
040, GREY 040 i GREY 040, GREY WI! GREY /WHITE : WHlTE
ENGINE
070 i WHlTE
FRONT
i CONTROL
OF GEAR SELECTOR
GEAR SELECTOR
070,
STEERING
WHITE
AIRBAG
BRACKET
PEDAL
COMPARTMENT
070 /WHITE
AMP PCB SGNAL: AMP PCB SIGNAL MVLTILOCK
TOP OF BRAKE
WHITE
MODULE
ENCLOSURE
ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY
COLUMN
FASCIA
BLXK i BLACK
GEAR SELECTOR
070 ,’ WHITE
ASSEMBLY
CONNECTORS Location
/ Access
Connector AC13
Type / Color 20.WAY
MULTILOCK
070 /YELLOW
FASC,A
BOFFOM
EM,
20.WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
ENG,NE
COMPARTMENT/ADJACENT
WHITE
D C S
values for Control
Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network
communications
on this data page is furnished
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. “Active”
Module
Ground
Location
FC2BR
EYELET
IPAIR) -RIGHT
HAND
LEG,
RIGHT
FC3BR
EYELET
(PAIR, - RlGHT
HAND
LEG,
TRANSMISSION
FC4BR
EYELET
IPAIR)
HAND
LEG,
LEFT HAND
CONTROL
Hz
CONNECTOR
MOUNTING
BRACKET,
TO RIGHT HAND
RIGHT
HAND
SIDE
ENCLOSURE
/ Type
RIGHT
HAND
‘A’ POST TUNNEL.
LEFT HAND
SIDE
‘A’ POST
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
(FOLD OUT PAGEI
t-
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
are used to represent
CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.
EM,0 : zsw*\y EM,, / IS-WAY EM12 Z-WAY EM,3,34-WAY EM14 / 12.WAY EM15 22.WAY
/ Access SIDE FASCIA,
Inactive
Active 2-1600H2
Input output Signal Ground
iCOLUMN
070,
Location PASSENGER
GROUNDS
Description
symbols
NOT-IN-PARK
I Type I Color AMP EEECIGREY
Inactive
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
I 0 SG
MODULE
SW NETWORK
The following
SOLENOID
MODVLE
SOLENOID
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Description CANNETWORK CANNETWDRK
INSTRUMENT
lLL”MlNATlDN
,NTERLOCK
MA.JOR lNSTR”MENT
c
Pin FC88-4 FC88-3 FC88~8
MODULE
(KEY RELEASED)
2 - ,600 HZ
MOTORS
704.WAY
AC24 ! 4~WAY MULTILOCK
B-
B+
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE 7 Pin Description
;;;i c c c
FCld;
MODULE
BRAKE SWITCH
KEYLOCK
GEAR SELECTOR
Connector
Component
MESSAGES.
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz
to aid the user in understanding
Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit
operation.
KHz MS MV
Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts
THIS INFORMATION
SHOULD BE USED FOR
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE
OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY
1998
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
ABS /TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE \I Pin Description 0 LF37-1 BRAKE FLUIDRESERVOIR LEVEL SWITCH REFERENCE LKw2 BRAKE SWlTCH LF37-3 RHFRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SG LF37-4 RHFRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR c LF37~5 CANNETWORK SG LF37~6 RHREAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR I LF37-7 RHREAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LF37-8 GROUND LF379 EATERYPOWER SUPPLY LF37-10 NOTUSED LF37-l, NOT“SE0 / LF37-13 BRAKE FLUIDRESERVOIR LEVEL SWiTCH STABILITY,
TRACTION
CONTROL
SWATCH
CONTROL
SWlTCH
COMPONENTS Inactive E+ B+
Connector
Component AES /TRACTION BRAKE FLUID
CONTROL
CONTROL
MODULE
RESERVOlR
BRAKE SWTCH
AMP
EM37 / Z-WAY
AMP JUNIOR
AC24,
MULTILOCK
I TRACTION
BLACK POWER TIMER,
BLACK
E+
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
LEO
Location / Access FASClABOTTOM CONNECTOR
Ei
TRUNK,
LH FRONT WHEEL
SPEED SENSOR
REAR OF REAR HUB ASSEMBLY,
LEFT HAND
REAR OF REAR HUB ASSEMBLY,
RIGHT
NOT USED GROUND
POWER SUPPLY
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
ABOVE
REAR WHEEL
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO
ENGINE
COMPARTMENTiADJACENTTOAlR
GROUND
LEFT HAND
ES+
BEHIND
MESSAGES.
RIGHT HAND
MOUNTING BRACKET,
SPEED SENSOR
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
FRONT
LEFT
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
BRAKE
BOOSTER
ENCLOSURE
PEDAL
CONNECTORS
LH FRONT WHEEL
BATTERY
COMPARTMENT,
TOP OF BRAKE
070 I WHITE
/ Access
ENGINE
B-
B+ STATE
HYBRID,
GROUtiD
CAN NETWORK STABILITY
I-WAY
Location
/ Type / Color
LF37 i E-WAY
LEFT HAND
‘K POST CONNECTOR
GLOVE
RIGHT
HANDSIOE
ARCH
HAND
SlDE SIDE
ENCLOSURE ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX
CLEANER MOUNTlNG
BRACKET,
‘4’ POST TRIM
BOX
GROUNDS Ground FClER FC4BR LFSAS CONTROL
Location / Type EYELET PAIR,- RIGHTHANDLEG,RIGHTHAND‘K POST EYELET ,PAlR,- RIGHT HANDLEG, LEFTHAND‘N POST EYELET
MODULE
ISINGW,ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
PIN OUT INFORMATION
FORWARD
OF LEFT HAND
HOOD CATCH
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following
symbols
are used to represent
I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.
D C S
Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network
Module
communications
on this data page is furnished
NOTE: The values listed are approximately connected and fitted. “Active”
COmPOnentS
values for Control
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz
Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency
to aid the user in understanding
circuit operation.
KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION
SHOULD BE USED FOR
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE
OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY
1998
OF COMPONENTS.
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE \I Pin Description 0 ACM DEFROST VENTSERVO MOTOR 0
COMPONENTS B+
AC,-7
CENTER VENT SERVO MOTOR
0
ACM
LH FRESH i RECIRCULATION
VENT MOTOR
B+
0
ACE
RH FRESH,
RECIRCULATION
VENT MOTOR
B-
0
AC1~12
FOOTWELL
VENT SERVO MOTOR
0
AC,-13
COOL AIR BYPASS
0
AC,-19
DEFROST
0
ACb20
CENTER VENT SERVO MOTOR
0
AC,-21
LH FRESH I RECIRCULATION
VENTSERVO
MOTOR
B-
0
AC,-22
RH FRESH ‘RECIRCULATION
VENT SERVO MOTOR
P,-
0
NY-25
FOOnvELL
0
AC1~26
COOL AIR BYPASS
L B-
VENT SERVO MOTOR
BB-
SERVO MOTOR
B-
SERVO MOTOR
AC2-1
SOLAR SENSOR
AC2 2
CENTER VENT POTENTIOMETER
ACZ-3
RH FRESH:
AC-5
COOL AIR BYPASS
BA
FEEDBACK
0 75 ” - 4.75 “: INCREASiNG
RECIRCULATION
FEEDBACK VENT POTENTIOMETER
VENT POTENTIOMETER
ACX
ENGINE
DEFROSTVENT
ACZ-11
LH FRESH,
AC*-13
FOOTWELLVENT
0
AC-2
CLOCK
D
AC3~3
SERIAL
I
AK-5
AMBIENT
I
AC36
HEATER
D
AC-7
SERfAL DATA INPUT
0
AC38
START
I
AK-11
IN CAR TEMPERATURE
I
AX-12
EVAPORATOR
AC4-1
IGNITION
AC4-2
ISOLATE
AC4-3
IGNITION
AC4-4
CONTROL
AC4-5
BATTERY
AC46
ENGINE
0
B+
VENT SERVO MOTOR
AC*-10
Inactive 0” 0” 0” 0” 0” 0” 0” 0” 0” 0” 0” 0”
Active
FEEDBACK
FEEDBACK
COOLANTTEMPERATURE REClRCULATlON
FEEDBACK
POTENTIOMETER
FEEDBACK
FEEDBACK
CONTROL
PANEL
TO CONTROL
PANEL
SENSOR
FEEDBACK
TEMPERATURE MATRIX
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
FROM CONTROL
FEEDBACK
CENTER
AIR INT*KE
- RH BLOWER
NC “NIT
AMBIENTTEMPERATURE ASPIRATOR SOLAR
8 HEATER
TEMPERATURE
SWITCHED
SENSOR
AlC “NIT!
MATRlXASSEMBLY
A/C “NIT
VENT ASSEMBLY
Relay AIR CONDlTlONlNG
SWITCHED
BATTERY
c 1”
RIGHT
SIDE
HAND
HORN
LEFT HAND
SIDE ADJACENT
TO DEFROST
“EN7
‘TOP
ISOLATE
RELAY
Color / Stripe
Connector
BLACK,
FC24,“IOLET
VIOLET
/ Color
Location RH FASCIA
I Access RELAYS
= CLOSED
>35”=OPEN
< 1 V = CLOSED
>35”=OPEN
< 1 V = CLOSED
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
CONNECTORS Location
Type / Color
/ Access CONNECTOR
MOUNTING
BRACKET,
RIGHT HAND
SiDE
FASCIA
BOTTOM
CONNECTOR
MOUNTING
BRACKET,
RlGHT
HAND
SIDE
2.18 V Q 25’ C; DECREASING
WITH TEMPERATURE
FASCIA
BO”OM
CONNECTOR
MOUNTING
BRACKET,
RIGHT HAND
SIDE
2 25 V @ WC:
WITH TEMPERATURE
FASCIA
BOTTOM
CONNECTOR
MOUNTING
BRACKET,
RIGHT HAND
SIDE
DECREASlNG
‘K POST CONNECTOR
MOUNTING
BRACKET,‘A’POSTTRlM
0”
3 25 V Q 0” C, DECREASING
WlTH TEMPERATURE
3 25 “Q
WITH TEMPERATURE
O’C, DECREASING
GROUNDS
POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
PANEL BATERY
SIDE
HAND
WITH TEMPERATURE
= OPEN
POWER SUPPLY
RELAY CONTROLLED
LEFT HAND IRIGHT
DRIVER SIDE FASCIA!
SENSOR
LEFT HAND
FEEDBACK
SIDE
DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER
PANEL
FEEDBACK
HAND
CONSOLE
ADJACENTTO
SENSOR
ASSEMBLY
EVAPORATOR
/ Access
N/c “NIT/RIGHT
GREY GREY GREY GREY
RELAYS
LOAD
B+ (MOMENTARY! SENSOR
47: 47, 47, 47,
A/C “NlT,
FASCIATOP DATA OUTPUT
Location
/ Type / Color MULTILOCK MULTlLOCK MULTlLOCK MVLTlLOCK
- LH BLOWER
< 1 ” = CLOSED DECREASING
AC,, 26.WAY AC2, IS-WAY AC3,12-WAY AC4,22-WAY
A,R INTAKE
>35”.OPEN
POWER SUPPLY
POWER SUPPLY
0”
Ground
Location
0”
FC2BR
EYELET
(PAIR) -RIGHT
/ Type
B+
FCSCS
EYELET
(SINGLE,,
0”
FC4BR
EYELET
(PAIR) -RIGHT
HAND
LEG,
TRANSMISSION HAND
LEG,
RIGHT HAND TUNNEL.
‘A’ POST
LEFT HAND
LEFT HAND
SIDE
‘N POST
B+
SPEED SlGNAL
AC4-8
POTENTIOMETER
.x4-10
SERIAL COMMUNlCATlONS
INPUT
0
AC4~12
CONTROL
POWER SUPPLY
/x4-13
GROUND
0
AW14
CONTROL
0
AC4~15
ISOLATE
RELAY ACTIVE
B+
AC4-16
VEHICLE
SPEED SIGNAL
22 Hz @ 10 MPH 116 KM/H,,
0
AC4-18
ASPIRATOR
0
At%19
POTENTlOMETER
AW20
GROUND
ACI-21
SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
symbols
AIR CONDITIONING
D
The following
MODULE
c 1” = CLOSED
0
D
CONTROL
>35”=OPEN
> 3.5”
VENT POTENTIOMETER
AIR CONDITIONING
,35”=OPEN
2.5 V @ WC,
POTENTIOMETER
WITH SOLAR
Connector
Component
COMMON
PANEL BATTERY PANEL GROUND
MOTOR
REFERENCE
SUPPLY
POWER SUPPLY
COMMON
REFERENCE
CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.
D C S
GROUND
5”
CONTROL +
B+
B-
0”
0”
0”
0”
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
0” 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM/H,
@ B+
B-
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
OUTPUT
are used to represent
I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground
VOLTAGE
values for Control
Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network
on this data page is furnished
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. “Active”
Module
communications
to
aid
the
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz
user
in understanding
Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit
operation.
KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION
SHOULD BE USED FOR
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE
OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY
1998
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS.
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ‘7 Pin Description
COMPONENTS
AICCM
LOAD INHlBlT
AlCCM
ELECTRICAL
AiCCM
COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH
4-WAY REFRIGERANT
SWITCH
4-WAY
LOAD SIGNAL BEClUES HIGH PRESSURE
REFRIGERANTSWITCH
AIR CONDlTlONlNG
HIGH PRESSURE
COMPRESSOR
RELAY ACTI’$ATE
Active
Inactive
Component
GROUND
B7
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR
B+
GROUND
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL
BA
GROVNO
GROUND
0 20 BAR ,290 PSli
GROUND
@ 12 BAR 1174 PSI,
GROUND
B-
0
EMIS-
SERIES ILOW) SPEED FAY ACTIVATE
0
GROUND
B-
EM13-16
PARALLEL
GROUND
B7
IHIGH) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL I Pin Description COMPRESSOR
Active STATUS
RELAY ACTIVE
LH ,‘RH WINDSHIELD DOOR MIRROR LH BLOWER HEATER HEATED
HEATER
HEATER
MOTOR
PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE BACKLIGHT
RELAY ACTIVATE
ACZ-7
RHBLOWERSPEEDFEEDBACK
*CT*-8
RH BLOWER
SPEED CONTROL
090 HYBRlD
! GREEN
A/C “NIT,
SUMITOMO
090 HYBRID
i GREEN
ENGlNE
CONTROL
A/C “NIT, RIGHT HAND ENGINE COMPARTMENT
MlRROR
1
AC2-15
LH BLOWER
SPEED FEEDBACK
At216
LH BLOWER
SPEED CONTROL
DRIVE SIGNAL
0.83”
AC3-1
AIR CONDITIONING
I
ACS-7
LOAD INHIBIT
ELECTRICAL
AC4-9
COMPRESSOR
1
Awl,
REFRIGERANTCWAY
CLUTCH
ELECTRICAL
BACKLIGHT,
RIGHT
CARRIER
HAND
SIDE
RH17;L”CAIR
RIGHTANGLE ECONOSEAL
111LC / BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
BULKHEAD,
LEFT HAND
SIDE
ECONOSEAL
111LC, WHITE
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
BULKHEAD,
LEFT HAND
SIDE
DD8,
MULTlLOCK
040,
BLUE
DRIVER DOOR
MULTILOCK
040,
BLUE
PASSENGER
DRIVER FAN CONTROL
= LOW SPEED
0.83”
RADlATOR
FAN - RH
0 ” = HIGH SPEED
REFRIGERANT4~WAY WINDSHIELD
,l~WAY
DPB,
RADlATOR
= LOW SPEED
PRESSURE
HEATER HEATER
LF9,
RELAY MODULE
SWITCH
,*-WAY &WAY
TRW,
ADJACENT
BLACK
LF13,
Z-WAY
REINSHAGEN
LF12,
&WAY
REINSHAGEN
LF57,
&WAY
ECONOSEAL
DOOR TO LEFT HAND
HORN
METRI
630,
BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
FRONT
METRI
630,
BLACK
ENGINE
111LC, BLACK
COMPARTMENT,
FRONT
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
REARWARD
COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT,
- LH
EM49,
Z-WAY AMP SERIES
187C,
GREY
ENGINE
- RH
EM48,
Z-WAY AMP SERIES
18X,
GREY
ENGINE
OF RADIATOR
RELAYS
0” BT ,O”T
TRUNK,
NATURAL / BLACK GREEN BLUE
LEFT FRONT
EM43,2-WAY
1.3”
SWlTCH
FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX!
COMPARTMENT!
ENCLOSURE
EM41 /Z-WAY
7 5”
ON REQUEST PRESSURE
“.T A. U.T.A. U T.A U TA.
ENGlNE
i NATURAL BLACK GREEN BLUE
MODULE
BACKLIGHT
FAN - LH
B+
0
FUSEBOX FUSEBOX! FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX,
SIDE I CONTROL
PUMP
RADIATOR
0”
U.T.A. U.T.A. U.T.A. UT A.
040, GREY 040 i GREY 0401 GREY 040: GREY 47 {WHITE 47 /WHITE
SIDE
HEATER
0 ” = HIGH SPEED
LOAD SlGNAL
MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK
COMPRESSOR SIDE
HEATED
WlNDSHlELD 0
LF5,10-WAY LF6, ,&WAY LF7, IO-WAY LFB / IO-WAY LF70, EYELET
COMPARTMENT
BTlO , ?&WAY BTll / IO~WAY BT12, IO-WAY BT13, ,O~WAY BT64, EYELET
1.3 V = LOW SPEED
= HIGH SPEED
IS-WAY
EM?0 2%WAY EM,, ! 16.WAY EM12, Z-WAY EM13 34.WAY EM14,72-WAY EM15 :22-WAY
MODULE
FUSE BOX-TRUNK
= HIGH SPEED
LEFT HAND
S”MlTOM0
B= LOW SPEED
RIGHT HAND
AC6,
0” 7.6”
DRIVE SiGNAL
A/C “NIT,
&X,15-WAY
MIRROR-PASSENGER
1
GREY GREY GREY GREY
- RH
HEATERVALVE
0” 0”
RELAY ACTIVATE
0 0
RELAYS ACTIVATE
RELAYACTIVATE
471 47! 47; 47 :
- LH
B+
0”
MOTOR
MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK
/ Access
COMPARTMENT,A,C
MOTOR
B+
E+
RH BLOWER
AC, ,26-WAY AU, 16.WAY AC3,12~WAY AC4 1 SWAY
ENGINE
BLACK
MOTOR
0”
HEATER VALVE ACTIVE
090 A-TYPE,
BLOWER
Inactive 0” 0” B, B+ B0”
Br iON,
MODULE
Location
I Type / Color
I~WAY SUMlTOMO
BLOWER
FUSE BOX - ENGlNE
MODULE
CLUTCH
Connector PI%,
CLUTCH
OF ACTIVE
RANGE)
Relay AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH
RELAY
Color / Stripe
Connector
BROWN
BUS
Location
/ Color
/ Access
LH ENCLOSURE
RELAYS
BLOWER
MOTOR
RELAY-
LH
BLACK,
BLUE
ACZO,
BLUE
DRIVESHAFTTUNNEL
RELAYS
BLOWER
MOTOR
RELAY - RH
BLACK,
BLUE
*cm,
BLUE
DRiVESHAFT
RELAYS
FC28,
BLUE
DOOR MIRROR
HEATER
HEATED
BACKLIGHT
HEATER
PUMP
BLACK/BLUE
RELAY
RELAY
BROWN
1#21
LH FASCIA TRUNK
BUS
ENGINE
TUNNEL RELAYS
RELAYS COMPARTMENT
BROWN
BUS
WlNOSHlELD
HEATER
RELAY-
LH
BROWN
EM44,
BROWN
RH ENCLOSURE
RELAYS
WiNDSHlELD
HEATER
RELAY
RH
BROWN
EM45,
BROWN
RH ENCLOSURE
RELAYS
RELAY (#1)
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
CONNECTORS Location
Type / Color
FASCIA
/ Access
TOP CONNECTOR
MOUNTING
BRACKET,
RIGHT HAND
SIDE
PO-WAY MULTILOCK
070,
WHITE
?&WAY
070,
YELLOW
FASCIA
BOTTOM
CONNECTOR
MOUNTING
BRACKET,
RIGHT
HAND
SIDE
BOTTOM
CONNECTOR
MO”NT,NG
BRACKET,
RlGHT
HAND
SIDE
ABOVE
RIGHT HAND
REAR WHEEL
ARCH
RIGHT
REAR WHEEL
ARCH
MULTILOCK
20.WA’,
MULTILOCK
070,
GREY
FASCIA
20.WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
WHITE
TRUNK,
d-WAY
ECONOSEAL
TRUNK/ABOVE
111HC, BLACK
HAND
23~WAY AMP - FORD,
BLACK
DRl”ER
23.WAY
AMP
BLACK
PASSENGER
Z&WAY
MULTILOCK
070 /WHITE
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,ADJACENITO
RiGHT
HAND
ENCLOSURE
IB-WAY
MULTiLOCK
070,
ENGINE
COMPARTMENTiADJACENTTO
RIGHT
HAND
ENCLOSURE
1%WAY
ECONOSEAL
13WAY
FUSE BOX RELAYS
FORD,
ECONOSEAL
X-WAY
MULTILOCK
57.WAY
SUMlTOMO,
X-WAY
M”LTILOCK
YELLOW
SlDE ‘N POST MO”NT,NG SIDE ‘R POST,‘A’
BRACKET,
‘R POST TRlM
POSTTRIM
111LC / WHlTE
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
LEFT HAN0
ENCLOSURE
111LC I BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
LEFT HAND
ENCLOSURE
070,
LEFT HAND
WHITE
ENGINE
BLACK
‘A’ POST CONNECTOR
REAR OF CENTER
070 l WHlTE
MO”NTlNG
COMPARTMENT,BRACKETON CONSOLE
BRACKET,‘A’
POSTTRIM
TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ASSEMBLY
GROUNDS
The following
symbols
are used to represent
I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.
D C S
values for Control
Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network
communications
on this data Page is furnished
NoTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. “Active”
Module
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz
to aid the user in understanding
Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation.
KHz MS MV
Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts
THIS INFORMATION
Ground
Location
EMlAR
EYELET
iPAl!% - RlGHT
/ Type HAND
LEG,
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT.
HAND
LEG,
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
EMlBL
EYELET
(PAIR) - RlGHT
EMIBS
EYELET
ISINGLE),
EMZAR
EYELET
(P,+,R)
EM2BL
EYELET
IPAIR) - LEFT HAND
EM?BS
EYELET
(SINGLE),
ENGlNE RlGHT
COMPARTMENT,
HAND
ENGINE
LEG, LEG,
RIGHT
ENGINE ENGINE
HAND
COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT,
COMPARTMENT.
LEFT HAND
FCZAL
EYELET
(PAIR) - LEFT HAND
LEG,
RIGHT
FIXAL
(PAIRI - LEFT HAND (PA,R) LEFT HAND
LEG, LEG,
LEFT HAND ‘X POST ENGINE COMPARTMENT.
LF2AL
EYELET EYELET
LFZAR
EYELET
(PAIR)
LF?BL
EYELET
(PAIR, - LEFT HAND
RH2S
EYELET
(SINGLE),
CONTROL
MODULE
RIGHT HAND
LEG, LEG,
LEFT HAND
HAND
ENGINE ENGlNE
RIGHT
HAND
RIGHT
HAND
ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE
ENCLOSURE LEFT HAND LEFT HAND
ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE
ENCLOSURE
‘X POST
COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT,
FORWARD FORWARD FORWARD
OF LEFT HAND OF LEFT HAND OF LEFT HAND
HOOD CATCH HOOD HOOD
CATCH CATCH
REAR QUARTER
PIN OUT INFORMATION
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
SHOULD BE USED FOR
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not aoolied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS. HARNESSES. GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE
OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY
1998
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL MAJOR
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
INSTRUMENT
COMPONENTS
PACK
Description GROUND
Active GROUND B+ B+ GROUND
SUPPLY MINORINSTRUMENT PACKWLITTERY POWER SUPPLY ADAPTl”E DAMPING WARNlNG TRIPCYCLE ‘NB’TRIPSELECT ‘ML,KM’SELECT SWNErwORK SW NETWORK cm NEWORK CANNETWORK BATTERY POWER SUPPLY GROUNO lLL”MlNATlON SUPPLY MINOR lNSTRUMENT PACK ILL”M,NAT,ON SUPPLY GROUND REFERENCE ‘CLEAR’ SELECT ‘000’SELECT CANNETWORK CANNETWORK IGNITION
SWITCHED
POWER
SPEED-ADAPTIVE
BAnERY
VOLTAGE
BATTERYVOLTAGE OIL PRESSURE BATTERY
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
B-
IMOMENTARY)
GROUND
IMOMENTARY)
GROUND
IMOMENTARY)
VOLTAGE
TR,P COMPUTER
FC79
20.WAY
PI40 ,‘1-WAY
,COLUMN
SC2
SWITCHGEAR)
POWER TIMER,
ENGlNE
BROWN
MULTILOCK
10.WAY
ECJZ,
RESERVOIR
FASCIA ENGINE
BLACK
BLACK
FASCIA;
070 I YELLOW
STEERING
AMP MOL: MULT,LOCK
I COOLANT
FASCIA
BLACK BLACK
040 ,’ BLACK
ECONOSEAL
I Access
COMPARTMENT
TRUNK!FUELTANK
AMP PCB SIGNAL, AMP PCS SIGNAL,
FCZ, / 10.WAY
PACK
BLOCK:
RlGHT
HAND
SIDE
DRIVER SIDE COLUMN
CONNECTORS Location
Type / Color
Connector
/ Access
WWAY
MULTfiOCK
070 /WHITE
TRUNK
20.WAY
MULTILOCK
070 /WHITE
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT!ADJACENTTO
RlGHT
HAND
ENCLOSURE
16-WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT
R,GHT HAND
ENCLOSURE
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT!
BEHIND
GLOVE
(MOMENTARY)
57~WAY SUMlTOMO,
GROUND
iMOMENTARY
20.WAY
15-1500
HZ
MULTILOCK
YELLOW
BLACK 070,
GREY
/ABOVE
RIGHT
HAND
REAR WHEEL
‘ADJACENTTO BRACKET
ARCH
ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
BOX
15-1500Hr C3”
B+
<3”=<3PSI
B+
MODULE
I Type HAND
LEG,
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT.
RIGHT
EM2BR
EYELET
(PAIR, - RlGHT
HAND
LEG,
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
LEFT HAND
HAND
FC2BR
EYELET
IPAIR) - RlGHT
Q B+
FCBBL
EYELET
(PAIR)
22 Hz @ 10 MPH 116 KM,Hl:
44 HZ @ 20 MPH 132 KM/HI
@ B+
FC4BR
EYELET
IP*IR)
5”
,MlDPOlNTj
5”
IMIDPOINT~
5”
= 0 PSI; 3 3 ” = NORMAL
GAUGE
MOVEMENT
37
FUEL LEVEL GAUGE
FEEDBACK
FUEL LEVEL GAUGE
REFERENCE
CONTROL
IMIDPOINT,
5 ” (PULSE1
Bt = EMPTY
O”=FULL
GROUND
GROUND
5 v = 0 PSI, 3.3” GROUND
= NORMAL
MODULE
LEFT HAND - RIGHT
waD
LEG, LEG,
RIGHT
HAND
TRANSMlSSlON
LEG I LEFT HAND
PIN OUT INFORMATION
HAND
ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE
‘N POST TUNNEL,
LEFT HAND
SIDE
‘R POST
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
t-
iMlDt=OlNTi B+
iON
OIL PRESSURE
GAUGE
MOVEMENT
3.7 - 6 ” (PULSE)
OIL PRESSURE
GAUGE
MOVEMENT
3.7 - 5 v ,PULSEi
Bt
>3v=>3w
VEHICLE
SPEED
22 Hz @ 10 MPH 116 KM/HI:
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
GROUND
CHARGE
WARNING
B+
WARNING
(PAIR) - RlGHT
@ B+
FEEDBACK
WARNING
EYELET
44 Hz @ 20 MPH 132 KM/HI
FEEDBACK
FEEDBACK
Location
EMlBR
44 HZ @ 20 MPH 132 KM/HI
POSlTlON
GROUND
Ground
22 HZ @ 10 MPH 116 KM/H,;
POSITION
FEEDBACK
GROUNDS
22 HZ Q 10 MPH ,16 KWH,;
BA”ERY”OLTAGE
LOW COOLANT
PACK
GROUND
37-5”iPULSEl
LOW OIL PRESSURE
4%WAY 24.WAY
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
GROUND
GAUGE
POSlTlON
FC25! FC26:
SWITCH
Location
I Type I Color RIGHT ANGLE RIGHT ANGLE
PACK
SWITCH
TRlP CYCLE SWITCH
GAUGE
GAUGE
INSTRUMENT
GROUND
MOVEMENT
OIL PRESSURE
BT7 ! LUCAR BTB / LUCAR
MlNOR lNSTRUMENT
CONTROL
POSlTlON
MAJOR
OIL PRESSURE
DAMPING
GAUGE
LEVEL SWITCH
B-
GROUND
GAUGE
44 HZ @ 20 MPH 132 KWH,
e Br
B+ GROUND Bt
GROUND
PACK Inactive B+
I
Pin FCE~E
MINOR
/
x79-9
OIL PRESSURE
GAUGE
MOVEMENT
37-5”iPULSEi
I
FC79-10
Oil PRESSURE
GAUGE
MOVEMENT
3 7 - 6 ” ,PULSEi
I
FC79-1,
CHARGE
I
FC79-12
BATTERY
Description
Active
INSTRUMENT
PACK ,LLUMlNAT,ON
SUPPLY
B+
WARNING
Bi
<3”
VOLTAGE
GAUGE
POSITION
FEEDBACK
5”
iMlDPOlNTi
FEEDBACK
5 v ,MIDPOINT,
1
FC79~13
EATERY
VOLTAGE
GAUGE
POSlTlDN
I
FCX-14
BATTERY
VOLTAGE
GAUGE
MOVEMENT
37-SVIPULSE,
I
FC79-15
BAmERY
VOLTAGE
GAUGE
MOVEMENT
3.7
I
FC79-16
GROUND
I
FC79-17
BATTERY
/
FC79-18
LOW OIL PRESSURE
I
FC79-19
OIL PRESSURE
GAUGE
POSiTION
FEEDBACK
5 v = 0 PSI; 3.3 v = NORMAL
IMIDPOINT
I
FC79~20
OIL PRESSURE
GAUGE
POSlTlON
FEEDBACK
5 v = 0 PS1: 3.3 v = NORMAL
iMlDPOlNTi
5”
(PULSE)
GROUND B+ B-
GROUND POWER SUPPLY
B+
WARNING
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
symbols
GROUND
B+ GROUND GROUND
AIR BAG MIL
The following
EM55 j 2~WAY AMP JUNIOR
COOLANTTEMPERATURE
VEHICLE
MINOR INSTRUMENT
Connector
COOLANT
2 - ,600 Hz
VEHICLE SPEED -AJCCM “EHiCLE SPEED-PAS
v
Component
2 - 1600 HZ
BATTERY CHARGE WARNING OILPRESSVRE WARNING ENGINE SPEED ENGINE
Inactive GROUND
GROUND
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
are used to represent
I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.
D C S
,<3 PSI)
values for Control
Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network
on this data page is furnished
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. “Active”
Module
communications
MESSAGES.
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz
Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency
to aid the user in understanding
circuit operation.
KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION
SHOULD BE USED FOR
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE
OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY
1998
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS.
CONTROL
MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR
PIN OUT INFORMATION MODULE
COMPONENTS
Description IGNITION
SWITCHEO
GROUND
SUPPLY
Active GROUND
IGNITION
SWiTCHED
GROUND
SUPPLY
GROUND
IGNITION
SWITCHED
GROUND
SUPPLY
GROUND
BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY
SPEAKER
OUTPUT
*UDIO
OUTPUT
AUDIBLE
WARNING
SPE*KER
OUTPUT
BUD,0
OUTPUT
SCP NEWORK
2- ,600 Hz
SC? NETWORK
2 - ,600 Hi
B*nERY
67
POWER SUPPLY
symbols
CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.
D C S
values for Control
Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network
B+ V Hz
at the control or
(COLUMN
SWITCHGE*Rl
SC,,
12.WAY
FC141704~WAY
MODULE
I Type I Color MULTILOCK AMP EEEC;
070,VMTE GREY
Location STEERING PASSENGER
I Access COLUMN,
RIGHT
SIDE FASCIA:
HAND *IRBAG
SIDE BRACKEl
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
MESSAGES.
Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency
to aid the user in understanding
those that can be expected means a load is applied
SPEAKER
Pin Out data:
communications
on this data page is furnished
NOTE: The values listed are approximately connected and fitted. “Active”
Module
BODY PROCESSOR
CONTROL
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
are used to represent
WARNING
B*
B+
WARNING
I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground
COmPOnentS
GROUND
Connector
Component AVDIBLE
AUDIBLE
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
The following
(LOGIC)
Inactive
a switch
is ON;
circuit operation. module “Inactive”
connector means
KHz MS MV
Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts
THIS INFORMATION pins a load
with is not
all circuit applied
SHOULD BE USED FOR connections
or
a switch
is
made and all OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE
OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY
1998
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS.
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
COMPONENTS
Description
MODULE
LH FRONT D1 BULB SUPPLY
B+ (PULSED)
GROUND
CENTER
SWlTCH
RH FRONT 0, BULB SUPPLY
B+ (PULSED)
GROUND
FRONT FOG LAMP - LH
LF32 /Z-WAY
REINSHAGEN
METRl530,
HEADLAMP
GROUND
Ei
FRONT FOG LAMP - RH
LF22,
REINSHAGEN
METRl
FRONT
LH
LFBi : 6~W*-Y ECONOSEAL
111LC ‘BLACK
LEFT HAND
RH
LFZ, , S-WAY ECONOSEAL
111LC I BLACK
RiGHT
COMPARTMENT
LF5! LF6 I LF7, LFB! LF701
MAIN
BEAM REOUEST
SWITCHED
GROUND
SUPPLY
GROUND STATUS
LED
GROUND
LH SlDE D, REPWTER
SUPPLY
(ROW ONLY)
B+
RH SIDE Di REPEATER
SUPPLY
(ROW ONLY,
B+
HEADLAMP
EEGROUND
GROUND
FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY ACTIVATE,
FLASH REQUEST
ILIGHTS
ON /LED ONi
iMOMENT*RYi
E-
FRONT FOG LAMP SWlTCH
GROUND
IMOMENTARY,
B-
IGNITION
GROUND
GROUND
SUPPLY
DIPPED BEAM REOUEST
GROUND
MAIN
GROUND
BEAM RELAY ACTlVATE
LH SIDE MARKER
B+ ,LIGHT
iNAS ONLY,
GROUND
WHEEL
ARCH LINER
ONi
GROUND
FRONT SIDE M*RKER
LH iNAS
B+
FRONT SIDE MARKER
- RH ,NAS
(MOMENTARY)
GROUND
ON)
LF, 1 i Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR
POWER TIMER,
BLACK
BEHlND
WHEEL
ARCH
ONLY1
LFlO
POWER TIMER
i BLACK
BEHIND
WHEEL
ARCH LINER
Z-WAY AMP JUNiOR
LINER
RELAYS
GROUND
E-
B+ IPULSED)
GROUND
BUS
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT
FUSEBOX
FRONT FOG RELAY 1821
BROWN
BUS
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX
MAlN
BROWN
BUS
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX
BEAM
RELAY (X3)
Inactive
CONNECTORS Location
Type / Color
Connector
G~WAY ECONOSEAL
II/ LC, BLACK
ENGlNE
,600 HZ
20.WAY
070,
LEFT HAND
,600 Hi
13~WAY ECONOSEAL
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
I Color
/ Access
Connector
BROWN
RELAY i#51
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
PACK
Location
Color / Stripe
Relay DIP BEAM
LH DI REOUEST
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
ONLY,
B+
ONI
2 - ,600 Hz
*-
LlNER
EiLIGHTS
SCP NETWORK
*-
COLUMN
FASCIA
BLACK BLACK
BEHIND
1600 HZ
SW NETWORK
LEFT FRONT
SEHINDWHEELARCH
E- (LIGHTS
SCP NETWORK
ASSEMBLY
BLACK
*-
Fc*5-*0
PANEL
ASSEMBLY
BLACK
SCP NETWORK
s
PANEL
ARCH LINER
POWER TIMER,
E,
Active
ARCH LINER
POWER TIMER,
ET
Description
HEADLAMP
COMPARTMENT!
STEERING
070 /YELLOW
AMP PCB SIGNAL AMP PCE SIGNAL,
WHEEL
HEADLAMP
HAND
ENGlNE
NATURAL i BL*CK II GREEN BLUE
/WHEEL
AMP JUNIOR
E*
FC25-19
MULTILOCK
FC25 ;48-WAY FC26 ‘24.WAY
BUMPER,
EL51 2~WAY AMP JUNIOR
POWER SUPPLY
S
SC2 1 ,D~WAY
SWITCHGEAR,
PACK
FUSEBOX! FUSEBOX FUSEBOX FUSEBOX
BUMPER
FRONT
LFS 12.W*Y
BA”ERY
INSTRUMENT
U TA U T A U.T.A U T A
FRONT
- RH iROW
BT
lNDlCATOR
10.WAY 10.WAY IO-WAY 10.WAY EYELET
BLACK
630 ‘BLACK
BRACKET
CONSOLE
- LH (ROW
POWER SUPPLY
STATUS
COLUMN
Z-WAY
CENTER
s,DE Di REPEATER
BATTERY
HAZARD
STALK
INSTRUMENT
FORD ICC: BLACK
SIDE FASCIAIAIRBFIG
SlDE DI REPEATER
GROUND
,ROW ONLY:
L,GHTlNG
FC55 I *O-WAY
I Access
PASSENGER
GROUND
GROUND
SUPPLY
UNIT
FUSE BOX-ENGINE
AMP EEEC,GREY
I37
DIP BEAM RELAY ACTI”*TE
RH SIDE DI REPEATER
FRONT LAMP
FC14,104~WAY
ON,
RH DI REQUEST
iLOG,C)
“NIT-
PACK
E-
B+ iLIGHT
SUPPLY
LAMP
MAJOR
LH FRONT SIDE LAMP SUPPLY LAMP REOUEST
CONSOLE
GROUND
GROUND
HAZARD
Pin
Location
/ Color
BODY PROCESSOR
SIDE LAMP REOUEST
v
/Type
Component
GROUND
IGNlTlON
MAJOR
Connector
Inactive
RH FRONT SIDE LAMP BULB SUPPLY
Active E+
MULTILOCK
GREY
ENGINE
111LC, BLACK
I Access
COMPARTMENT,
RIGHT HAND
‘A’ POST CONNECTOR
COMPARTMENT,
ENCLOSURE
MOUNTING
LEFT HAND
BRACKET!
‘A’ POST TRIM
ENCLOSURE
MESSAGES. GROUNDS Ground
Location
EMIAR
EYELET
(PAIR) -RIGHT
EMlAR
EYELET
IPAIR)
FC?BR
EYELET
iPAIR, - RIGHT HAND
FCBBL
EYELET
IPAIR) - LEFT HAND
FCBBR
EYELET
(PAIR) - RIGHT HAND
LEG /TRANSMISSION
FC4BR
EYELET
IPAIR) - RIGHT HAND
LEG,
symbols
are used to represent
I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.
D C S
values for Control
Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network
on this data page is furnished
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. “Active”
Module
communications
HAND
LEG,
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
RIGHT
RIGHT HAND
LEG,
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
LEFT HAND
LEG,
RIGHT
LFIAL
EYELET
(PAIR1 -LEFT
LF2BR
EYELET
,PAlRi
CONTROL
The following
/ Type
MODULE
HAND
RIGHT HAND
HAND
LEG /TRANSMISSION
LEG, LEG,
LEFT HAND RIGHT
HAND
ENGINE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
HAND
ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE
‘A’ POST TUNNEL, TUNNEL,
LEFT HAND
SIDE
LEFT HAND
SIDE
‘A’ POST HEADLAMP
COMPARTMENT,
FORWARD
OF LEFT HAND
HOOD CATCH
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz
Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency
to aid the user in understanding
circuit operation.
KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION
SHOULD BE USED FOR
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE
OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY
1998
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE 7 Pin Description FC14-12 REAR FOGLAMPREOUEST I FCi4-15 IGNITION SWlTCHEc GROUND SUPPLY I FC14-16 SIDELAMPREWEST FC14-41 IGNITION GROUND SUPPLY ! FC14-42 DIPPED BEAMREclUEST 0 FC14-44 REAR FOGLAMPSTATUS LED 0 FC14~50 LHREAR 0, LAMPSUPPLY I FCICSI RHDlREOUEST 0 FC14-76 RHREAR DILAMPSUPPLY 1 FC?$-79 BA”ERYPOWER SUPPLY I ‘Cl4~BO BATrERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) s FC14-84 SCPNETWORK S FC1~-BS SWNETWORK FC14-58 Lt.DlREOUEST 0 FC14-95 TAILLAMPRELAY ACT,“ATE I FC14-104 LIGHTING! MOTORS BATTERY POWER SUPPLY LAMP CONTROL
COMPONENTS
GROUND
GROUND
RH TAL NUMBER
MARKER
LAMP SUPPLY
& SIDE MARKER
LAr”lP SUPPLY
GROUND
IGNITION SECURITY
POWER SUPPLY
LlGHTlNG
s
BT40-16
/
8141.1
SECURITY
0 S
ON FEEDBACK
CONTROL
The following
STALK
MODULE (COLUMN
iNSTR”MENT
Connector / Type / Color FC14,,WWAYAMP EEEC,GREY AC24i &-WAY MULTILOCX 010,WHlTE FC55120.WAY FORDIDC,BLACK BTiO1,O~WAY V.T.A.FVSEBOX, NATURAL BT,, 110.WAY “.T.A FUSEBOX, BLACK BTi2,,o-WAY” T A. FUSEBOX, GREEN BT,3,,0-WAY“.TA. FUSEBOX, BLVE BTU 1EYELET BLBi 2.W?AY MULTILOCK 070i WHlTE RHB,Z-WAYMULTiLOCK 070,WHITE
/ Access SlDEFASCIAiNRBAG BRACKET TOPOFBRAKE PEDAL CENTER CONSOLE TR”NK!ELECTR,CAL CARRIER
BT,B /X-WAY
TRUNK,
SCZ,
SWITCHGEARI
MULTILOCK
AMP PCB SIGNAL: AMP PCB SlGNAL,
PLATE
LAMP-
LH
BLa;Z~WAYAMPJ”N,ORPOWERTlMERiBLACK
TRUNK
LID,
LINER
PLATE
LAMP-
RH
BLS,P-WAYAMPJUNIOR
TRUNK
LID,
LINER
B+
E+
SECURITY
Active B+ B+ B+ Bs B81 B+ B+ B+ BBL B+
Inactive GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND
CONTROL
POWERTIMER,BLACK
BT40,,S-WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK BT41 ,2B-WAY FORD IDC 1 BLACK RHX / COAXIAL CONNECTOR
MODULE
- LH iNAS
ONLY,
BT27,
P~WAY AMP JUNIOR
POWER TIMER
1 BLACK
TRUNK,
LEFT HAND
- RH ,NAS
ONLY,
BTX,
Z-WAY AMP JUNlOR
POWER TIMER,
BLACK
TRUNK,
RIGHT HAND
TNL
LAMP
TAIL LAMP
LH
BT3,
I’-WAY
AMP JUNIOR
TlMER,
BLACK
TRUNK,
LEFT HAND
- RH
BTX
I ,-WAY
AMP JUNIOR
TIMER
I BLACK
TRUNK,
RIGHT HAND
UNIT“NIT
Connector BUS
TRUNK
FUSE BOX
STOP LAMP
,#5)
BROWN
BUS
TRUNK
FUSE BOX
RELAY it431
BROWN
BUS
TRUNK
FUSE BOX
RELAY
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
SIDE SIDE SIDE
CONNECTORS Location
/ Access
Connector
Type / Color
AC13
X-WA,
BB,
S~WAY MULTILOCK
070 /YELLOW
TR”NK,ABO”E
RIGHT
HAND
REAR WHEEL
ARCH
BLI
a-WAY
070 /WHITE
TRUNK,
RIGHT HAND
REAR WHEEL
ARCH
BTI
20.WAY
M”LT,LOCK
070,
WHITE
TRUNK,ABO”E
RIGHT HAND
REAR WHEEL
ARCH
812
Z-WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
WHITE
TRUNKIABOVE
RIGHT HAND
REAR WHEEL
ARCH
RH2
ZO~WAY MULTILOCK
070,WHITE
REAR OF CENTER
CONSOLE
ASSEMBLY
RH12
18.WAY
070,YELLOW
REAR OF CENTER
CONSOLE
ASSEMBLY
MULTILOCK
070,
MULTILOCK
MULTILOCK
FASCIA
YELLOW
BOTTOM
CONNECTOR
ABOVE
MOUNTING
BRACKET/
RIGHT
HAND
SIDE
GROUNDS
EYELET
(PAIR, - LEFT HAND
LEG /TRANSMISSION
TUNNEL.
RIGHT
FCSBL
EYELET
(PAIR) - LEFT HAND
LEG,
TUNNEL.
LEFT HAND
GROUND
GROUND
GROVNC
FCBBR
EYELET
(PAIR) - RIGHT
SCP NETWORK
2 - 1600Hz
RHIS
EYELET
(SINGLE),
Active B+ B+
ON FEEDBACK
Ground
Location
BTlAR
EYELET
IPAIR) - RlGHT
/ Type HAND
LEG,
BTZAR
EYELET
(PAIR) -RIGHT
HAND
LEG ,TR”NK,
BTBS
EYELET
(SINGLE,
ITRUNK,
ADJACENT
TO BA”ERY RlGHT
REAR
LEFT REAR
HAND
TRANSMlSSlON
LEG,
RIGHT HAND
TRANSMISSION
TUNNEL,
HAND
SIDE SIDE
LEFT HAND
SIDE
REAR QUARTER
B+
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
values for Control
Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network
Module
communications
on this data page is furnished
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. “Active”
SIDE
/ Access
Color / Stripe BROWN
TAIL LAMP
I Color
Location
Relay REAR FOG RELAY fttli
FCIBL
CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.
CARRlER
RELAYS
GROUND
D C S
ELECTRICAL
REAR SIDE MARKER
2-1600HZ GROUND
are used to represent
TRUNK,
REAR SIDE MARKER
GROUND
symbols
F*sCIA
BLACK BLACK
NUMBER
AND LOCKING
CARRIER
COLUMN
NUMBER
Inactive GROUND B+ B+
Input output Signal Ground
ELECTRICAL
STEERlNG
070 II YELLOW
B+
ON,
MODULE
Description REVERSE LAMPSUPPLY BArnENPOWER SUPPLY REAR FOG LAMP RELAY ACTIVATE SWNETWORK GROUND
LIGHTING
TRUNK,UNDERSlDE OFLID TRUNK,REARWARD OFSUBWOOFER SPEAKER
AMP MOS /YELLOW
10.WAY
FC25,48-WAY FC26,24-WAY
PACK
Location
PASSENGER
B+ ,LlGHTS
Inactive
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
I 0 SG
MAJOR
PACK
AND LOCKING
1 I
I
LlGHTlNG
Description SCPNETWORK SCPNETWORK CANNETWORK CANNETWORK
Pin BT‘V-5 BT40-6 8740-7 BT40-8 BT40~13 BT40-14
0
LAMP CONTROL
B+
GROUND
LAMP SUPPLY
SWlTCHED
INSTRUMENT
SECURITY
B-
GROUND
GROUND
7
BB2 - ,600 HZ
RH TAiL LAMP SUPPLY
s c c
HlGHMOUNTSTOPLAMPICON”., HlGHMOUNTSTOPLAMPICOUPE)
ON,
2 - ,500 HZ
LH TAiL LAMP SUPPLY
Pin FC25-19 FC2520 FC25-24 FC25-47
GROUND
B-
B- iLIGHTS
LH STOP LAMP SUPPLY
S
GROUND
ON1
GROUND
RH STOP Lplrvlylp SUPPLY
r;l/
B-
iLED ONi
Bi iLIGHT
PLATE LAMP SVPPLY
SIDE MARKER
Component BODYPROCESSOR MODULE BRAKE SWlTCH CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK FUSEBOX-TRUNK
B-
GROUND
MODULE
LH TAIL&SIDE
MAJOR
B-
GROUND
Description RHSTOPLAMPSUPPLY LHSTOPLAMPSUPPLY
0
Inactive B+
Active GROUND iMOMENTARYi
CONTROL
MESSAGES.
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz
Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency
to aid the user in understanding
circuit operation.
KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION
SHOULD BE USED FOR
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE
OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY
1998
OF COMPONENTS.
RELAYS,
COMPONENTS Component
Connector
/ Type / Color
Location
/ Access
HEADLAMP
LEVELING
ACTUATOR
- LH
LF34,J~WAY
REINSHAGEN
i BLACK
HEADLAMP
ASSEMBLY!
REAR
HEADLAMP
LEVELING
ACTUATOR
- RH
LF24.‘3~WAY
REINSHAGEN
, BLACK
HEADLAMP
ASSEMBLY,
REAR
LEVELiNG
SWITCH
(CENTER
CONSOLE
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector LF60
SWITCH
PACK,
FC55 ,ZO-WAY
CENTER
CONSOLE
SWITCH
PACK
CONNECTORS
Type I Color Z-WAY
FORD ICC, BLACK
MULTILOCK
Location 070 /WHITE
LEFT HAND
/ Access ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR
MOUNTING
BRACKET
,“A’
POST TRIM
GROUNDS Ground
Location
FCZBR
EYELET
/ Type
LFlAL
EYELET (PAIR)
LFZBR
EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND
iPAIR, -RIGHT
HAND
LEFT HAND
LEG /TRANSMISSION LEG, LEG,
RIGHT
HAND
ENGINE
TUNNEL.
LEFT HAND
SIDE
HEADLAMP
COMPARTMENT.
FORWARD
OF LEFT HAND
HOOD CATCH
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE
OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY
1998
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE 7 Pin Description I DDlO~l BATTERY POWER SUPPLY S
DDIO-8
LOGIC GROUND
DDIO-9
SCP NEYWORK
COMPONENTS Active B+ GROUND 2- 1600wz B+ 2 1600Hz GROUND
0
DD,O-14
DRIVER DOOR PUDDLE
S
DDIO-16
SCP NETWORK
I
0010-17
POWER GROUND
/
DDlM
DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL
UNLOCK
1
DC,,-12
DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL
LOCK REQUEST
I
DDl,-20
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH
PASSENGER 7 Pin I DPIO-,
LAMP SUPPLY
DOOR CONTROL
REOUES,
Inactive
Component
B-
BODY PROCESSOR
GROUND
DIODE iBT29)
GROUUD
GROUhD
87
(DOOR OPEN)
B-
Inactive B-
/
DP,O-8
LOGlC GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
S
CPlO 9
SW NETWORK
*-
POWER SUPPLY
1600 HZ
0
DPlO-14
PASSENGER
s
DPlO-16
SCP NETWORK
2 - 1600 Hz
I
CP10~17
POWER GROUND
GROUND
1
DPil20
PASSENGER
GROUND
LAMP SUPPLY
B- iLIGHT
DOOR SWITCH
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE 7 Pin Description lGNlTlON
SWITCHED
lGNlTlON
GROUND
GROUND
ON)
GROUND B-
(DOOR OPEN,
Inactive
GROUND
SUPPLY
GROUND
LAMP SUPPLY GROUND
SUPPLY
SUPPLY
Bi
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
KEY IN IGNlTlON
GROUND
LAMP FADE 2 OUTPUT
B+ FADES
BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY
ILOGIC)
2
SCP NETWORK LIGHTING/MOTORS
BATTERY
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
LAMP POWER SUPPLY
Bi
POWER SUPPLY
B-i
The following
symbols
CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.
D C S
values for Control
Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network
communications
on this data page is furnished
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. “Active”
Module
ADJACENT
DC,0 I) 22~WAY CD, 1,22-WAY
FORD 2.8 TIMER, FORD 2.8 TIMER,
BLUE BLACK
DRl”ER
CPlO: *Z-WAY DP,, IDWAY
FORD 2.8 TIMER! FORD 2 8 TIMER,
BLUE BLACK
PASSENGER
DOOR,
DOOR CASiNG
DOOR,
DOOR CASING
III LC, BLACK
DRl”ER
DOOR,
DOOR CASING
/II LC i BLACK
DRIVER DOOR,
DOOR CASING
DOOR SWITCH
CP3 i 13.WAY
ECONOSEAL
\\I LC I BLACK
PASSENGER
DD3,
- DRIVER
-PASSENGER
IS-WAY
FOOTWELL
LAMP - LH
X31,
FOOTWELL
LAMP-
FC32!2-WAYAMPJUNIOR
RH
FC33, FC34.
BOX LAMP
IGNiTlON
SWITCH
PUDDLE
LAMP-
PUDDLE
LAMP-
REAR lNTERlOR
P-WAY AMP JUNIOR
IKEY~IN DRIVER
DDI4,
Z-WAY
070,
AMP JVNIOR
RH3 :2-WAY
ONLY1
RFiO,
POWER TIMER
MULTILOCK
070,
FOODVELL
BOX
STEERING
WHITE
COLUMN
DRIVER DOOR
I BLACK
PASSENGER
POWERT,MER!BLACK
AMP JUNIOR
&WA,’
GLOVE
POWER TIMER
FOOTWELL
RIGHT HAND
STRAIGHT STRAIGHT
DP14i2~WAYAMPJ”NlOR
DOOR
(COUPE
LUCAR LUCAR
DOOR I DOOR CASlNG
LEFT HAND
i BLACK
POWERTlMERiBLACK
FCS, B-WAY MULTlLOCK
SWITCH, DOOR
PASSENGER LAMP
V&A, I-WAY
POWER TlMER
DOOR
REAR CENTER
/WHITE
INTERIOR
GREY
OF HEAD LlNlNG
ROOF
TRUNK
LAIMP
BT56,2-WAYAMPJUNIOR
POWERT,MER,WHITE
TRUNK,
LEFT HAND
TRUNK
LAMP - RH
BT59,
POWER TIMER
TRUNK,
RIGHT
TRUNK
SWITCH
BT46 i ?-WAY
LH
Z-WAY
AMP JUNIOR AUGAT
: WHITE
LAMP - LH
RF8,3-WAY
MULTILOCK
070 iYELLOW
SUN VISOR
VANITY
LAMP-
RF,,
MULTILOCK
070,
SUN VISOR
Connector
3-WAY
HAND
SIDE SDE
TRUNK
1.6 i BLACK
“ANIl?
RH
BRACKET
TO BATFERY
YELLOW
CONNECTORS Location
Type I Color 070,
TRUNK,
WHITE
I Access
ABOVE
RIGHT
HAND
20.WAY
MULTILOCK
23WAY
AMP - FORD,
BLACK
DRIVER
X-WAY
AMP - FORD,
BLACK
PASSENGER
SIDE ‘A’ POST,‘A’ ‘fl
REAR WHEEL
SIDE ‘X POST MOUNTlNG
18~WAY MULTILOCK
070,
YELLOW
RIGHT
PO-WAY MULTlLOCK
070,
WHITE
REAR OF CENTER
HAND
POST TRIM
POSTTRIM
POST CONNECTOR CONSOLE
ARCH
BRACKET,‘A’ MOUNTING
BRACKET,
‘K POST TRIM
ASSEMBLY
GROUNDS GROUND B+
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
are used to represent
TRUNK,,
SIDE FASCIA,AIRBAG
ECONOSEAL
Ground
Location
MESSAGES.
CONTROL
I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground
DIODE
/ Access
PASSENGER
GREY
B+ 1500 tir
2 - 1800 Hi
GLOVE BOX /VANITY
BT29,
AMP EEEC,
ECONOSEAL
TO D “)
B+
SCP NETWORK
104~WAY
DD3,lSWAY
B-
(KEY IN)
Location
/ Type / Color
FC14!
DOOR SWITCH-DRIVER
GROUND
INTERIOR
TRUNK,
PASSENGER
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
I INTERIOR
IGNITION
- DRIVER
ROOF CONSOLE
Active
SWITCHED
FOOTWELL
MODULE MODULE-
GLOVE
MODULE
DOOR PUDDLE
DOOR CONTROL DOOR CONTROL
DOOR LOCK SWITCHES
B- fMOMENWRYI
BATTERY
SWITCH
GROUND GROUND
Active
-TRUNK
GROUND
B+ IMOMENTARY)
Description
Connector MODULE
I Type
EYELET
IPAIR, - RIGHT
EYELET
(PAIRI
EYELET
(PAIRI - RlGHT
EYELET
,PAlRi
HAND
LEFT HAND HAND
- LEFT HAND
EYELET
(PAIR)
EYELET
IPAIR, - LEFT HAND
RIGHT HAND
EYELET
iPAIR
EYELET
(PAIR, - LEFT HAND
- RIGHT HAND
EYELET
,PAlR,
EYELET
(PAIR, - LEFT HAND
EYELET
(PAIR) - RIGHT HAND
EYELET
iSiNGLE,,
MODULE
- RlGHT
HAND
RIGHT
LEG /ADJACENT LEG,
TO BATTERY
RIGHT HAND
LEG, LEG,
RlGHT
LEG,
‘!4’ POST
RIGHT HAND HAND
RIGHT HAND
LEG ,TRANSMlSSlON LEFT HAND
LEG, LEG, LEG,
HAND
LEFT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND
‘A’ POST TUNNEL,
LEG /TRANSMISSION LEG,
‘A.’ POST ‘K POST
TUNNEL,
LEFT HAND
SIDE
LEFT HAND
SIDE
‘A’ POST ‘A’ POST ‘A’ POST ‘A’ POST
REAR QUARTER
PIN OUT INFORMATION
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz
to aid the user in understanding
Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation.
KHz MS MV
Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts
THIS INFORMATION
SHOULD BE USED FOR
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE
OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY
1998
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS.
CONTROL DIMMER 7
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
MODULE
Pin
COMPONENTS
Description
Active
MAJOR
INSTRUMENT
PACK ILLUMlNATlON
BULB SUPPLY
B+ (LIGHTS
ON)
Inactive GROUND
MAJOR
INSTRUMENT
PACK ILLUMINATION
BULB SUPPLY
B+ iLIGHTS
ONi
GROUND
IGNITION
SWlTCHED
SIDE LAMPS
GROUND
SUPPLY
GROUND
ON REQUEST
POTENTIOMETER
FEEDBACK
DIMMER
POTENTIOMETER
REFERENCE
GENERAL
ILLUMlNATlON
BULB SUPPLY
B- iLIGHTS
GENERAL
ILLUMlNATlON
BULB SUPPLY
B- (LIGHTS
SUPPLY
BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY
BATTERY
VOLTAGE
POTENTIOMETER
CENTER ClGAR
CONSOLE
SWITCH
PANEL PACK
LIGHTER
REFERENCE
CONVERTIBLE
13V=DIM,4V=BR,GHT
GROUND
VOLTAGE
MULTlLOCK
FCSS i *&WAY
FORD IDC I BLACK
TOP SWITCH
CONTROL
ON,
FC62 / 1o-‘“v*Y
ONi
GROUND
DIMMER
CONTROL
ON,
GROUND
DIMMER
MODVLE
GROUND
GROUND
GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMiNATlON
B-
B-
LIGHTING
(COLUMN
B-
k?A
MAJOR
INSTRUMENT
PACK
4v
0"
FC25 .‘48-WAY Fczs: 24.WAY
MlNOR
INSTRUMENT
PACK
FCE
OFF WATCH
iCOLUMN
STALK
SWITCHGEAR) MODULE
SWITCHGEAR)
ITRAVSMISSIONI
SWITCH
PACK
SWITCH
PACK - DRIVER
SWITCH
PACK-PASSENGER
VALET
AMP MOL:
BLACK
DRIVER
SWlTCH
070iWHlTE
FC88 / IO-WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
FRONT
‘2O~WAY
MULTlLOCK
070i
?&WAY
DP,,!
MVLTILOCK
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
M”LTlLOCK
NvlP
Rx,,
AMP MOL, AMP MOL,
FUSE BOX
COLUMN
REARWARD CENTER
OF GEAR SELECTOR
CONSOLE
DRIVER DOOR
BLACK
BLACK 040,
FASCIA
ASSEMBLY
FASCIA
WHITE
040:
AMP MU,
HAND
FASCIA
BLACK 070,
COWL
RIGHT
OF GEAR SELECTOR
STEERING
‘BLACK ‘BLACK
040 I BLACK
AMP Mm:
FCZ7,10-WAY IO-WAY
YELLOW
AMP PCB SIGNAL AMP PCB SIGNAL
BYWAY MVLTlLOCK
FC67,lO~WAY
WHITE
SELECTOR
OF GEAR SELECTOR COLUMN
ADJACENTTO
DDS,
SWlTCH
0F Gm*
STEERING
DD17 I2O~WAY
AND FUEL FILL RELEASE
OF GEAR SELECTOR
Fomv.4RD
040 / BLACK
DOOR MEMORY
SWITCH
CONSOLE
FORWARD
MULTILOCK
DOOR
PACK
CENTER
FC23 II 12.WAY
FC35 ’ 10.WAY
DOOR
CONSOLE
SC17 SWAY
MULTlLOCK
/ Access
CENTER
REARWARD
IClO I ZO-WAY MULTILOCK
TRIP COMPUTER
Location
BLUE
FC63 : l0~WA.Y AMP MOL I NATURAL
SC2 ! lO~WAY
RADIO
TRUNK
040,
PC42 I Z~WAY AMP, BLACK FC59 1 LUCAR RIGHT ANGLE
CRUISE
MODE SWITCH
I Type / Color
FC43 I 12.WAY
GROUND
GROUND
POWER SUPPLY
DIMMER
Connector CONTROL
GROUND
DIMMER
GROUND
Component AIR CONDITIONING
DRIVER DOOR BLACK
PASSENGER
MOL i BLACK
DOOR
FASCIA
i DRIVER SIDE
NATURAL
FASCl.4,
DRIVER SIDE
BLACK
DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER
CONNECTORS
Connector AC15
Type / Color 20.WAY
Location
DD1
23 WAY AMP
DP,
ZS-WAY
AMP - FORD,
ICI
*O-WAY
MVLTILOCK
070,
YELLOW
BELOW
SC3
12~WAY
MULTlLOCK
070,
GREY
RIGHT
MULTlLOCK
070,
GREY
FORD I BLACK BLACK
/ Access
FASCIA
BOTTOM
DRIVER
SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTlNG
PASSENGER
SIDE’A’POSTI’A
CENTER HAND
CONNECTOR
CONSOLE
MOUNTING
BRACKET!
BRACKET,‘A’
RIGHT HAND
SlDE
POST TRlM
POSTTRlM GLOVE
SIDE OF STEERING
BOX COLUMN
GROUNDS Ground
Location
CE2
EYELET
iS,NGLEi
FCZAL
EYELET
iPAIR
-LEFT
HAND
LEG,
RiGHT
HAND
‘A’ POST
FC?BL
EYELET
iPAIR
- LEFT HAND
LEG,
RIGHT HAND
‘N POST
FCZBR
EYELET
(PAIR) - RIGHT HAND
FCOBL
EYELET
,PAlRi
FCSBR
EYELET
IPAIR) - RIGHT HAND
FC4AL
EYELET
iPAIR
HAND
LEG,
LEFT HAND
‘A’ POST
FC4BL
EYELET
(PAIRI - LEFT HAND
LEG,
LEFT HAND
‘K POST
FC4BR
EYELET
(PAIR
CONTROL
MODULE
/ Type /ABOVE
RIGHT
LEFT HAND -LEFT
- RIGHT HAND
HAND
LEG, LEG, LEG,
LEG,
SIDE OF TRANSMlSSlON
RIGHT HAND TRANSMlSSlON
LEFT HAND
PIN OUT INFORMATION
‘A’ POST TUNNEL,
TRANSMlSSlON
TUNNEL
TUNNEL.
LEFT HAND
SIDE
LEFT HAND
SlDE
‘K POST
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following
symbols
are used to represent
I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.
D C S
values for Control
Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network
communications
on this data page is furnished
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. “Active”
Module
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz
to aid the user in understanding
Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation.
KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION
SHOULD BE USED FOR
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; ” Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE
OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY
1998
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
POWER ASSISTED STEERING >J Pin Description 0
FC16~2
TRANSDUCER
I
FC16~4
VEHICLE
0
FC16-5
TRANSDUCER
FC16-6
IGNlTiON
FC16-8
GROUND
I
CONTROL
MODULE
COMPONENTS 2 V 0 IDLE DECREASING
SPEED POSITIVE
SWITCHED
Inactive
Active
NEGATIVE
POWER SUPPLY
WITH VEHICLE
SPEED
POWER ASSlSTED
l3a @ 10 MPH iIS KWHI
= 20 HZ. 20 MPH 132 KWH,
9”
WITH VEHICLE
@ IDLE INCREASlNG
Connector
Component
= 40 HI
SPEED
B-
0”
0”
0”
STEERING
CONTROL
VARIABLE
STEERING
CONVERTER
- LHD
LL2,2~WAY
VARIABLE
STEERING
CONVERTER
- RHD
EM18 /I-WAY
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Location
I Type I Color
FCIG,O-WAYRISTS
MODULE
RELAY,BLACKAND
AMP JUNIOR AMP J”NlOR
FASCIA,
RED
POWER TiMER, POWER TIMER,
BLACK BLACK
I Access
AD.,ACENT
TO RH SIDE FUSE BOX
STEERING
RACK,
CONTROL
VALVE
STEERING
RACK!
CONTROL
VALVE
CONNECTORS
Connector EMZ
Type / Color II-WAYMULTILOCK 070iYELLOW
Location ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTD
RIGHT HAND
LL1
Z~WAY ECONOSEAL
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT:ADJACENTTO
STARTER
111LC, BLACK
/ Access ENCLOSURE
MOTOR
GROUNDS Ground FC28R
Location EYELET
iPA\Ri - RIGHT
HAND
LEG,
RIGHT HAND
FC4BR
EYELET
iPAIR, - RIGHT
HAND
LEG,
LEFT HAND
CONTROL
The following
symbols
are used to represent
I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.
D C S
Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network
Module
B+ V Hz
Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency
to aid the user in understanding
those that can be expected means a load is applied or
PIN OUT INFORMATION
‘N POST ‘K POST
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
Pin Out data:
communications
on this data page is furnished
NOTE: The values listed are approximately connected and fitted. “Active”
COmPOnentS
values for Control
MODULE
/ Type
at the control a switch
is ON;
circuit operation. module “Inactive”
connector means
KHz MS MV
Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts
THIS INFORMATION pins with a load
is not
all circuit applied
SHOULD BE USED FOR connections made and all a switch is OFF.
or
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE
OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY
1998
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR v
PIN OUT INFORMATION MODULE
COMPONENTS
Description
I
Pin FCI4.11
Active
AUTO TlLT REOUEST
GROUND
1
FCi415
IGNITION
SWITCHED
I
FC14-25
COLUMN
MOTOR
GROUND
I
FC14-32
IGNiTlDN
SWITCHED
0
FC14.40
COLUMN
MOTOR
I
FC14.41
IGNITION
GROUND
0
FC14-52
COLUMN
RE*CH
I
FC14-58
NOT IN-PARK
I
FC14-66
COLUMN
I
GROUND
SUPPLY
GROUND
SUPPLY REFERENCE
VOLT*GE
GROUND
COLUMN
GROUND
GROUND
DOOR CONTROL
FC14-67
KEY IN IGNITION
0
FC14-78
COLUMN
REACH MOTOR
I
FC14-80
BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY
B+ FEEDBACK
(R.N.W.32
0 5 ” fO”T,: GROUND
SUPPLY
4”
ILOGIC)
5
FC14-84
SCP NETWORK
FC14-85
SW NETWORK
I
FC14-87
COLUMN
MOVEMENT
REQUEST
0
FC14-90
COLUMN
TILT MOTOR
POTENTIOMETER
0
FC14~91
COLUMN
REACH MOTOR
I
FC14-93
COLUMN
TILT MOTOR
POTENTIOMETER
COLUMN
TILT MOTOR
SUPPLY
GROUND
,GN,T,ON
B- (PARKI
NOT~IN-P*IRK
BGROUND B-
,KEY IN,
B.
SWITCH
2 - ,600 Hz *-
POTENTIOMETER
0
FC14-99
0
FC14-100
COLUMN
TILT MOTOR
SVPPLY
I
FC14-I02
COLUMN
MOVEMENT
MOTORS
BATTERY
GROUND
REFERENCE
GROUND
FEEDBACK
= 8.5 “, EXTEND
c 6.8”
GROUND
GROUND
GROVND
GROUND
“P=4”,DDWN=O.S”
POWER SUPPLY
(KEY-IN
RX,
MlCROSWlTCH COLUMN
PACK-
B+
GROUND
B-
GROUND
MULTILOCK
I S-WAY
MULTlLOCK
DDS i 10.WAY
DOOR MEMORY
MDKi
I Access COLUMN,
STEERING
BLACK
LEFT H*ND
SIDE FASCIA, COLUMN,
AIRBAG
LEFT HAND
DRIVER
DOOR,
DOOR CASING
DRIVER
DOOR,
DOOR CASING
SIDE BRACKET SIDE
I BLACK
111LC, BLACK 070,
FC60: S-WAY MULTlLOCK FC6, .‘SWAY MULTlLOCK
MOTORS
DRIVER
ECONOSEAL
FC4! I-WAY
SWTCH,
STEERlNG
BLACK
PASSENGER
GROTE AND HARTM*N
DD3 ’ l3WAY
DRIVER
MDK:
GREY
DD,0;22~WAYFORD28T,MER,BLUE DDll 22.WAY FORD 2 8 TlMER
DRIVER
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
1500 HZ
UP = 10 1 V. DOWN = 12.1 V. RETRACT REFERENCE
MODULE
H*RTMAN
AMP EEEC,
SC9 /g-WAY
SWlTCHGEARi
Location
/ Type I Color
WAY GROTE *ND
FC,4,,04-WAY
MODULE
SWITCH
STEERING
(IN,
B-
s
SC9,8
SWITCHGEAR)
JOY STICK (COLUMN
DOOR SWITCH
GROUND
SUPPLY POTENTlOMETER
(COLUMN
BODY PROCESSOR
GROUND
GROUND
REACH MOTOR
TILT SWITCH
5v
SUPPLY MOTOR
Connector
Component AVTO
GROUND
SUPPLY
POTENTIOMETER
Inactive B+
STEERING
WHITE
COLVMN
070 ‘WHITE
GEAR SELECTOR
070: 070:
STEERING
WHITE YELLOW
DRIVER
AMP MOL ‘BLACK
ASSEMBLY
COLUMN
DOOR
CONNECTORS
Connector AC14
Type I Color II-WAY
MULTILOCK
DD1
23WAY
AMP
SC2
10.WAY
MULTILOCK
SC3
1Z~WAY MULTILOCK
Location 070 i GREY
FORD,
BLACK
I Access
F*SC,A
BO”OM
DR,“ER
SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING
OF,! YELLOW
ADJXENTTO
070,
RIGHT
GREY
HAND
CONNECTOR STEERING
MOVNTING
COLUMN
SIDE OF STEERING
BRKKET,
BRACKET.RlGHT
HAND
SIDE
‘N POST TRIM
MOTOR COLUMN
B,
GROUNDS DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE c7 Pin Description I DD,O-l BdTTERY POWER SUPPLY
B+
Inactive B+ GROUND
Active
Location EYELET
IPAIR) - RIGHT
HAND
LEG,
RIGHT
HAND
‘A’ POST
FC?BR
EYELET
IP*IRl-
HAND
LEG,
RIGHT
HAND
‘4’ POST
FCBBL
EYELET
(PAlR, -LEFT
I
DDIO-8
LOGIC GROUND
GROUND
S
DDIO-9
SCP NETWORK
2-1600Hr
FCBBR
EYELET
(PAl.8,
s
DD,O-16
SCP NEWORK
2
FC4AR
EYELET
I
DDIO-I7
POWER GROUND
GROUND
FC4BR
EYELET
0
DD11~2
SEAT MEMORY
I
DDII-6
MEMORY
1
DD11~20
DRIVER DOOR SWTCH
GROUND
I
DDI,-21
MEMORY
1 RECALL
REQUEST
B+ IMOMENT*RYI
1
cm,,-22
MEMORY
2 RECALL
REQUEST
STATUS
symbols
GROUND
SET REQUEST
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
The following
LED
CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.
D C S
GROUND (LED ON)
B+
(DOOR OPEN1
B+ GROUND GROUND
CONTROL
B+
B+ ~MOMENTARYI
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
are used to represent
I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground
1600 Hz
values for Control
Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network
B+ V Hz
to aid the user in understanding
those that can be expe&ed means a load is applied
at or
MODULE
RlGHT RlGHT
HAND
LEG,
TRANSMISSION
TUNNEL,
H*ND
LEG /TRANSMISSION
IPAIR) -RIGHT
HAND
LEG,
LEFT HAND
‘A’ POST
(PAIR,
HAND
LEG,
LEFT HAND
‘4’ POST
RIGHT
PIN OUT INFORMATION
TUNNEL,
LEFT HAND
SIDE
LEFT HAND
SIDE
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
MESSAGES.
Pin Out data:
communications
on this data page is furnished
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. “Active”
Module
/ Type
Ground FCPAR
the
a switch
control is ON;
KHz MS MV
Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit module “Inactive”
operation.
Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts
THIS INFORMATION
connector
pins
means
a load
with is not
all
circuit
applied
SHOULD BE USED FOR connections
ma&
or a switch
is OFF.
and
all
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE
OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY
1998
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR ‘7 I I I I s s
Pin FC14-15 FC14-32 FC1441 FC14-58 FC14~80 FC14-84 FC,$-85
PIN OUT INFORMATION COMPONENTS
MODULE
Description IGNlTlON SW,TCHED GROUND SUPPLY IGNlTlON WATCHED GROUND SUPPLY IGNITION GROUND SUPPLY NOT~IWPARK BATTERY POWER SUPPLY iLOGIC, SCPNETWORK SCPNETWORK
inactive
Active
BODY PROCESSOR
GROUND
POWER SUPPLY
DRIVER DOOR MIRROR
VERTICAL
1 HORIZONTAL
MOTOR
COMMON
SUPPLY
FORD 2.8 TIMER, FORD 2.8 TIMER,
B+ (PARK, B+
DOOR CONTROL
MODVLE
DPtO! 22.WAY DP, 1,22-WAY
FORD 2.8 TIMER/BLUE FORD 2.8 TIMER! BLACK
MOTORS
DDBr’ll~WAY
MULTlLOCK040,BL”E
DOOR MIRROR
MOTORS-PASSENGER
DPB! 1%WAY
MULTliOCK
DOOR SWITCH
-DRIVER
DD3:
ECONOSEAL
= DOWN
GROUND
GROUND
SW NETWORK
2
SCP NETWORK
2- 1600 HZ
POWER GROUND
GROUND
MOVEMENT MOVEMEYT
MOTOR MOTOR
DRIVER DOOR MIRROR
POTENTIOMETER
COMMON
DRIVER DOOR MIRROR
POTENTlOMETER
HORIZONTAL
REFERENCE
DRIVER DOOR MIRROR
POTENTIOMETER
VERTICAL
VOLTAGE
POSlTlON POSlTlON
FEEDBACK
STAT”?,
LED
MOVEMENT
REOUEST
B-
,LED DN)
GROUND
Br = LEFT
GROUND
LH HORiZONTAL
MOVEMENT
REQUEST
B+ = LEFT
GROUND=
Bi = DOWN
GROUND
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH
GROUND
B+
MEMORY
1 RECALL
REQUEST
B+ iMOMENTARYi
GROUND
MEMORY
2 RECALL
REQUEST
B+ ~MOMENTARY~
GROUND
SW NETWORK
FC25~24
CAN NETWORK
c
FC25-47
CAN NETWORK
DOOR CONTROL POWER SUPPLY
PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL, HORlZONTAL MOVEMENT
MOTORS
PASSENGER
DOOR MlRROR
HORlZONTAL
(DOOR OPEN)
PASSENGER
DOOR MIRROR
VERTICAL
Active Br B+= LEFT,DOWN
Inactive B+
MOTOR
BC= RIGHT
GROUND
GROUND
Bi = UP
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
SCP NETWORK
2 - 1600 H3
SW NETWORK
2- 1600 Hi
POWER GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE
B+
B+
MOVEMENT
MOTOR
DOOR MlRROR POTENTIOMETER POSiTlON FEEDBACK VOLTAGE
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
symbols
CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.
D C S
040,
FASClA
BLACK I BLACK
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH
BLACK
FC87 /3-‘&N
MULTILOCK
070 /WHITE
GEAR SELECTOR
DD5 : IO-WAY
AMP MCIL!
BLACK
DRl”ER
PACK
ASSEMBLY
DOOR
CONNECTORS Location
Type / Color 14.WAY
MULTILOCK
X-WAY
AMP
FORD,
23.WAY
AMP - FORD,
I Access
FASClA
BO”OM
BLACK
DR,“ER
SIDE ‘R POST MOUNTING
BLACK
PASSENGER
070,
GREY
CONNECTOR
SiDE ‘A’ POST,
MOUNTlNG
BRACKET:
BRACKET/‘*’
RIGHT
HAND
SIDE
POST TRIM
‘A’ POST TRlM
= DOWN,
LEFT
Ground
Location
FC2AR
EYELET (PAIRI - RIGHT
FCBAS
EYELET iSlNGLEi/
= RIGHT
FCBBR
EYELET
(PAIR) -RIGHT
HAND
LEG,
TRANSMISSION
RiGHT
FC4AR
EYELET
,PA,R, - RIGHT
HAND
LEG,
LEFT HAND
= UP
I Type HAND
LEG,
TRANSMISSION
RIGHT TUNNEL,
HAND
‘4’ POST
LEFT HAND
SIDE
TUNNEL,
LEFT HAND
SIDE
‘K POST
= UP
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
1 ” = LEFT. 8”
values for Control
Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network
Module
communications
on this data page is furnished
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. “Active”
= RIGHT,
UP
= RIGHT
1”=DOWN;B”=“P
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
are used to represent
I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground
AMP PCB SIGNAL: AMP PCB SIGNAL
DOOR
DRIVER DOOR i DOOR CASING
COMMON
MOVEMENT
LOGIC GROUND
PASSENGER HORE’ONTAL
DOOR MEMORY
PASSENGER
MODULE
Description BATTERY
DRl”ER
DOOR CASING
DRIVER DOOR BLUE
111LC I BLACK
MULTILOCK
DOOR,
Active
PASSENGER DOOR MiRROR POTENTIOMETER VERTICAL POSlTiON FEEDBACK VOLTAGE
The following
GROUND
REOUEST
X25-20
DPIO-z
GROUND
MOVEMENT
c
PACKI
X-WAY
PASSENGER
BRACKET
DOOR CASING
GROUNDS
B+ = UP, RIGHT
RH HORIZONTAL
REQUEST
DD,,!
040,
DRIVER DOOR,
BLUE BLACK
,“=LEFT;B”=RIGHT
Bi
MOVEMENT
PACK-
GROUND B+
B+ = DOWN
SET REOUEST
DOOR SWITCH
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
I”=DOWN.B”=UP
SELECT
(DRIVER
13WAY
FC25,48~WAY FC26 i 24~w*Y
PACK
MICROSWITCH
Connector
1600 Hz
B-
FEEDBACK
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK V Pin Description s FC25-19 SCP NETWORK
0
SWTCH
LOGIC GROUND
s
DRIVER
/ Access SIDE FASCIAIAIRBAG
UP = LEFT
RH VERTICAL
Pin DP,O-1
= RIGHT,
GROUND
SEAT MEMORY
PASSENGER
GROUND
GROUND
VERTICAL
LH VERTICAL
INSTRUMENT
NOT-IN-PARK
B-=UP
HOW0NTA.L
DRIVER DOOR MIRROR
MEMORY
PASSENGER
DOOR MIRROR
PARROR JOYSTlCK
BA = RlGHT
DRIVER DOOR MIRROR
MIRROR
V 1
DOWN,
PASSENGER
GREY
DDlO, 22.WAY DD, 1,22-WAY
Inactive BT
B+ = LEFT:
AMP EEEC,
MODULE-DRIVER
MODULE Active BT
Location
I Type I Color
FC,4,104-WAY
DOOR CONTROL
GROUND
GROUND ~R.N.D.4.3.21 B2 - 1500HZ 2 - 1600wz
Description BATTERY
MODULE
GROUND
MAJOR
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL
Connector
Component
GROUND
MESSAGES.
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz
Battery voltage Voltage (DC] Frequency
to aid the user in understanding
circuit operation.
KHz MS MV
Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts
THIS INFORMATION
SHOULD BE USED FOR
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE
OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY
1998
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE 7 Pin Description IGNlTlON
SWITCHED
COMPONENTS Inactive
Active GROUND
SUPPLY
BODY PROCESSOR
SIDE LAMP REOUEST
GROUND
DOOR CONTROL
DIPPED BEAM REQUEST
GROUND
BLUE
DRIVER
BLUE
PASSENGER
REAR VIEW MIRROR
RF*,
6.WAY
070 /YELLOW
W,NDSHlELD,
STALK
SC2
IO-WAY
SCP NETWORK
2 - 1600 HZ
LIGHTING
M,RROR
B-
I
DD10~8
LOGIC GROUND
GROUND
S
DD1*~9
SCP NETWORK
*-1600Hi
S
DDlO-16
SCP NETWORK
I
DDll
DOOR MIRROR
Inactive B, GROUND
Active
*POWER FOLD BACK REOUEST
PASSENGER (COLUMN
INSTRUMENT
SWITCHGEAR,
JOY STICK ,DRl”ER
DOOR SWITCH
MODULE
SEAT CONTROL
MODULE-PASSENGER
AND LOCKING
MULTlLOCK
CONTROL
DOOR SWlTCH
BELOW
SEAT CUSHION
SP3: SP5,
BELOW
SEAT CUSHION
TRUNK
i ELECTRICAL
16.WAY IO-WAY
MULTILOCK
040 i BLACK
FORD 2.8 TIMER FORD 2.8 TIMER
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Inactive BA
Active GROUND
/ BLACK I BLACK
Location
AC13
Z-WAY
MULTlLOCK
070,
YELLOW
FAX,,%
BOTTOM
CONNECTOR
MD”NTlNG
BRACKET
AC14
14.WAY
MULTlLOCK
070,
GREY
FASCIA
BOTTOM
CONNECTOR
MOUNTING
BRACKET!
LEFT HAND
MOUNTlNG
GROUND
GROUND
AC16
&WAY
B,
BT
BTl
20.WAY
MULTILOCK
DD1
23~WAY
AMP - FORD,
BLACK
DRIVER
DP1
23.WAY
AMP
BLACK
PASSENGER
SlDE ‘N POST,‘A’
RF,
,&WAY
MVLTlLOCK
070 /YELLOW
RIGHT
‘A’ POST CONNECTOR
RH12
l&WAY
MULTILOCK
070 /YELLOW
REAR OF CENTER
CONSOLE
ASSEMBLY
MULTlLOCK
0701 WHITE
REAR OF CENTER
CONSOLE
ASSEMBLY
I
SD5-5
BA”ERY
S
SD59
SCP NETWORK
2 - ,600 Hz
S
Sk-10
SCP NETWORK
2
,500 Hi
Inactive
Active
S
FCZI-79
SW NETWORK
2 - ,600 HZ
s
FC25-20
SCP bIErwORK
2 - ,600 HZ
c
FC25-24
CAN NETWORK
15
C
FCZ5-47
CAN NETWORK
,5 - ,500 HZ
SEAT CONTROL
Inactive BA
Active FOLD OUTACTlVATE
070,
FORD,
GROUND
RH2
Z&WAY
SD1
B-WAY MULTlLOCK
SP1
BYWAY MULTlLOCK070,YELLOW
O?O,YELLOW
GROUND BA
Ground
Location
BTIAR
EYELET
(PAIRI -RIGHT
HAND
LEG,
ADJACENT
FC2AR
EYELET
(PAIR) - RlGHT
HAND
LEG,
RIGHT HAND
FC381
EYELET
iPA,R, - LEFT HAND
FCSBR
EYELET
(PAIR, - RIGHT
HAND
LEG,
TRANSMISSION
FC‘IAR
EYELET
(PAIR) - RlGHT
HAND
LEG,
LEFT HAND
FCSL
EYELET
(PAIR,
FE’S
EYELET
iSlNGLEi/
I
SP52
POWER GROUND
GROUND
SPS-5
BATTERY
B+
s
SP59
SCP NETWORK
*-1600H2
FCGL
EYELET
IPAIR) - LEFT HAND
S
SE-10
SCP NETWORK
2 - ,600 tlr
FCBS
EYELET
(SINGLEI,
SECURITY V Pin
AND LOCKING
CONTROL
MODULE
CONTROL
Description
Active
Inactive
REVERSE
LAMP SUPPLY
B,
GROUND
BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY
B+
Bt
SCP NETWORK
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
SCP NETWORK
2 - ,600 HZ
symbols
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
are used to represent
I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.
D C S
values for Control
Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network
Module
communications
on this data page is furnished
NOTE: The values listed are approximately connected and fitted. “Active”
CDmPOnBntS
HAND
REAR WHEEL
HAND
BELOW
DRIVER SEAT
BELOW
PASSENGER
SlDE
HAND
SIDE
BRACKET,
‘A’ POST TRIM
ARCH
BRACKET,
‘X POST TRIM
POSTTRIM MOUNTING
BRACKET!‘A’POSTTRlM
SEAT
MODULE
LEFT HAND RIGHT
TO BATTERY ‘A’ POST
LEG iTRANSMISSiON
LEG,
HAND
HAND
TUNNEL,
LEFT HAND
SIDE
LEFT HAND
SIDE
‘& POST SEAT
SEAT
LEG,
LEFT HAND
RIGHT
TUNNEL.
LEFT HAND
SEAT
SEAT
PIN OUT INFORMATION
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
2 - ,600 Hz
GROUND
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
The following
RlGHT
SlDE ‘K POST MOUNTING
HAND
RIGHT
/ Type
I
POWER SUPPLY
TRUNK/ABOVE
WHITE
! RlGHT
GROUNDS
MODULE
Description DOOR MIRROR
1500 Hz
MULTlLOCK070,YELLOW
‘K POST CONNECTOR
POWER GROUND
PASSENGER v Pin 0 SW4
CARRIER
/ Access
Type I Color
SDS2
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK v Pin Description
PACK
CONNECTORS
Connector
I
POWER SUPPLY
OF ROOF CONSOLE
FASCIA
I BLACK BLACK
8740 I 16.WAY FORD 2 8 TlMER : BLACK BT41 ! 26.WAY FORD IDC ! BLACK RH20, COAXIAL CONNECTOR
MODULE
FORWARD COLUMN
DR,“ER
20.WAY
BRACKET
DOOR
SD3 IG~WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER 1 BLACK SD4 II 26~WAY FORD IDC t BLACK SDS 1 IO~WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER! BLACK
DD,,
PACK)
DRlVER
STEERING
070 ‘YELLOW
/AIRBAG
DOOR CASlNG
GROUNC
B-
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE ;i Pin Description 0 SD3~4 DOOR MIRROR FOLD BACK ACTIVATE
MULTILOCK
FC25 : 48~WAY AMP PCB SIGNAL FC26, 24.WA,‘ AMP PCB SIGNAL
PACK
SEAT CONTROL
SEC”Rl7-V
,500 HZ
DOOR
040!
,NTERlOR
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE J Pin Description I DDIO-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
DOOR,
040!
- DRIVER
SlDE FASCIA
DRlVER
MVLTILOCK
2-,600Hi
ILOGIC)
FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE FORD 2 8 TIMER/BLACK MULTlLOCK
SCP NETWORK
POWER SUPPLY
22.WAY 22~WAY 1%WAY
DOOR MIRROR
BATTERY
DDlO, DD,,
DRi”ER
/ Access
PASSENGER
EEECiGREY
oP8:
DOOR MIRROR
POWER SUPPLY
MODULE
Location
I Type I Color
FC,4il04-WAYAMP
MODULE
DD8 II ll-WAY
B+ B-
BATTERY
MAJOR
15
Connector
Component
GROUND
MESSAGES.
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz
to aid the user in understanding
Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation.
KHz MS MV
Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts
THIS INFORMATION
SHOULD BE USED FOR
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE
OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY
1998
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE 7 Pin Description 0 BT69-1 MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK ADAPTl”E DAMPiNG MI1 0 BT69-3 ACCELEROMETER COMMON GROUND SUPPLY D 3T69-10 SERIAL COMMUNlcATlONS I BT69~11 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 0
BTS9-13
0
8769-14
0
mm1
I
BTW23
GRCJUND
I
BTW20
FRONT LATERAL
BT69-21
FRONT VERTICAL
LH REAR DAMPER
BA1TERY
RH FRONT DAMPER 5
RH REAR DAMPER
BT69-22
REAR VERTICAL
I
3-m-24
VEHICLE
0
BT.53~25
ACCELEROMETER
I
BT69-26
BRAKE SWlTCH
3x9-27
BATTERY
BA”ERY BA”ERY
COMPONENTS GROUND
Inactive B+
ACCELEROMETER-FRONT
GROUND
GROUND
ACCELEROMETER-REAR
Active
POWER SUPPLY POWER SUPPLY
ACCELEROMETER ACCELEROMETER
Connector
ACCELEROMETER-FRONT
POWER SUPPLY
ACCELEROMETER
Component
FEEDBACK FEEDBACK
VERTICAL VERTICAL
TRUNK,
BELOW
CENTER
CONSOLE,
ICE HEAD
Bi .BT BT
DAMPER
SOLENOID
- LH FRONT
TOP OF LEFT HAND
FRONT
DAMPER
SOLENOID-
LH REAR
TOP OF LEFT HAND
REAR DAMPER
GROUND
DAMPER
SOLENOlD
- RH FRONT
TOP OF RIGHT
HAND
FRONT
23%27”=HARD
DAMPER
SOLENOID
RH REAR
TOP OF RIGHT
HAND
REAR DAMPER
CONTROL
TRUNKiADJACENTTO
MODULE
TOP OF BRAKE
BRAKE SWITCH
2.3
UNIT
ELECTRlCALCARRlER
PEDAL DAMPER DAMPER
2.7 ” = HARD
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
CONNECTORS
SUPPLY
Connector
Location
Type / Color
POWER SUPPLY
FASCIA
/ Access
BOTTOM
CONNECTOR
MOUNTING
BRACKET,
RIGHT
HAND
SlDE
D
BT69 28
SERIAL COMM”NlCATlONS
0
8T69-30
LH FRONT DAMPER
0
BTW31
LH FRONT DAMPER
0
BTW32
LH REAR DAMPER
GROUND
TRUNK,
BELOW
0
BT69-33
RH FRONT DAMPER
GROUND
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO
0
BTW34
RH REAR DAMPER
GROUND
LEFT HAND
‘N POST CONNECTOR
MOVNTING
BRACKET,
‘A’ POST TRIM
LEFT HAND
‘A’ POST CONNECTOR
MOUNTING
BRACKET,
‘A’ POSTTRlM
BAmERY
BEHIND
ADAPTIVE
DAMPING
ECM
FUEL TANK
2.3 - 2.7 ” = HARD
FEEDBACK
VOLTAGE
/ Access
ENGINECOMPARTMENT,AD~ACE~~TO
GROUND
SPEED SIGNAL COMMON
Location
/ Type I Color
LA\TERAL
POWER SUPPLY
TRUNK/ABOVE
RIGHT
HAND
REAR WHEEL
ARCH
B+
TRUNK,
RIGHT
HAND
REAR WHEEL
ARCH
GROUND
TR”NK,SELOWFUELTANK
BEHIND
ABOVE
GLOVE
REAR OF CENTER
FUEL TANK RIGHT
HAND
ENCLOSURE
BOX CONSOLE
ASSEMBLY
REAR OF REAR HUB ASSEMBLY,
LEFT HAND
REAR OF REAR HUB ASSEMBLY,
RIGHT
HAND
SIDE SIDE
GROUNDS Location
Ground BT23L CONTROL
The following
symbols
are used to represent
I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.
D C S
Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network
Module
communications
on this data page is furnished
NOTE: The values listed are approximately connected and fitted. “Active”
components
values for Control
EYELET
MODULE
IPAIR)
/ Type LEFT HAND
LEG /TRUNK,
PIN OUT INFORMATION
RIGHT REAR
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz
Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency
to aid the user in understanding
circuit operation.
KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION
SHOULD BE USED FOR
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE
OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY
1998
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE 7 Pin Description I FC14~15 IGNITION WATCHED GROUND SUPPLY 0 FC14-17 MD RH iRHD LHI SEAT HEATER STATE LED 1
FC14-32
IGNITION
I
FC14-35
LHD RH ,RHD LH, SEAT HEATER
I
FC14-41
IGNITION
0
FC14-69
LHDLHSEATHEATERSWTUSLEDIRHD=RHI
I
FC14-80
BA”ERY
s
FC14~84
SCP NETWORK
FC14-85
SCP YETWORK
FC14-86
LHD LH (RHO RH, SEAT HEATER
s
SWITCHED GROUND
COMPONENTS GROUND GROUND
GROUNDSUPPLY REQUEST
SUPPLY
POWER SUPPLY
ILOGIC)
DD1w3
LOGK
B-
,LED ON,
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B-
GROUND
B-
B,
B-
2-1900Hz B-
IMOMENTARY)
inactive B* GROUND
Active
s
DD,O-9
SCP NETWORK
DD,O-16
SCP NETVKJRK
1
DD10~17
POWER GROUND
0
DD11~2
SEAT MEMORY
I
DD,,-6
MEMORY
SET REQUEST
B-
1
DDll-21
MEMORY
1 RECALL
REQUEST
B+ ,MOMENTARY
I
0011~22
kmmw
2 RECALL REQUEST
Pin
Description
MAJOR
,NSTRUMENT
STATUS
LED
GROUND
,LED ONi
BELOW
SEAT CUSHION
BELOW
SEAT CUSHION
SD19
3~WAY MULTILOCK
SEAT CVSHION
FC55!
20.WAY
SEAT HEATER
,HEATERl SWITCH
DRIVER (CENTER
CONSOLE
SWITCH
PACK)
SD14’3-WAYM”LTlLOCK070.
SEAT MOTORS
SD7 ! G~WAY MULTILOCK SDB, G~WAY MULTILOCK SD9, B-WAY MULTILOCK
SQUAB
(HEATER)
- DRIVER
SWITCH
PACK-DRIVER
SWlTCH
PACK
DOOR MEMORY
DRIVER SEAT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
B,
Connector
MULTILOCK
GROUND
X-WAY
AMP - FORD,
B+ IMOMENTARY
GROUND
B-WAY
Active
Inactive
MULTILOCK
070,
BELOW
070 i YELLOW
B+
GROUND
Ground
Location
GRO”ND
FC2AR
EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT
HAND
LEG,
0
SF-3
DRIVER SEAT HEATER
B+
GROUND
FCSBR
EYELET
IPAIR) -RIGHT
HAND
LEG /TRANSMISSION
0
SLY-5
DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR
PUMP INFLATE
MOTOR
B+
GROUND
FC4AR
EYELET
IPAIR
HAND
LEG,
0
SDS6
DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR
PUMP DEFLATE
SOLENOID
B+
GROUND
FCSL
EYELET
(PAIR, - LEFT HAND
0
SK-7
DRIVER SEAT FORE /AFT
MOTOR
SUPPLY
Br
GROUND
FC5R
EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND
0
SDS8
DRIVER SEAT FORE /AFT
MOTOR
SUPPLY
B+
GROUND
FCBL
EYELET
IPAIR, -LEFT
1
SK-9
DRIVER SEAT FORE MOVEMENT
B+ iMOMENTARY
GROUND
FCGR
EYELET
IPAIR) -RIGHT
I
SD310
DRIVER SEATAFT
B- iMOMENTARY,
GROUND
I
SD3~13
DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR
REAR EDGE LOWER REOVEST
B+ (MOMENTARY,
GROUND
REAR EDGE RAISE REQUEST
B+ iMOMENTARY,
GROUND
B- iMOMENTARY
GROUND
INFLATE
REQUEST
I
5x3-14
DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR
I
503-15
DRIVER SEAT SQUAB
AFT RECLINE
I
SD316
DRIVER SEAT SQUAB
FORE RECLINE
0
ma-1
DRIVER SEAT SQUAB
POTENTIOMETER
0
SD42
DRiVER SEAT FORE/AFT
0
SD&5
DRIVER SEAT SQUAB
0
504~6
DillVER
,
SDI-lo
DRIVER SEAT RAISE,
LOWER POTENTlOMETER
1
SLwll
DRIVER SEATSQVAB
POT FEEDBACK
DEFLATE
REQUEST REQUEST REQUEST REFERENCE
MOVEMENT
POT. REFERENCE
I
SD4-72
DRIVER SEAT FORE /AFT
SO4-14
DRIVER SEAT RAISE,
0
SD4-18
DRIVER SEAT FORE l AFT MOVEMENT
I
SD5-1
DRIVER OR PASSENGER POWER GROUND
REFERENCE
GROUND
VOLTAGE
SEAT RAlSE i LOWER POTENTIOMETER
0
GROUND
POTENTlOMETER
REFERENCE
VOLTAGE
FEEDBACK
B+ (MOMENTARY)
GROUND
B+ iMOMENTARY
GROUND
BA iMOMENTARY,
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
B+
B-
FEEDBACK
LOWER POTENTlOMETER
10 V = FORWARD,
REFERENCE
POTENTlOMETER
GROUND
REFERENCE
VOLTAGE
SEAT IDENTlFlCATlON
GROUND
B+
B+
GROUND
SD5-3
DRIVER SEAT RAISE,
LOWER MOTOR
SUPPLY
B+
0
SE-4
DRl”ER
LOWER MOTOR
SUPPLY
B+
BATTERY
I
SDS5 SD5-8
DRIVER SEAT BELT FASTENED
B+ IFASTENED,
S
SD59
SCP NETWORK
2-
S
SD5-lo
SCP NETWORK
2 - ,600 HZ
POWER SUPPLY
Description
S
FCZ5-19
SCP NETWORK
s
FC25-20
SW NETWORK
C
FC25-24
CAN NETWORK
C
FC25-47
CAN NETWORK
MOUNTING
BRACKET,
BRACKET,‘A’
RIGHT
HAND
SIDE
POSTTRIM
DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL
MODULE
I Type
-RIGHT
HAND HAND
LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG,
RlGHT
HAND
LEFT HAND RlGHT RIGHT
PIN OUT INFORMATION
LEFT HAND
SIDE
SEAT
HAND
LEFT HAND
TUNNEL, ‘X POST
HAND
LEFT HAND
‘X POST
SEAT
SEAT SEAT
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
GROUND GROUND GROVND B+ GROVND
BA ,500 Hz
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
are used to represent
I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.
Inactive
Active
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX symbols
CONNECTOR
PACK
Pin
The following
/ Access
BO”OM
iDRlVER,
GROUND
I
INSTRUMENT
DOOR
DRIVER SEAT
2 V = REAR
GROUND
SD52
MAJOR
DRi”ER BLACK
SV=“P:4V=DOWN
POTENTIOMETER
(
v
040,
SEAT CUSHlON
10 V = UP; 2 V = DOWN
0
SEAT RAISE!
MULTILOCK
PACK
GROUNDS
Bi
SEAT CUSHION
‘,G~wAY
SWITCH
SEAT SOUAB
070 I_GREY
DRIVER SIDE ‘K POST MOUNTING
FORWARD
DwER
SD,,
BLACK
REAR
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION
AMP MOL I BLACK
FASCIA
SUPPLY-
SIX-12
MULTILOCK
,&WAY
GREY
SVPPLY-
SD3-II
‘&WAY
Location
14.WAY
MOTOR
I
BELOW
070 WHlTE 070 / WHITE 070, YELLOW
DD5,
CONSOLE
SEAT BACK
CONNECTORS
MOTOR
/
CENTER YELLOW
SD17
Type / Color
DRIVER SEAT SQUAB
REQUEST
070 ‘YELLOW
FORD IDC i BLACK
SEATLUMBARPUMP-DRl”ER DRl”ER
040:
BRACKET
I BLACK BLACK BLACK
MVLTILOCK
I AIRBAG
DOOR CASING
SD3 i 16.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK SCM: 2B~WAV FORD IDC i BLACK SD5 / 10.WAY FORD 2.8 TlMER i BLACK
DRIVER SEATSQUAB
REQUEST
DRIVER DOOR,
FORD 2.8 TIMER i BLUE FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
SD20 :P-WAY
MODULE-DRIVER
SD3~1
MOVEMENT
I Access SIDE FASClA
SEAT CONTROL
SE-2
SUPPLY
PASSENGER
GHEY
SEAT BELT SWITCH
0
ELEMENTS
Location
I Type I Color AMP EEEC,
FC25 ‘48~WAY AMP PCB SIGNAL FCZB:24~WAYAMP PCB SIGNAL,
PACK
GROUND
MODULE
104.WAY
DDlO! 22~WAY DDI 1 : 22.WAY
MODULE-DRIVER
SEAT CUSHlON
GROUND
GROUND
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL
DOOR CONTROL
FC14:
MODVLE
2.1f,00Hr REQUEST
s
77 0
Connector
Component BODY PROCESSOR
GROUND
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE 7 Pin Description DD,O-l BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY 1
Inactive
Active
D C S
values for Control
Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network
communications
on this data page is furnished
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. “Active”
Module
MESSAGES.
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz
Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency
to aid the user in understanding
circuit operation.
KHz MS MV
Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts
THIS INFORMATION
SHOULD BE USED FOR
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE
OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY
1998
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR /
Pin
PIN OUT INFORMATION MODULE
COMPONENTS
Description IGNITION
Active
SWITCHED
GROUND
SUPPLY
GROUND
GROUND
SEAT CONTROL
MODULE
- DRlVER
GROUND
B-
LHDLHSEATHEATERSTATUSLEDIRHD=RHD=RH,
GROUND
B-
BATTERY
B+
B-
SEAT CUSHION
IHEATERI
DRIVER
SWITCHED
GROUND
POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
SUPPLY REQUEST
(LOGIC,
SW NEWQRK
2-1600Hz
SCP XEWORK
2s1600H2
LHD LH !RHD RH, SEAT HEATER
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL
REOUEST
GROUND
iLED ON)
B-
IMOMENTARY,
Inactive
DRIVER SEAT SQUAB
MOTOR
SUPPLY-FORWARD
Active EL
DRIVER SEAT SQUAB
MOTOR
SUPPLY-REAR
B-
GROUND
B+
GROUND
DRIVER SEAT HEATER
ELEMENTS
SUPPLY
GROUND
DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR
PUMP
INFLATE
MOTOR
B+
GROUND
DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR
PUMP
DEFLATE
SOLENOID
Bt
GROUND
DRIVER SEAT FORE /AFT
MOTOR
SUPPLY
B+
GROUND
503-B
DRIVER SEAT FORE, AFT MOTOR
SUPPLY
B7
GROUND
SD39
DRlVER SEAT FORE MOVEMENT
B+ iMOMENTAR”i
GROUND
St%10
DRIVER SEATAFT
B* iMOMENTARYi
GROUND
1
MOVEMENT
REQUEST REQUEST
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION
REAR EDGE LOWER RECIUES,
B, (MOMENTARY,
GROUND
SD312
DRlVER SEAT CUSHION
REAR EDGE RAISE REQUEST
Bt (MOMENTARY,
GROUND
SD3-13
DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR
503-14 503.15
INFLATE
REQUEST
B+ (MOMENTARY)
GROUND
DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR
DEFLATE
REQUEST
B+ ,MOMENTARY
GROUND
DRIVER SEAT SQUAB
AFT RECLINE
B+ ,MOMENTARYi
GROUND
SD3-16
DRIVER SEATSQUAB
FORE RECLINE
B+ IMOMENTARY,
GROUND
REQUEST REQUEST
SD5-1
DRIVER OR PASSENGER
SD5-2
POWER GROUND
SD5-3
DRIVER SEAT RAISE,
LOWER MOTOR
SD5-4
DRIVER SEAT RAISE!
LOWER MOTOR
St55
BA”ERY
SE-8
DRIVER SEAT BELT FASTENED
B+ (FASTENED)
SD5-9
SCP NETWORK
2-
SD5~10
SCP NETWORK
2 - 1600 HZ
SEAT IDENTIFICATION
symbols
GROUND
SUPPLY
B+
GROUND
SUPPLY
B+
GROUND
B+
B+
I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.
D C S
values for Control
Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network
communications
on this data page is furnished
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. “Active”
Module
SEAT CUSHION
SD3,,9-WAY FORD 2 8 TiMER, SD4,26~WAYFORDIDC:BLACK SD5,lO~WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER,
BLACK
BELOW
SEAT CUSHlON
SD19 i Z-WAY
YELLOW
SWTCH
FC55,
PACK1
X-WAY
MULTILOCK
MULTILOCK
SEAT MOTORS
- DRIVER
SD7 II G~WAY MULTILOCK SDB, BYWAY MULTILOCK SD9 / S-WAY MULTILOCK
PACK
DRl”ER DRlVER
SEAT
070,
SD,,,
S-WAY MULTILOCK
SD,,
,B-WAY
070,
SEAT CUSHION CENTER
YELLOW
070 i WHlTE 070 ;WHITE 070 iYELLOW
CONSOLE
SWITCH
PACK
SEAT BACK BELOW
SEAT CUSHlON
070 I GREY
SEAT SQUAB
MO.‘BLACK
DRIVER SEAT
MULTILOCK
BRACKET
BLACK
FORD IDC, BLACK
SO14 I S-WAY MULTILOCK
iHEATER)
040,
CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color
SD1
B-WAY MULTlLOCK
Location 070,
BELOW
YELLOW
/ Access
DRIVER SEAT
GROUNDS Ground
Location
FCBBR
EYELET
IPAIR) - RIGHT
FCSI
EYELET
iPAlRi
FCSR
EYELET
(PAIR) -RIGHT
FCSL
EYELET
(PAlR) -LEFT
FCGR
EYELET (PAIRI
CONTROL
MODULE
/ Type -LEFT
HAND HAND HAND HAND
RIGHT HAND
LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG,
TRANSMlSSiQN RIGHT RIGHT
HAND HAND
LEFT HAND LEFT HAND
PIN OUT INFORMATION
TUNNEL,
LEFT HAND
SIDE
SEAT SEAT
SEAT SEAT
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
GROUND
1600 Hz
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
are used to represent
CONSOLE
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
iDRIVER
GROUND
POWER SUPPLY
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
The following
GROUND
(CENTER
/ Access SIDE FASCIA.!AIRBAG
BELOW
?-WAY
PUMP-DRIVER
SWTCH
Description
SWITCH
Location PASSENGER
BLACK
SD20,
SEAT LUMBAR
SQUAB
MODULE
SD3-7
SK-1
SEAT HEATER
I Type / Color
FC14,104-WAYAMPEEECIGREY
MODULE
SEAT BELT SWITCH
LHD RH iRHD LH, SEAT HEATER
SK-1 SD32 503-3 SK-5 SD36
BODY PROCESSOR B?
IGNITION
LED
Connector
Component
GROUND
LHD RH (RHD LHI SEAT HEATER STATE
Pin
Inactive
MESSAGES.
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz
to aid the user in understanding
Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation.
KHz MS MV
Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts
THIS INFORMATION
SHOULD BE USED FOR
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
811
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE
OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY
1998
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR 77
PIN OUT INFORMATION MODULE
COMPONENTS
Pin
Description
FC14~15
IGNITION
0
FCi4~17
LHD RH iRHD LHI SEAT HEATER
1
FC14-32
IGNITION
I
Active
SWITCHED SWITCHED
GROUND
SUPPLY
GROUND
STATE LED
I
FCl4~35
LHD RH IRHD LHI SEAT HEATER
FC14-69
LHDLHSEATHEATERSTAT”SLEDIRHD=RH)
FCIS-90
BA1TERY
S
FC14-84
SCP NETWQRK
S
FC14-85
SCP NETWORK
I
FC14-86
LHD LH (RHD RHI SEAT HEATER
PASSENGER
POWER SUPPLY
iLOGIC)
PASSENGER
SEAT SQUAB
MOTOR
SUPPLY-
PASSENGER
SEAT SQUAB
MOTOR
SUPPLY-
SP3~3
PASSENGER
SEAT HEATER
SP3-5
PASSENGER
SEAT LUMBAR
PUMP INFLATE
MOTOR
SP3-6
PASSENGER
SEAT LUMBAR
PUMP DEFLATE
SOLENOID
SP3-7
PASSENGER
SEAT FORE /AFT
MOTOR
SUPPLY-
FORWARD
SP3-B
PASSENGER
SEAT FORE /AFT
MOTOR
SUPPLY-
REAR
SP3-9
PASSENGER
SEAT FORE MOVEMENT
SW10
PASSENGER
SEATAFT
SP3-11
PASSENGER
SEATCUSHION
SP3~12
PASSENGER
SEAT CUSHION
SP3-13
PASSENGER
SEAT LUMBAR
ELEMENTS
?O~WAY FORD IDC
GROUND
*-
GROUND
B+ 81 B+
GROUND
B+
GROUND
B+
GROUND
B+ ,MOMENTARY,
GROUND
PASSENGER
PACK-PASSENGER
SEAT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
GROUND
Type I Color
GROUND
SPI
B-WAY
MULTILOCK
HAND
RIGHT
B+ IMOMENTARY)
GROUND
FCSS
EYELET
LEFT HAND
REQUEST
B- IMOMENTARY)
GROUND
B* IMOMENTARY)
GROUND
B+ IMOMENTARY
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
SUPPLY
SP5-a
PASSENGER
SEAT RAISE,
LOWER MOTOR
SUPPLY
SP55
BA”ERY
(DRIVER)
GROUND
BELOW
SEAT CUSHION
BELOW
SEAT CUSHION
CENTER
SEAT BACK
BYWAY MULTILOCK
~~-WAYMULT~LOCK~~~/BLACK
070!
GREY
BRACKET
SEAT CUSHION
070 II YELLOW 070 : WHlTE 070 ‘WHITE 070 .‘YELLOW
AIRBAG
BELOW
CONSOLE
SWITCH
PACK
SEAT CUSHION
SEAT SQUAB PASSENGER
SEA,
/ Access
PASSENGER
SEAT
/ Type
EYELET (SINGLE,,
LOWER MOTOR
SIDE FASCIA/
GROUNDS
FCSS
SEAT IDENTIFICATION
YELLOW
/ Access
PASSENGER
BLACK
SPll
Location
GROUND
SEAT RAISE/
BLACK 1)BLACK
070,
SP17
BELOW
070 ‘YELLOW
Bi IMOMENTARYI
REQUEST
BLACK
Location
CONNECTORS
Connector
REQUEST REQUEST
040,
SP7,6-WAY MULTILOCK SW, B-WAY MULTILOCK SP9 ‘B-WAY MULTILOCK
REAR EDGE RAlSE REQUEST
POWER GROUND
CONTROL iPASSENGER,
MODULE
ISINGLE),
LEG,
HAND
TRANSMlSSlON
TUNNEL,
LEFT HAND
SIDE
SEAT SEAT
PIN OUT INFORMATION
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
GROUND
NOT USED NOT USED
POWER SUPPLY
D C S
(HEATER)
i 2~WAY MULTILOCK
SP14 I) BYWAY MULTILOCK
INFLATE
PASSENGER
to
PACK,
SWITCH
SEAT MOTORS-PASSENGER
B-
SP5-2
Used
CONSOLE
B-
(MOMENTARY1
FORWARD
SP5~3
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
(CENTER
PUMP-PASSENGER
Location
FORE RECLINE
DRIVER OR PASSENGER
SWITCH
EYELET (PA!!+) - RIGHT
SEAT SQUAB
connected
FC55,
SEAT LurdB.6
FCSBR
PASSENGER
NOTE: The values
SEAT HEATER
Ground
SP3-16
comPonents
B-
GROUND
DEFLATE
CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.
B-
- PASSENGER
GROUND
AFT RECLINE
are
MULTILOCK
SPX
B+ iMOMENTARY,
SEAT LUMBAR
symbols
J-WAY
(NOT USED)
B+ iMOMENTARY
SEAT SQUAB
The following
SP19
REAR
REQUEST
PASSENGER
I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground
,HEATERi
WlRlNG
REAR EDGE LOWER REQUEST
MOVEMENT
PASSENGER
SCP NETWORK
FORD 2.8 TIMER FORD 2 8 TIMER
SEAT CUSHION
Inactive
REQUEST
SP3-15
NOT USED
SP3 ’ IS~WAY SP5, 10.WAY
B-
Active SUPPLY
SK-14
SCP NETWORK
MODULE-PASSENGER
B-
GROUND
SNITCH
SP3-2
SPi-10
SEAT CONTROL
GROUND
SQUAB
SP3-1
SP5-9
SEAT BELT SWITCH
MODULE
Description
SP5-8
B-
GROUND
Pin
I Type I Color
FC14,‘104~WAYAMPEEEC!GREY
GROUND
iLED ONi
2 - ,600 Hz REQUEST
MODVLE
GROUND
GROUND
REQUEST
Connector
BODY PROCESSOR
Z-iBOOHz
SEAT CONTROL
SP5-1
Component
GROUND
SUPPLY
0
Inactive
B*
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
represent
values for Control
Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network
communications
on this data page is furnished
listed are approximately and fitted. “Active”
Module
MESSAGES.
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz
to aid the user in understanding
Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation.
KHz MS MV
Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts
THIS INFORMATION
SHOULD BE USED FOR
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE
OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY
1998
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE 7 Pin Description I FC14~15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY 0 FC14-17 LHDRHIRHDLHISEATHEATER STATE LED t FC14-32 lGNlTlON SWlTCHED GROUND SUPPLY FC14-35 LHD RH iRHD LH, SEAT HEATER REQUEST
COMPONENTS Inactive
Active GROUND
*+
MODULE
SEAT BELT SWITCH
WIRING
GROUND
GROUND
SEATCONTROL
MODULE-PASSENGER
GROUND
B+ iHEATER,
GROUND
iLED ONi
FC14-69
LHDLHSEATHEATERSTATUSLEDIRHI
GROUND
B+
SEAT CUSHION
I
FC14-80
BAnERY
!h
B*
SEAT HEATER
S
FCl4~84
SCP YEWORK
FC,G-85
SCP NETWORK
FC14-86
LHD LH lRHD RH! SEAT HEATER
s
rkQG,Ci
7/
Pin
GROUND
(MOMENTARY,
SQUAB
SEAT CONTROL Description PASSENGER
SEAT SQUAB
MOTOR
SUPPLY-
FORWARD
PASSENGER
SEAT SQUAB
MOTOR
SUPPLY-
REAR
PASSENGER
SEAT HEATER
PASSENGER
SEAT LUMBAR
PUMP
PASSENGER
SEAT LUMBAR
PUMP DEFLATE
PASSENGER
SEAT FORE /AFT
MOTOR
SUPPLY-
FORWARD
PASSENGER
SEAT FORE /AFT
MOTOR
SUPPLY-
REAR
ELEMENTS
PASSENGER
SEAT FORE MOVEMENT
PASSENGER
SEATAFT
PASSENGER
SEAT LUMBAR
INFLATE
MOVEMENT INFLATE
MOTOR SQLENOlD
REQUEST REQUEST REQUEST
PASSENGER
SEAT LUMBAR
DEFLATE
SEAT SQUAB
AFT RECLINE
PASSENGER
SEATSQUAB
FORE RECLINE
Inactive
Active b BT BBB+ B+ B+
SUPPLY
PASSENGER
PACK-
040,
BLACK
SP3,16-WAY SP5,10-WAY
FORD 2.8 TIMER, FORD 2.8 TIMER,
BLACK BLACK
SP19 I 3WAY
MULTlLOCK
F&55,20-WAY
PACK1
070 i YELLOW
SPll
SEAT
070 ! WHlTE 070 i WHITE 070 /YELLOW
MULTILOCK
I,B-WAY
070,
MULTILOCK
GREY
040 i BLACK
I Access SIDE FASCIA
BELOW
SEAT CUSHION
BELOW
SEAT CVSHION
IAIRBAG
BRACKET
SEAT CUSHION CENTER
FORD IDC: BLACK
SP17 /B-WAY
PASSENGER PASSENGER
BELOW
CONSOLE
SWITCH
PACK
SEAT CUSHION
SEAT SQUAB PASSENGER
SEAT
REQUEST REQUEST REQUEST
Type / Color BYWAY MULTILOCK
GROUND
B+ iMOMENTARYl
GROUND
Ground
Location
B- IMOMENTARY)
GROUND
FC3BR
EYELET
(PAIR) - RIGHT
B+ (MOMENTARY,
GROUND
FCSS
EYELET
ISINGLE),
RlGHT
B+ iMOMENTARY)
GROUND
FCGS
EYELET
,SlNGLEi,
LEFT HAND
B+ fMOMENTARY1
GROUND
B- iMOMENTARY
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND GROUND
B+
B+
SF58
NOT USED
5
SP59
SCP NEDVORK
2
s
SP5~10
SW NETWORK
2- ,600 HZ
iDRl”ERi
values for Control
Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network
communications
on this data page is furnished
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. “Active”
Module
SEAT
CONTROL
MODULE
/ Type HAND
LEG,
HAND
TRANSMISSION
TUNNEL,
LEFT HAND
SIDE
SEAT SEAT
PIN OUT INFORMATION
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
iPASSENGER
,600 HZ
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
are used to represent
/ Access
PASSENGER
GROUNDS
GROUND
GROUND
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
BELOW
GROUND
BATERY
POWER SUPPLY
Location 070;YELLOW
GROUND
POWER GROUND
SEAT IDENTlFlCATiON
CONNECTORS
Connector
SP5~5
D C S
(HEATER:
SP1
SPS-2
CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.
SWITCH
MULTILOCK
SP? , B-WAY MULTTILOCK SP8, S-WAY MULTILOCK SP9, S-WAY MULTiLOCK
GROUND
I
symbols
CONSOLE
GROUND
I
following
iCENTER
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
GROUND
DRIVER OR PASSENGER
I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground
- PASSENGER
*-WAY
Location PASSENGER
MODULE
SF51
The
SP20,
USED1
2s1600HZ REQUEST
SWlTCH
PASSENGER
SWITCH
,NOT
SEAT MOTORS-PASSENGER
2- 1600 Hz
/ Type / Color
FC14,10I~WAYAMPEEEC,GREY
BODY PROCESSOR
0
POWER SUPPLY
Connector
Component
MESSAGES.
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz
Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency
to aid the user in understanding
circuit operation.
KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION
SHOULD BE USED FOR
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE
OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY
1998
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE (7 Pin Description TRUNK
COMPONENTS
LATCH RELEASE
IGNITION
REQUEST
SWITCHED
GROUND
FUEL FLAP RELEASE
REQUEST
IGNITION
SWITCHED
IGNITION
GROUND
GROUND
SUPPLY
GROUND
!MOMENTARY,
GROUND GROUND
SUPPLY
IMOMENTARY)
GROUND
GROVND
iMOMENTARY,
GROUND
iR.N.D.4.3.2~
KEY IN ,GNlTlON
GROUND
!KEY IN)
DOOR LOCK RELAY ACTIVATE
GROUND
IPULSE)
(LOGIC]
DOOR CONTROL
MODULE
DOOR CONTROL
MODULE
Pin
SW NETWORK
2-1600Hr
Description POWER SUPPLY
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
MOTOR
UNLOCK
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
MOTOR
LOCK
-PASSENGER
OP3!
IS~WAY
ECONOSEAL
111LC, BLACK
PASSENGER
DOOR I_DOOR CASING
DP3
Is-WAY
ECONOSEAL
111LC, BLACK
PASSENGER
DOOR I_DOOR CASING
ECONOSEAL
111iC j BLACK
DRIVER
DRIVER DOOR i DOOR CASING
0011~4
DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL EXTERIOR
1
DDll-12
DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL
I
DO?,-20
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH
PASSENGER Pin
DOOR CONTROL
UNLOCK
WINDOW
REQUEST
DP,O-1
BA”ERY
DP10-5
PASSENGER
DOOR LOCKACTUATOR
MOTOR
UNLOCK
0
DPIO-6
PASSENGER
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
MOTOR
LOCK
S
DPIO-9
POWER SUPPLY
LOGIC GROUND SCP NETWORK
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
1500 Hz
DROP REQUEST
B+
DOOR SWITCH
SOLENO,
GROUND POWER SUPPLY
SCP NETWORK I
BT41-5
TRUNK
BT4,-7
PASSENGER
I
BT41-19
DRIVER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
I
RHZO-1
KEY FOB ANTENNA
I
RH20-*
KEY FOB ANTENNA
SWITCH LOCK STATUS
LOCK STATUS
SHIELD
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.
D C S
SWITCH
values for Control
Module
communications
on this data page is furnished
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. “Active”
GEAR SELECTOR
,O~WAY AMP MQL:
BT43!
Z-WAY
LABINAL
NATURAL
ELECTRICAL
FASCIA
i DRIVER SIDE
I BROWN
TRUNK,
1.6, BLACK
TRUNK
AMP MQL,
BLACK
ASSEMBLY
TRUNK,
DRIVER
LEFT “AND
CARRIER
SIDE
KNEE BOLSTER
RELAYS Relay RELAY
Color / Stripe
Connector
BLACK,
FCZ,
VIOLET
/ Color
Location
VIOLET
RH FASCIA
/ Access RELAYS
CONNECTORS Location YELLOW
/ Access CONNECTOR
MOUNTING
BRACKET,
RIGHT
HAND
SIDE
AC.14
14.WAY
MULTILOCK
0111, GREY
FASCIA
BOTTOM
CONNECTOR
MOUNTING
BRACKET,
RIGHT HAND
SIDE
AC15
Z&WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
GREY
FASCIA
BOTTOM
CONNECTOR
MOUNTING
BRACKET,
BIGHT
SIDE
BT,
X-WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
WHlTE
TRUNK/ABOVE
RIGHTHAND
REAR WHEELARCH
BTZ
*@WAY
MULTILOCK
070,WHITE
TRUNK/ABOVE
RIGHT
REAR WHEEL
DD,
23WAY
AMP - FORD,
BLACK
DRIVER SIDE ‘fl
POST MOUNTlNG
DP,
Z-WAY
AMP - FORD,
BLACK
PASSENGER
IC4
4-WAY
RH2
Z-WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
MULTILOCK
WHITE
070,
FASCIA
BOTTOM
TRUNK,
WHITE
Inactive
Ground
Location
BTlAL
EYELET
iPAIR
LEFT HAND
GROUND
BTlAR
EYELET
iPAw
- RIGHT HAND
FC2AR
EYELET
iPAIR, - RIGHT
GROUND
GROUND
FC2BL
EYELET
iPAIR1 - LEFT HAND
GROUND
GROUND
FC2BR
EYELET
(PAIR) - RIGHT HAND
B+
B+
FC3BL
EYELET
iPAiR,
LEFT HAND
FC3BR
EYELET
iPAIR
- RIGHT HAND
FC4AR
EYELET
(PAIR, - RIGHT
HAND
SIDE ‘w POST,
LEFT OF ANTENNA
REAR OF CENTER
CONSOLE
HAND
ARCH
BRACKETI’A’
POSTTRlM
‘A’ POST TRIM ASSEMBLY AsSEMBLY
J Type
B+
FWBL
EYELET
iPAiR
GROUND
,LOCKEDI
B+
FC4BR
EYELET
IPAIR
GROUND
(LOCKED)
B-
RHBS
EYELET
ISINGLE)
CONTROL
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network
COLUMN
TOP OF BACKLIGHT 070 i WHITE
FC41,
FC67,10-WAY
GROUND
GROUND
are used to represent
CONNECTOR MULTILOCK
BT46 i Z-WAY AUGAT
Active *+ B+ 2s1600Hi
GROUND
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
STEERING
TOP OF BACKLIGHT
B+
2-1600Hr
/
SWlTCH
SOLENOID
DOOR I DOOR CASING
FUEL FILL
GROUNDS
GROUND
symbols
(DOOR OPEN]
MODULE
SCP NETWORK
The following
GROUND
GROUND
FUEL FILLER FLAP SOLENOlD
I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground
GROUND
J-WAY
DOOR CASING
DOOR i DOOR CASiNG
TRUNK,
070 /WHITE
DOOR!
DOOR I DOOR CASING
PASSENGER
NATURAL
ST40 / IS-WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK BT4i ! Z&WAY FORD IDC, BLACK RH?O/ COAXIAL CONNECTOR
070,
GROUND
BATTERY
MODUL
20 WAY MULTILOCK
2 - 1500 HZ
RELEASE
CONTROL
AC13
POWER GROUND
TRUNK
AND LOCKING
Type / Color
SCP NETWORK
CONTROL
SECURITY
FC87!
Connector
DP10-16
SECURITY AND LOCKING D Pin Description
RH7 : COWlAL
MICROSWITCH
Inactive B+
DP10-17
WINDOW
iCOUPE
NOT-IN-PARK
LABINAL: MULTILOCK
KEY FOB ANTENNA
DOOR LOCKING
GROUND
Z-WAY
HARD WIRED
B-
Active *+ B+ B+
111LC I BLACK
FC4 ‘*-WAY
GROUND
*-
DOOR HANDLE
SWlTCH)
GROUND
IDOOR OPEN1
111LC j BLACK
ECONOSEAL
iCON”ERTlBLE,
B+ IMOMENTARY)
I
PASSENGER
(KEY-IN
VALET
GROUND
ECONOSEAL
OP3,13-WAY
KEY FOB ANTENNA
1600 Hz
S
EXTERIOR
SWITCH
BLUE BLACK
DD3 I13WAY ICZ4,
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
I
DPIO-8
PASSENGER
SWITCH
MODULE
Description
0 I
-DRIVER
TRUNK
*+
LOCK REQUEST
DD3,13-WAY
GROUND
B+ (MOMENTARY,
DROP REQUEST
- DRIVER
1600 HZ
GROUND
DDll-5
- PASSENGER
RELEASE
2
PASSENGER
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
AND FUEL FILL RELEASE
POWER GROUND
FORD 2 8 TIMER: FORD 2.8 TIMER:
BRACKET
DOOR CASlNG
DRIVER
TRUNK
SCP NETWORK
DOOR,
111LC : BLACK
TRUNK
*-
DRIVER
ECONOSEAL
GROUND
SCP NETWORK
I
Inactive *+
FORD 2.8 TIMER I BLUE FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
OD3 1)13.WAY
GROUND
GROUND
I
0
DDlo I 22~WAY DD11 ! Z-WAY
FUEL FILL FLAP SOLENOID
LOGIC GROUND
DOOR HANDLE
- DRIVER
/ Access SlDE FASCIA!AIRBAG
DPlO I 22.WAY DP11 22.WAY
DOOR SWITCH
Active B+ BT B-
Location PASSENGER
- PASSENGER
DOOR LOCK SWITCHES
MODULE
I Type / Color
104WAYAMPEEEC.‘GREY
DRIVER
DOOR SWlTCH
2 - 1600 HZ
BATTERY
FC14,
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
lGNlTlON
7
MODULE
DOOR LOCK SWlTCH
B+
SCP NETWORK
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL
Connector
BODY PROCESSOR
GROUND
NOT-IN-PARK
POWER SUPPLY
Component
B+
GROUND
SUPPLY
VALET SWlTCH
EATERY
Inactive B+
Active
MODULE
HAND
HAND
LEFT HAND -RIGHT
HAND
LEG /ADJACENT
TO BATTERY
LEG 1 ADJACENT LEG, LEG, LEG,
To BATTERY
RIGHT HAND RIGHT
HAND
RIGHT
‘A’ POST ‘N POST
HAND
‘A’ POST
IEG /TRANSMISSION
TUNNEL,
LEG /TRANSMISSION LEG, LEG, LEG,
LEFT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND
1 ROOF. ADJACENTTO
TUNNEL.
LEFT HAND
SIDE
LEFT HAND
SIDE
‘N POST ‘& POST ‘A’ POST
BACKLIGHT
PIN OUT INFORMATION
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
MESSAGES.
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz
to aid the user in understanding
Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation.
KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION
SHOULD BE USED FOR
at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all those that can be expected means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE
OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY
1998
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION COMPONENTS Inactive B+ B+
Active
Location / Access PASSENGER SIDEFASCIA,AIRBAG BRACKE? ENGINE COMPARTMENT: LEFTFRONT
Component BODYPROCESSOR MODULE FUSEBOX-ENGINE COMPARTMENT
RELAYS Color / Stripe BLACK BLACK
Relay WiPER RUNlISTOPRELAY WlPER FAST/SLOWRELAY POWERWASH RELAY 1#4,
BROWN
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector LF3 LFI LF60
Connector / Color LF48I BLACK WE: BLACK BUS
Location / Access LHENCLOSURE RELAYS LHENCLOSURE RELAYS ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSEBOX
CONNECTORS
Type I Color 3%WAYECONOSEAL 111 LC,WHITE 20.WAY MULTlLOCK 070,GREY IO-WAYMULTlLOCK 070,WHITE
Location / Access ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFTHANDENCLOSVRE LEFTHPLUD X’ POSTCONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET ,‘K POSTTRIM LEFTHAND‘N POSTCONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET ,‘K POSTTRIM
GROUNDS
CONTROL
The following
symbols
are used to represent
I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.
D C S
values for Control
Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network
communications
on this data page is furnished
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. “Active”
Module
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz
Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency
to aid the user in understanding
circuit operation.
KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION
SHOULD BE USED FOR
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE
OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY
1998
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION COMPONENTS
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE 7 Pin Description S FClG4 SCPNETWORK s FC14~85 SCPNHWORK DRIVER DOOR CONTROL
Inactive
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
GROUND
SECURITY
LOGIC GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
2-1600HZ PACK LH WlNDOW
DOWY REOUEST
GROUYD
LIFT SENSOR
FEEDBACK
2”=“P:12”=DOWN
DRIVER WINDOW
LIFT SENSOR
FEEDBACK
Z”=“P;1Z”=DOWN
DRIVER WINDOW
LIFT SENSOR
DRl”ER
LIFT MOTOR
WlNDOW
REFERENCE
VOLTAGE
UP SUPPLY
B-
B-
GROUND GROUND
GROUND UP REQUEST
GROUND
,MOMENTARYi
GROUND
DRl”ER
PACK RH WINDOW
UP REQUEST
GROUND
IMOMENTARY)
GROUND
UNLOCK
PACK RH WINDOW
DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL
REOVEST DOWN
REOUEST
LOCK REOVEST
DDlO : Pl~WAY DD, ,,2ZWAY
PASSENGER
DPlO, 22.WAY DP, 1 2%WAY
DRIVER PACK
AND LOCKING
CONTROL
MODULE
PASSENGER
w,NDOW
LIFT - DRIVER
DD16 ‘S-WAY
ECONOSEAL
111LC, BLACK
DRIVER DOOR
VANDOW
LIFT-
DP,S
ECONOSEAL
III LC I BLACK
DRIVER DOOR
PASSENGER
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Location
Type / Color
Connector
PACK
DOOR SWITCH
PACK
/ Access
FASClA
BOTTOM
CONNECTOR
MOUNTING
BRACKET
RIGHT HAND
SIDE
BO”OM
CONNECTOR
MOUNTING
BRACKET!
RIGHT HAND
SIDE
GROUND
FASC,A
*+ ,MOMENTAW
GROUND
LEFT HAND’K
POSTCONNECTOR
B+ (MOMENTARYI
GROUND
TRUNK/ABOVE
RIGHT HAND
REAR WHEEL
ARCH
TRUNK/ABOVE
RIGHT HAND
REAR WHEEL
ARCH
Inactive
RlGHT
MOUNTING
S,DE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING
CONVERTlBLE
GROUND
EYELET
(PAIR) - RIGHT
HAND
LEG i RIGHT
FC4AR
EYELET
(PA,R,
HAND
LEG,
LIFT MOTOR
DOWN
SVPPLY
I
DP10-8
LOGIC GROUND
GROUND
S
DP,O-9
SCP NETWORK
Z-1BoOHr
I
DPlO~lO
PASSENGER
SWITCH
PACK RH WINDOW
DOW,,
,
DP,O-1,
PASSENGER
WlNDOW
LIFT MOVEMENT
SENSOR
I
DPlO-12
PASSENGER
WINDOW
LIFT MOVEMENT
SENSOR
FEEDBACK
0
DP10-13
PASSENGER
WINDOW
LiFT MOVEMENT
SENSOR
REFERENCE
WlNDOW
LIFT MOTOR
HAND
BRACKET:‘N
BRACKET!‘K
POSTTRIM
POST TRIM
SIDE ‘N POST,‘A’POSTTRlM TOP SWiTCH ‘K POST CONNECTOR
MOUNTING
REAR OF CENTER
CONSOLE
ASSEMBLY
REAR OF CENTER
CONSOLE
ASSEMBLY
BRACKET
:‘R
POST TRIM
REOUEST
2”=“P;12”=DOWN
CONTROL
2”=“P,12”=DOWN VOLTAGE
UP SUPPLY
/ Type RlGHT
HAND
LEFT HAND
‘A’ POST ‘N POST
GROUND
B- iMOMENTARY,
FEEDBACK
Location
B+
B+
B+
GROUND
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
2 - ,600 HZ SWITCH
AND LOCKING
PACK RH WlNDOW
CONTROL
VP REQUEST
GROUND
GROUND
B+ iMOMENTARYi
GROUND
Inactive
MODULE
Pin
Description
Active
S
BT40-8
SCP NETWORK
*-
s
BTU-16
SCP NETWORK
2 - 1500 HI
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
D C S
1600 HZ
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
are used to represent
CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.
e-WAY
CARRIER
CONNECTORS
Ground FC2AR
WINDOW
I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground
ELECTRICAL
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH
GROUND
symbols
TRUNK,
BLACK
B+
The following
16.WAY FORD 2 BTIMER, BLACK 26-W!,” FORD IDC ‘BLACK COAXIAL CONNECTOR BLACK
PASSENGER
SECURITY
BT40 BT4, RH20
FASCIA
BLACK BLACK
040
DPIO~,
PASSENGER
aW,dAYAMP PCB SIGNAL 24 WAY AMP PCS SlGNAL
040,
GROUNDS
POWER GROUND
FC2S FCX
MULTILOCK
B+
DP10~18
DOOR CASING
MULTlLOCK
Inactive
DP10-I7
111LC ‘BLACK
?&WAY
BA
I
DOOR,
DRIVER DOOR 1 DOOR CASlNG
IS-WAY
*o-WAY
Active
,
PASSENGER
,’ BLUE : BLACK
BRACKET
MODULE
POWER SUPPLY
PASSENGER
FORD 2 8 TIMER FORD 2 8 TIMER ECONOSEAL
AIRBAG
DOOR CASING
DP17
- DRIVER DOOR
Description
SCP NETWORK
DRIVER DOOR:
DD17
LIFT SWlTCHES
BATTERY
DP10~15
SIDE FASCIA,
VANDOW LIFT SWlTCHES PASSENGER DOOR ,PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK,
Pin DP,O-1
DP10-16
I Access
PASSENGER
B+ IMOMENTARY)
Active 2- ,500HZ 2- 1600HZ
DOOR CONTROL
S
Location
GREY
FORD 2 8 TIMER I BLUE FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK
PASSENGER
SCP NETWORK
0
/ Color
DD3:
DR,“ER
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK v Pin Description s FCE-19 SCP NETWORK
v
DRIVER
EEEC,
2- ,600 HZ PACK LH WINDOW
DRIVER SWITCH
0
B-
DRIVER SWITCH SWlTCH
INSTRUMENT
w,NDOW
h4OMEUTARYI
DRIVER WINDOW
DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL
I
MODULE-
Inactive B+
POWER GROUND
0
DOOR CONTROL
Active B* B.
SCP NETWORK
PASSENGER
MODULE
Description BeTTERY POWER SUPPLY WINDOW LIFTMOTOR DOWNSUPPLY DRIVER SWITCH
FCX-20
DOOR CONTROL
MAJOR
FC14 I104WAYAMP
MODULE
DOOR LOCK SWITCHES-
SCP NETWORK
S
Connector/Type
Component
values for Control
Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network
communications
on this data page is furnished
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. “Active”
Module
MESSAGES.
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz
Battery voltage Voltage [DC) Frequency
to aid the user in understanding
circuit operation.
KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION
SHOULD BE USED FOR
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE
OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY
1998
OF COMPONENTS.
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE 7 Pin Description CONVERTIBLE
COMPONENTS Active
TOP RAISE REQUEST
GROUW
(MOMENTARY)
lGNlTlON
SWITCHED
GROUND
SUPPLY
IGNITION
SWITCHED
GROUND
SUPPLY
GROUND
IGNlTlON
SWITCHED
GROUND
SUPPLY
GROUND
Inactive
Component
B-
BODY PROCESSOR
GROUND
CONVERTlBLE
TOP CLOSED
GROUND
CONVERTIBLE
TOP DOWN
SWITCH
GROUND
CONVERTIBLE
TOP LATCH
CLOSED
TOP READY TO LATCH
GROUND
B-
CONVERTIBLE
TOP PUMP
CONVERTIBLE
TOP LATCH CLOSED
GROUND
,CLOSED,
B-
CONVERTIBLE
TOP RAISED
CONVERTIBLE
TOP LOWER REGUEST
GROUND
IMOMENTARY,
B-
CONVERTiBLE
TOP READY~TO-LATCH
GROUND
Bt
CONVERTIBLE
TOP SWITCH
B+
*7
DOOR CONTROL
MODULE
DOOR CONTROL
MODULE
BAnERY
GLASS
DOWN
POWER SUPPLY
RELAYS ACT,“ATE
iLOGiC\
SCP NEnniORK
*-
CONVERTIBLE
TOP CLOSED
REAR OUmTER
GLASS
UP RELAYS ACTIVATE
,600 Hz
GROUND
B-
GROUND
BL
LATCH MAIN
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL S
SCP NETWORK
S
DDlO~,S
SCP NETWORK
MAJOR ;J
Description
S
FC25-19
SW NETWORK
S
FCZS-20
SCP NETWORK
PASSENGER
DOOR CONTROL
Pin DP10.9
SCP NETWORK
S
DP10-16
SCP NETWORK
c
x*5-24
CAN NETWORK
C
FCZ5~47
CAN NETWORK
SECURITY
AND LOCKING
77
SWlTCH
Active *-1600Hr 2- ,600HZ
Inactive
Active *- 1600HZ 2 ,600Hz
Inactive
BT15 I ?-WAY
AMP:
RH2Bi3~WAY
MULTILOCK
RF4,6-WAY
SWITCH
-DRIVER
070,
VALVE
TRUNK
NATURAL
HAND
OPERATING
II RlGHT
RIGHT HAND
070 !WH,TE
HAND
SIDE
OPERATING
FORWARD
DDIO / 22.WAY DD1 I ! 22.WAY
DRIVER
,‘BL”E I/ BLACK
PASSENGER
DOOR CASING
DOOR /DOOR
CASING
i BLACK
BT53 : P-WAY
D & RI BLUE
TRUNK/CONVERTIBLE
TOP PUMP
BT54 I2~WAY
D & R, ORANGE
TRUNK,
TOP PUMP
AMP PCB SIGNAL, AMP PCB SIGNAL
CONVERTIBLE
FASCIA
BLACK i BLACK
LIGHT
LIFT - LH
RH33,2-WAYECONOSEAL,IIHC,BLACK
REAR OUARTER
PANEL
OUARTER
LIGHT
LIFT - RH
RH34 !2-WAY
REAR QUARTER
PANEL
SECURITY
AND LOCKING
ECONOSEAL
111HC, BLACK
TRUNK/ELECTRICAL
BT40 I16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK BT41, Z-WAY FORD IDC , BLACK RHZO, COAXIAL CONNECTOR
MODULE
CYLINDER
OF GEAR SELECTOR
DOOR,
QUARTER
CONTROL
CYLINDER
TOP OF WINDSHIELD
070 /WHITE
FORD 2.8 TIMER FORD 2.8 TIMER
BRACKET
TOP OF WINDSHIELD
FCSZ, ,O~WAY AMP MOL (I BLACK
FC25 148.WAY FC26 ! 24.WAY
PACK
RIGHT
WHITE
070 1 WHiTE
MULTILOCK
AlRBAG
TOP OF WiNDSHiELD
WHITE
DP10,22-WAYFORD28TiMER/BLUE DP11 II 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER
PASSENGER
VALVE
INSTRUMENT
MULTILOCK
SlDE FASClA!
CARRIER
PACK
Pin
v s
MAJOR
MODULE
Description
INSTRUMENT
CONTROL CONTROL
, SWAY
RF4 i B-WAY MULTILOCK
SWITCH
*-1600HZ
SCP SETWORK
Pin DD,O-9
RHE
070,
/ Access
PASSENGER
AMP EEEC I GREY
RF4 I S-WAY MULTILOCK
SWITCH
Location
1 Type 1 Color
FCl4,104-WAY
CONVERTIBLE
REAR OUARTER
7
Connector MODULE
MODULE Inactive
MODULE
Pin
Description
0
BT40~3
TOP UP RELAY ACTIVATE
B+
GROUND
0
BT40-4
LATCH CONTROL
B2
GROUND
I
BT40-6
BATTERY
B+
BA
S
BT40-8
SCP NETWORK
0
BT40-9
MAIN
0
BT40-10
TOP DOWN
I
BT40-13
GROUND
I
BT40-14
s 1
Inactive
Active VALVE
POWER SUPPLY
2-1600Hr VALVE
B+
GROUND
RELAY ACTIVATE
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
BT016
SCP NETWORK
2-
BT41-3
CONVERTIBLE
TOP DOWN SWlTCH
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
/ Color
1 Access
Connector
DOWN
RELAY
LH
BLACK
(VIOLET1
BT74,
VIOLET
TRUNK
RELAYS
QUARTER
DOWN
RELAY - RH
BLACK
,“iOLETl
BT76,
“lOLET
TRUNK
RELAYS
OUARTER
UP RELAY-
LH
BLACK
(“lOLET,
BT74,
VIOLET
TRUNK
RELAYS
OUARTER
UP RELAY-
RH
BLACK
(VIOLET1
BT76,
VIOLET
TRUNK
RELAYS
TOP UP RELAY
BLACK
BT16,
BLACK
TRUNK
RELAYS
TOP DOWN
BLACK
BT17,
BLACK
TRUNK
RELAYS
RELAY
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONTROL
Location
Color / Stripe
QUARTER
Relay
Description
CONTROL
RELAYS
CONNECTORS Location
Connector
Type I Color
AC14
14.WAY
MULTiiOCK
070,
GREY
FASCIA
BT,
2OWb.Y
MULTLOCK
070,
WHlTE
TRUNK,
070,
YELLOW
TRUNKIABOVE
I Access
BO”OM
CONNECTOR
ABOVE
MOUNTING
HAND
REAR WHEEL
ARCH
RlGHT
HAND
REAR WHEEL
ARCH
BT3
1%WAY
MULTILOCK
DDI
23WAY
P.MP - FORD,
BLACK
DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTlNG
DPI
23-WAY
AMP - FORD,
BLACK
PASSENGER
SIDE ‘A’ POSTI’N
RIGHT
‘A’ POST CONNECTOR
RF,
11.WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
RH2
20-WAY
MULTKOCK
070 /WHITE
RHS
3-wAY
MuLmoc~ 070
RH6
S-WAY
MULTILOCK
RH12
11.WAY
MULTiLOCK
YELLOW
HAND
REAR OF CENTER
CONSOLE
/WHITE
BEHIND
LEFT HAND
070 /WHITE
BEHIND
RIGHT HAND
REAR OF CENTER
070 /YELLOW
BRACKET,
RlGHT
HAND
SIDE
‘A’ POST TRIM
POSTTRIM MOUNTING
BRACKET/,X
POST TRiM
ASSEMBLY
QUARTER
TRlM
QUARTER
CONSOLE
BRACKET,
RIGHT
PANEL
TRlM
PANEL
ASSEMBLY
,600 HZ
B+
GROUND
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
MESSAGES.
GROUNDS Ground
Location
BTIAL
EYELET
(PAIR) - LEFT HAND
BTlAR
EYELET
(PAIR, - RIGHT HAND
BT, BL
EYELET (PAIR)
BTIBR
EYELET
,PAlRi
BTZBL
EYELET
IPAIR) - LEFT HAND
FCBBR
EYELET
(PAIR)
RHIS
EYELET (SINGLE),
CONTROL
MODULE
I Type
LEFT HAND - RiGHT
HAND
RIGHT HAND RIGHT
LEG,
ADJACENT
LEG, LEG, LEG,
TO BAnERY
ADJACENT
TO BATTERY
ADJACENTTO
BATTERY
ADJACENTTO
LEG /TRUNK,
BA,TERY
RIGHT REAR
LEG /TRANSMISSION
HAND
TUNNEL,
LEFT HAND
SlDE
REAR OUARTER
PIN OUT INFORMATION
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following I 0 SC
symbols
are used to represent
Input output Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.
D C S
values for Control
Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network
communications
on this data page is furnished
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. “Active”
Module
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz
to aid the user in understanding
Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation.
KHz MS MV
Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts
THIS INFORMATION
SHOULD BE USED FOR
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE
OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY
1998
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK v Pin Description c FCE-24 CANNETWORK c FC254.7 CANNETWORK 0
FC26-20
COMPONENTS Inactive
Active 1% 1500HZ 15%1500H2
VEHICLE SPEED
Location / Access TRUNK,RIGHTHANDSIDE TRUNKIIRIGHTHANOSIDE DR,“ERDOORCASING PASSENGER DOORCASING FASCIA
22HIQ 10MPH,16KM’H,,44HZQ 20MPH132KM/HI@Ei
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
MESSAGES.
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
CONNECTORS
Type / Color
GROUNDS Location / Type EYELET IPAIR,-LEFTHANDLEG,ADJACENT TOBATTERY EYELET iSINGLE,,ABOVE RlGHTHANDSlDEOFTRANSMlSSlON TUNNEL EYELET (PAIR- LEFTHANDLEG,TRANSMiSSlON TVNNEL. LEFTHANDSIDE
Ground ETlAL CE2 FCJEL CONTROL
The following
symbols
are used to represent
I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.
D C S
values for Control
Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network
communications
on this data page is furnished
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. “Active”
Module
to
aid
the
PIN OUT INFORMATION
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz
user
MODULE
in understanding
Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit
operation.
KHz MS MV
Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts
THIS INFORMATION
SHOULD BE USED FOR
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE
OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY
1998
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK J Pin Description c FC25-24 CANNETWORK c FC25-$7 CANNETWORK 0
FC26~20
COMPONENTS Inactive
Active 15-15OOHi 15- ,500Hz
VEHICLE SPEED
22Hz@10MPH116KMiHJ; 44HZ@20MPH132KM:HI@ET
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
Location / Access TRUNK!RIGHTHANDSIDE
Component ANTENNA MOTOR CDAUTO~CHANGER
Connector I Type I Color ET,9, B-WAY YAZAK,c s ” /WHITE IC7, CD DATA
CONNECTOR
TRUNK
i RIGHT
FULL RANGE
SPEAKER
DD19 /?-WAY
GROTE AND HARTMAN
MDKi
BLACK
DRIVER
DOOR CASING
FULL RANGE
SPEAKER-
DP19 /*-WAY
GROTE AND HARTMAN
MDK,
BLACK
PASSENGER
MAJOR
,NSTRUMENT
RADIO
CASSETrE
- DRIVER DOOR PASSENGER
DOOR
FC25, .a*-WAY FC26 i 24.WAY
PACK
MESSAGES. HEAD UNIT
RADIO NUENNA RADIO CONTROL
SWITCHES
RADIO TELEPHONE
(STEERING
CONSOLE
IC12,
TRUNK!
RIGHT
RTZO:
CONNECTOR
FULL RANGE
SPEAKER
- DRIVER SIDE
REAR OUARTER
FULL RANGE
SPEAKER
PASSENGER
SiDE
DOOR CASlNG
CENTER
COAXIAL
CONNECTOR
IO-WAY
I SLACK
STEERING
AND WHITE
MULTILOCK
070,
SIDE
FASCIA
BLACK I BLACK
1C8 / COAXlAL CONNECTOR ICI0 !2O~WAY MVLTlLOCK 070 ‘WHITE IC13, COAXIAL CONNECTOR IC14 i POWER AMPLIFIER CONNECTOR SW4:3-WAYEPC
WHEEL1
REAR OVARTER
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
AMP PC6 SlGNAL, AMP PCE SIGNAL
HAND
HAND
REAR OF CENTER
YELLOW
SIDE
WHEEL CONSOLE
ASSEMBLb
RI431 /Z-WAY
GROTE AND HARTMAN
MDK,
BLACK
INTERIOR
REAR OUARTER
PANEL
RH30 i Z-WAY
GROTE AND HARTMAN
MDK:
BLACK
INTERIOR
REAR OUARTER
PANEL
CONNECTORS Location
/ Access
Connector
Type I Color
AC14
14.WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
ET1
20.WAY
MULTlLOCK
070 /WHITE
DD,
23~WAY
AMP - FORD,
BLACK
DRIVER
DP1
23WAY
AMP - FORD,
BLACK
PASSENGER
ICI
PO-WAY MULTILOCK
070,
YELLOW
BELOW
CENTER
CONSOLE
GLOVE
BOX
IC2
14~WAY MULTlLOCK
070,
WHITE
BELOW
CENTER
CONSOLE
GLOVE
BOX
RHI
*o-WAY
MULTlLOCK
070,
GREY
BEHIND
GLOVE
SC3
1%WAY
M”LTlLDCK070,GREY
SW1
12~WA.y MULTILOCK
SW2
6-WAY
040,
FASCIA
GREY
BOTTOM
CONNECTOR
TRUNK/ABOVE
BLACK
MOUNTING
HAND
REAR WHEEL
SIDE ‘N POST MOUNTING SIDE ‘A’ POST,
BRACKET:
RIGHT
HAND
SIDE
ARCH
BRACKETj’R
POSTTRiM
‘A’ POST TRIM
BOX
RIGHT
HAND
INSIDE
STEERING
CENTER
JST i WHITE
RIGHT
SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN
OF STEERING
COLUMN
COWL
WHEEL
GROUNDS Ground FCSEL
EYELET
(PAIR, - LEFT HAND
CE2
EYELET
,S,NGLEI,
BTIAL
EYELET
IPAIR) - LEFT HAND
CONTROL
The following
symbols
are used to represent
I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.
D C S
values for Control
Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network
communications
on this data page is furnished
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. “Active”
Module
Location
MODULE
/ Type ABOVE
LEG, RlGHT
TRANSMISSION HAND
TUNNEL,
SIDE OF TRANSMISSION
LEG /ADJACENTTO
PIN OUT INFORMATION
LEFT HAND
SIDE
TUNNEL
BATTERY
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz
Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency
to aid the user in understanding
circuit operation.
KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION
SHOULD BE USED FOR
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE
OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY
1998
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK v Pin Description C FC25~24 CAN NETWORK C
FCZ5-47
0
FC7.6~20
COMPONENTS Inactive
Active
CAN NETWORK
Component ANTENNA MOTOR
Connector
1551500HZ 1%
CD AVTD~CHANGER
IC7
,500 HZ
MAJOR VEHICLE
SPEED
22 HZ @ ,O MPH 116 KMW.
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
44 Hz Q 20 MPH 132 KM/HI
INSTRUMENT
@ Bi
MESSAGES.
MID-BASS
SPEAKER
MID-BASS
SPEAKER
- DRl”ER
HEAD
UNIT
SWITCHES
RADIO TELEPHONE REAR OUARTER REAR WARTER REAR QUARTER
(STEERING
Z-WAY
SPEAKER
MID~RANGE MID-RANGE
SPEAKER SPEAKER
MID-RANGE
SPEAKER
(CONVERTIBLE, ICOUPE,
- DRi”ER
UJNVERTlBLE, ICOUPE)
- PASSENGER
(CONVERTIBLEI
- DRIVER SIDE
REAR SUB-WOOFER
iCDN”ERTlBLEi
- PASSENGER
REAR SUB-WOOFER
iCO”PEi
(FASCIA1
- DRIVER SIDE
SWAWKER
iFASCIA
PASSENGER
TWEETER
- DRIVER
TWEETER
- PASSENGER
SIDE
PASSENGER
REAR SVB-WOOFER
SOUAWKER
- DRIVER SIDE SIDE
SlDE
SIDE
DOOR
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
SIDE
MDK’
PASSENGER
BLACK
DOOR
CENTER
CONSOLE
ICtZ,
TRUNK,
RIGHT HAND
MULTILOCK MULTILOCK
COAXIAL
070 ‘WHITE 070 ‘WHITE
CONNECTOR EPC,
BLACK
MULTlLOCK
RH31 ,‘Z~WAY
GRDTE
RH24:
MULTlLDCK
3.WAY
RH30 I Z-WAY
STEERING
AND WHITE
O-WAY MULTILOCK
RHZS K-WAY
GRDTE
070,
SIDE
WHEEL CONSOLE
ASSEMBLY
REAR WARTER
PANEL
,NTERlOR
REAR QUARTER
PANEL
INTERIOR
REAR OUARTER
PANEL
MDK i BLACK
,NTER,OR
REAR OUARTER
P.wEL
MDK,
BLACK
,NTERlOR
REAR QVARTER
PANEL
REAR QUARTER
PANEL
MDKi
BLACK
GREY
AND HARTMAN
SIDE
lNTERlOR
GREY
AND HARTMAN
HAND
REAR OF CENTER
070 II YELLOW 070,
P-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN
RHZSIZ~WAY
GRDTE
AND HARTMAN
MDK,
BLACK
INTERIOR
RHZG,Z-WAY RHZ7, Z-WAY
GROTE AND HARTMAN GRDTE AND HARTMAN
MDK: MDK,
BLACK BLACK
PARCEL
SHELF
EC39 i P-WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
GREY
FASCIA,
DRIVER SIDE
FC38!
Z-WAY
MULTILOCK
070 II GREY
FASCIA,
PASSENGER
DD18,
Z-WAY
MULTlLOCK
040,
BLKK
DRIVER DOOR
MVLTILOCK
040,
BLACK
PASSENGER
DP18,2-WAY
DOOR
HAND
,ca: COAXIAL CONNECTOR lCl0, 20.WAY MULTlLOCK 070 WHITE ICI3 ‘COAXIAL CONNECTOR ICI4 z POWER AMPLIFIER CONNECTOR
RH27, SIDE
SIDE
RIGHT
RlGHT
RT20,1
CONNECTOR MID-RANGE
HAND
TRUNKi
DRIVER DOOR
MDK ‘BLACK
AND HARTMAN
RIGHT
FASCIA
i BLACK ! BLACK
GROTE AND HARTMAN
I Access
TRUNK/
TRUNK,
SW4 ‘S~WAY
WHEEL)
,WHITE
AMP PCB SIGNAL AMP PCB SlGNAL
DP19 12 WAY GRDTE
DOOR
RADIO ANTENNA RADIO CONTROL
C S.”
CONNECTOR
ICI7 / 12~WAY ICI8 1%WAY
CASSETTE
REAR QUARTER
CD DATA
DD19
DOOR
PASSENGER
POWER AMPLIFIER RADIO
YAZAKI
FC25! 48.WAY FC26 i24-WAY
PACK
Location
/ Type / Color
BT19 /B-WAY
SIDE
DOOR
CONNECTORS Location
I Access
Connector
Type / Color
AC14
14.WAY
M”LT,LOCK
070,
GREY
FASCIA
BOTTOM
BT,
PO-WAY MULTILOCK
070,
WWTE
TRUNK,
ABOVE
DDI
23WAY
AMP - FORD,
BLACK
DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING
DP,
23-W!,”
AMP
BLACK
PASSENGER
FORD,
CONNECTOR RlGHT
MOUNTlNG
HAND
REAR WHEEL BRACKET,
IC1
20 WAY MULTILOCK
070,YELLOW
BELOW
CENTER
CONSOLE
GLOVE
BOX
14.WAY
070,
BELOW
CENTER
CONSOLE
GLOVE
BOX
IC4
4-WAY
WHITE
TRUNK
i LEFT OF ANTENNA
RHI
ZO-WAY MULTILOCK
070,
GREY
BEHlND
SC3
12.WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
GREY
RIGHT
SW,
12-WAY
MULTILOCK
040,
BLACK
INSIDE
SW2
B-WAY JST,
MULTILOCK
070,
WHITE
CENTER
WHiTE
GLOVE HAND
RIGHT
HAND
SIDE
ARCH ‘X POSTTRIM
SIDE ‘N POST,‘A’POSTTTRlM
IC2
M”LT,LOCK
BRACKET,
ASSEMBLY
BOX
SIDE OF STEERING
STEERING
COLUMN
OF STEERING
COLUMN
COWL
WHEEL
GROUNDS Ground
Location
BTl AL
EYELET
(PAIR, - LEFT HAND
BTlCS
EYELET
(SINGLE1
/ADJACENT
CE2
EYELET
iSINGLE,,
ABOVE
FCSBL
EYELET
IPAIR) - LEFT HAND
CONTROL
MODULE
I Type LEG /ADJACENT
TO BATTERY
TO BATTERY RIGHT
HAND
SIDE OF TRANSMISSION
LEG /TRANSMISSION
PIN OUT INFORMATION
TUNNEL.
TUNNEL LEFT HAND
SlDE
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following
symbols
are used to represent
I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.
D C S
values for Control
Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network
communications
on this data page is furnished
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. “Active”
Module
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz
to aid the user in understanding
Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation.
KHz MS MV
Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts
THIS INFORMATION
SHOULD BE USED FOR
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE
OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY
1998
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS.
COMPONENTS Component
Connector
HANDSET
RT4 /TELEPHONE,
MICROPHONE
RF9 /Z-WAY
PROPRIETARY
MVLTlLOCK
040,
CENTER
ANTENNA
RT7,
TELEPHONE
TRANSCEIVER
RT2 /TELEPHONE! RE, TELEPHONE:
/ Access
CONSOLE
ROOF CONSOLE
BLUE
TRUNK
TELEPHONE
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Location
I Type I Color
COAXIAL
CENTER
PROPRIETARY PROPRIETARY
II RIGHT HAND
SIDE
CONSOLE
CONNECTORS
Connector RF,
Type I Color
RT3
TELEPHONE,
RT6
TELEPHONE
RTZO
IO-WAY
18~WAY MULTILOCK
Location 0X7! YELLOW
PROPRIETARY /PROPRIETARY
MULTILOCK
070,
YELLOW
RIGHT
HAND
/ Access ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR
CENTER
CONSOLE
CENTER
CONSOLE
REAR OF CENTER
CONSOLE
MOUNTING
BRACKET
“A’
POSTTRIM
ASSEMBLY
GROUNDS Location
I Type
Ground FCZCS
EYELET
(SINGLEI,
RIGHT HAND
FC4CS
EYELET
ISINGLE,,
LEFT HAND
‘A’ POST ‘K POST
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE
OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY
1998
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
AIRBAG I SRS CONTROL ‘;7 I
MODULE
COMPONENTS
Pin FC29.4
Description GROUND
0
FC29.5
MAJOR
D
FC29.6
SERIAL COMMUNiCATlDN
I
FCZ9.7
IGNITION
I
FCZ9-8
LH IMPACTSENSOR
I
FC29-9
RH IMPACTSENSOR
GROUND
GROUND
,NO FAULT,
I
FC29-71
LH IMPACT
SENSOR
STATUS
GROUND
ISHORTED,
B*
I
FCZ9~12
RH IMPACT
SENSOR
STATUS
GROUND
(SHORTED)
Bi
INSTRUMENT
PACK AIRBAG
SWITCHED
MIL
POWER SUPPLY GROUND
Active
Inactive
Component
GROUND
GROUND
ARBAG
-DRIVER
GROUND
B-
AiRBAG
-PASSENGER
AIRBAG
INTERROGATlON
GROUND
BA
SUPPLY
STATUS
SUPPLY
DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG
POWER SUPPLY
BA (SHORTED
DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG
GROUND
GROUND
iSHORTED
IMPACT
GROUND
iSHORTED
lMPACTSENSORi
SUPPLY
SIDE AlRBAG
GROUND
PASSENGER
SIDE AIRBAG
POWER SUPPLY
FUSED SUPPLY DEPLOYMENT
SUPPLY
B- ,SHORTED
INTERRUPT BATERY
COMMON
AIRBAG
COMMON
AIRBAG
CODE RETRIEVAL
GROUND
POWER SUPPLY
GROUND GROUND PULSED
SK
SAFING
SAFlNG
(FAULT
OPEN CIRCUIT
SENSOR,
OPEN CIRCUIT
SENSOR,
OPEN CIRCUIT OPEN CIRCUIT
SENSOR
BT iN0
PRESENT,
SUPPLY OUTPUT
FAULT,
GROUND
WORTED
IMPACT
SENSOR)
OPEN CIRCUIT
GROUND
iSHORTED
IMPACT
SENSORI
OPEN CIRCUIT
GROUND
IPVLSED,
B+ GROUND
GROUND
are used to represent
I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.
D C S
values for Control
Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network
Module
communications
on this data page is furnished
NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. “Active”
FC40 !bWAY
CONNECTOR
FC29 : 12.WAY FC30,12-WAY
MODULE
MULTILOCK
LEFT HAND 070 /WHITE
FORD CARD 1 BLACK FORD CARD 1 GREY
I Access
OF STEERING
WHEEL
SIDE OF AIRBAG
RIGHT
HAND’A’POST:‘N
RIGHT
HAND
ASSEMBLY POSTTRIM
‘A’ POST,‘K
POSTTRIM
IMPACT
SENSOR
- RH
LF51 I&WAY
FORD CARD,
NATURAL
FRONT
UPPER moss
MEMBER
I FowwARD
OF RADIATOR
iMPACT
SENSOR
LH
LF50 ‘d-WAY
FORD CARD.
NATUFtAL
FRONT
UPPER CROSS
MEMBER
I FORWARD
OF RADIATOR
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
CONNECTORS
Connector LF2
Type I Color
Location
B-WAY FORD CARD I BLACK
LEFT HAND
SW?0
Z-WAY
INSlDE
EPC
BLACK
/ Access ‘!4 POST CONNECTOR
STEERING
COLUMN
MO”NTlNG
BRACKET
I ‘A’ POST TRlM
COWL
GROUNDS Ground
Location
FClS
EYELET
CONTROL
symbols
CENTER
RX74 i S-WAY EPC i BLACK
SIDE
CONTROL
Location
I Type I Color EPC , BLACK
B-
B,
SUPPLY
GROUND
The following
SW, 1, S-WAY
WHEEL)
0 v (NO FAULTj
STATUS
PASSENGER
NRBAG,
Connector SIDE (STEERING
MODULE
/ Type
iSINGLE
lTRANSMlSSlON
TUNNEL,
PIN OUT INFORMATION
RIGHT
HAND
SIDE
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz
to aid the user in understanding
Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation.
KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION
SHOULD BE USED FOR
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON OF COMPONENTS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE
OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY
1998
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE 7 Pin Description I FC14~4 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY 0 FC14-70 HORNRELAYACTIVATE 1 FC14.80 EATERY POWER SUPPLY ,LDGICI
COMPONENTS Inactive B+ B* B+
Active B+ GROUND iHORNSOUNDING, B+
Connector
Component BODY PROCESSOR
FC14,
MODULE
ACCESSORY
FUSE BOX - ENGINE
EEEC,
CONNECTOR
FC51 , Z-WAY AMP SERIES
COMPARTMENT
LB, LF6, iF7 I LF8, LF70,
FUSE BOX-TRUNK
GARAGE
IO-WAY IO-WAY 10.WAY IO-WAY EYELET
BTiO, 10.WAY ST1 t ,10-WAY ST??, ?&WAY BT13,10-WAY BT64, EYELET
DOOR OPENER
HORN SWITCHES
PASSENGER
GREY
FORWARD
V T.A. V T.A. U.T.A. U.T.A.
HP,, HP2, HP3,
WHEEL)
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
TRUNK,
ELECTRICAL
HAND
SIDE OF GLOVE
BOX
LEFT FRONT
CARRlER
GREY CENTER
I-WAY BLADE I-WAY BLADE EYELET
HORN - RH
LF14, LUCAR LF15,LUCAR
RIGHT ANGLE RIGHT ANGLE
BT25,
RIGHT
ROOF CONSOLE 070,
RIGHT ANGLE RIGHT ANGLE
CONNECTOR
FASCIA/ADJACENT-t0
NATURAL BLACK GREEN BLUE
BRACKET
OF GEAR SELECTOR
BLACK
FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX,
LFlG,LUCAR LF17, LUCAR
ACCESSORY
/ Access SIDE FASCIA,AIRBAG
NATURAL BLACK GREEN BLUE
250,
FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX,
RFll IHYBRIDIWHITE RF70 , B-WAY MULTILOCK
iROOF CONSOLEi
iSTEERING
“.T.A “.T A U.T A. U T A
HORN - LH
TRUNK
Location
/ Type / Color AMP
FC42,2-WAY AMP, BLACK FC59, LUCAR RIGHT ANGLE
CIGAR LIGHTER FASClA
IOCWAY
X-WAY AMP SERlES
250 PIN,
WHEEL
FRONT
BUMPER,
REAR
FRONT
BUMPER,
REAR
TRUNK,
BLACK
OF STEERING
ADiACENT
TO BATTERY
RELAYS Relay HORNRELAY (#%?I ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR
RELAY
i#61
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
Connector
BROWN
BUS
ENGINE
BROWN
BUS
TRUNK
I Color
/ Access
COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX
FUSE BOX
CONNECTORS Location
Type / Color I-WAY
Location
Color / Stripe
ECONOSEAL
111HC, BLACK
TRVNK
I Access
/ABOVE
RIGHT HAND
?O-WAY
MULTlLOCK
070 /WHITE
LEFT HAND’A’PDST
II-WAY
MULTILOCK
070 /YELLOW
RIGHT
2-WAY
ECONDSEAL
II/ HC, BLACK
REAR OF CENTER
HAND
MULTILOCK
070 /YELLOW
ADJACENTTO
12.WAY
MULTlLOCK
070,
GREY
RIGHT
HAND
I2-WAY
bl”LTlLOCK
040,
BLACK
INSIDE
STEERING
e-WAY
JST , WHlTE
CONSOLE
STEERING CDLVMN
MOUNTING
BRACKET,%’ BRACKETI’A’
POSTTRiM POSTTRlM
ASSEMBLY COLVMN
SIDE OF STEERING
OF STEERWiG
ARCH
MOUNTlNG
‘K POST CONNECTOR
1%WAY
CENTER
REAR WHEEL
CONNECTOR
MOTOR COLUMN
COWL
WHEEL
GROUNDS Ground
Location
BTZBR
EYELET
,PAIR, - RIGHT
FCZBL
EYELET
IPAIR, - LEFT HAND
FC28R
EYELET
(PAIR) - RIGHT
FCBBL
EYELET
iPAIR
FC3BR
EYELET
IPAIR) - RIGHT
FUEL
EYELET
IPAIR) - LEFT HAND
FClBR
EYELET
(PAIR, -RIGHT
LFIAL
EYELET
IPAIR) - LEFT HAND
LFZBR
EYELET
(PAIR1 - RIGHT
CONTROL
MODULE
/ Type HAND HAND
- LEFT HAND HAND HAND HAND
LEG, LEG, IEG,
TRUNK,
RlGHT
RIGHT HAND RIGHT
HAND
LEG /TRANSMISSION
LEG, LEG, LEG,
LEFT HAND LEFT HAND
PIN OUT INFORMATION
TUNNEL,
LEFT HAND
SiDE
LEFT HAND
SlDE
‘A’ POST
RIGHT HAND ENGINE
‘A’ POST TUNNEL.
LEG /TRANSMISSION LEG,
REAR
‘4’ POST
‘K POST HEADLAMP
COMPARTMENT,
FORWARD
OF LEFT HAND
HOOD
LATCH
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
+I
The following
symbols
are used to represent
I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.
D C S
Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network
Module
Pin Out data:
communications
on this data page is furnished
NOTE: The values listed are approximately connected and fitted. “Active”
Components
values for Control
B+ V Hz
to aid the user in understanding
those that can be expected means a load is applied
at or
the
a switch
control is ON;
KHz MS MV
Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. module “Inactive”
Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts
THIS INFORMATION
connector
pins
means
a load
with is not
all
circuit
applied
SHOULD BE USED FOR connections
or
a switch
made and all is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE
OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY
1998
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
REFER TO THE APPENDIX
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
MESSAGES.
COMPONENTS Component
Connector
ABS /TRACTION ADAPTIVE
CONTROL
DAMPING
AIR CONDlTlONlNG
AIRBAG
CONTROL
CONTROL CONTROL
I SRS CONTROL
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
MODVLE MODULE
AMP HYBR,D!
BT69 : 35WAY
AMP,
AC1 , ZS-WAY AC*, 16.WAY AC3 ’ 12.WAY AC4 ‘*z-WAY
MODULE
MODULE
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
Location
I Type I Color
LF37 : 2I~WAY
SLACK
ENGINE
TRUNK/ADJACENT
BLACK
MULTILOCK MVLTlLOCK MULTILOCK MULTlLOCK
47 47 47 47
A,C UNIT,
1 GREY i GREY / GREY : GREY
FCZS / 12~WAY FORD CARD / BLACK FC30 12.WAY FORD CARD ‘GREY
RIGHT
FC14
PASSENGER
1WWAY
AMP EEEC I GREY
FC53 ’ 1B-WAY
AMP OBD2 / BLACK
HAND
- DRIVER
DDlO / 22~WAY DD11 : 22~WAY
FORD 2 ITIMER; FORD 2.8 TlMER
BLUE BLACK
DRIVER
- PASSEWGER
DPlO i 22.WAY DPI 1 / 22.WAY
FORD 2 8 TIMER, FORD 2 8 TIMER,
BLUE BLACK
PASSENGER
GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMlNATlON
KEYTRANSPONDER MAJOR
PACK
SEAT CONTROL
MODULE
SEAT CONTROL
MODULE
SECURITY
MODULE
MODULE
lNSTRUMENT
-DRIVER
AND LOCKING
ENGINE
EMlO I ZB-WAY MVLTILOCK 040, GREY EMll !1B-WAYM”LTILOCKOnO,GREY EM12, Z-WAY M”LTlLOCK040iGREY EM13:34-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY EM14!12-WAYM”LTlLOCK47:WH,TE EM75! 22~WAY MULTlLOCK 47 , WHlTE MULTlLOCK
070iWHlTE
FRONT
FC22;20-WAY
MULTlLOCK
040,
ADJACENTTO
FC25,48-WAY FCZB I WWAY
AMP PC8 SIGNAL, m4P PCB SlGNAL,
SIDE FASCIA
‘AIRBAG
DOOR CASING
CONTROL
OF GEAR SELECTOR
FASCIA
BLACK BLACK
BELOW
SEAT CUSHION
BELOW
SEAT CUSHION
- PASSENGER
SP3i1.5WAY SP5,10-WAY
FORD 2.8 TIMER, FORD 2.8 TIMER,
BT40,16-WAYFORD 2 BT,MER,BLACK BT41,26~WAY FORD IDC, BLACK RH20, COAXIAL CONNECTOR
TRUNK,
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT/CONTROL
CONTROL
MODULE
AJ’X
N/A
EM,,
CONTROL
MODULE:
AJX
SC
EM72,14-WAY AMP JUNIOR EM731 1%WAYAMPJUNIOR
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
%-WAY
BOSCH,
ENCLOSURE
ASSEMBLY
CONTROL
TRANSMISSION
MODULE
DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX
FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK FORD IDC, BLACK FORD 2.8 TlMER, BLACK
TRANSMISSION
BRACKET
DOOR I DOOR CASING
SD3,16-WAY SD4,26-WAY SD5 / IO-WAY
MODULE
CARRIER
POSTTRlM
COMPARTMENT!
FCBB I ,&WAY
GREEN
‘A’ POST!‘K
DOOR,
MODULE
LEFT
SlDE
DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX
MODULE MODULE
HAND
BELOW
DOOR CONTROL CONTROL
I FRONT
TO ELECTRICAL
RIGHT
DOOR CONTROL
ENGINE
/ Access
COMPARTMENT
BLACK BLACK
BLACK POWER TlMER, BLACK POWERTIMER,BLACK
ELECTRICAL
CARRIER
CONTROL
MODULE
ENCLOSURE
MODULE
ENCLOSURE
CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color
AC14
14.WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
GREY
FASCIA
ST,
ZO-WAY MULTILOCK
070,
WHlTE
TRUNK/ABOVE
070,
WHITE
Location
/ Access
BOTTOM
CONNECTOR
MOUNTING
HAND
REAR WHEEL
HAND
REAR WHEEL
812
ZO~WAY MULTlLOCK
TRUNK/ABOVE
RlGHT
DD,
23.WAY
AMP - FORD,
BLACK
DRl”ER
POST MOVNTiNG
DPI
.X-WAY
AMP
BLACK
PASSENGER
EM,
SO-WAY MULTiLOCK
LF40
13.WAY
FORD,
ECONOSEAL
070,
WHITE
II/ LC, BLACK
SIDE ‘I’
BRACKET,
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT/
LEFT HAND
RH2
PO-WAY MULTlLOCK
070,
WHITE
REAR OF CENTER
CONSOLE
ASSEMBLY
,B~WAY
070,
YELLOW
REAR OF CENTER
CONSOLE
ASSEMBLY
SD1
B-WAY
SP,
B-WAY MULTlLOCK
MULTILOCK
RlGHT
HAND
SlDE
ARCH ‘%’ POST TRlM
SIDE ‘A’ POST,‘A’POSTTRlM
RH12
MVLTlLOCK
BRACKET,
RIGHT
070 /YELLOW
BELOW
DRl”ER
070,YELLOW
BELOW
PASSENGER
RiGHTHAND
ENCLOSURE
ENCLOSURE
SEAT SEAT
GROUNDS Ground
Location
FCIBL
EYELET
CONTROL
The following
symbols
are used to represent
I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.
D C S
Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network
Module
communications
on this data page is furnished
NOTE: The values listed are approximately connected and fitted. “Active”
components
values for Control
MODULE
/ Type
IPAIR) -LEFT
HAND
LEG /TRANSMISSION
PIN OUT INFORMATION
TUNNEL.
LEFT HAND
SIDE
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
Pin Out data: B+ V Hz
Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency
to aid the user in understanding
circuit operation.
KHz MS MV
Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts
THIS INFORMATION
SHOULD BE USED FOR
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE
OF ISSUE:
FEBRUARY
‘199R
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
XK8 Range 1998
Appendix
This Appendix contains a listing of CAN and SCP Network messages.
Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used throughout this Appendix: BPM DIAG DDCM DSCM INST PDCM PSCM R T SLCM
Body Processor Module Diagnostics Driver Door Control Module Driver Seat Control Module Instrument Pack Passenger Door Control Module Passenger Seat Control Module Receive Transmit Security and Locking Control Module
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
i
Appendix
XK8 Range 1998
CAN Messages by Node NODE: Engine Control Module Transmitted by ECM Message
Useage
CAN traction acknowledge CAN traction control estimated engine torque CAN shift energy management estimated engine torque CAN throttle position CAN pedal position CAN torque reduction acknowledge CAN engine speed CAN brake pedal pressed CAN cruise status CAN park brake status CAN OBD II clear fault codes CAN engine coolant temperature CAN engine OBD II MIL CAN throttle malfunction red CAN throttle malfunction amber CAN ECM fault code MIL status CAN ECM PECUS flag CAN engine fault codes CAN fuel used CAN NWM token ECM CAN diagnostic data out – ECM
Confirms torque reduction for traction control Derived from map of engine characteristics Derived from map of engine characteristics Throttle valve position Accelerator pedal position, throttle demand Confirms torque reduction for shift energy management Engine speed Brake switch status Cruise control system status Indicates whether the parking brake is on Request for ABS and TCM to clear their OBD II DTCs Engine coolant temperature in Celsius MIL control for OBD II DTCs Red throttle malfunction warnings Amber throttle malfunction warnings Indicates whether the ECM DTC should switch MIL on PECUS programmed status of ECM EMS DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes Derived from injector pulse duration Message for monitoring network status From external diagnostics device only
ii
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
XK8 Range 1998
Appendix
CAN Messages by Node NODE: Engine Control Module Received by ECM Message
Usage
Source
CAN torque reduction throttle CAN fast torque reduction ignition CAN fast torque reduction cylinder CAN torque reduction request CAN transmission overload CAN transmission input speed CAN transmission output speed CAN torque converter slip CAN kickdown CAN traction status CAN vehicle reference speed CAN ABS fault codes CAN OBD II ABS clear acknowledge CAN ABS fault code MIL status CAN ABS malfunction CAN side lamp status CAN dipped beam status CAN main beam status CAN oil pressure low CAN fuel level damped CAN fuel level raw CAN gear position actual CAN torque converter status CAN gear position selected CAN gear selection fault CAN transmission shift map CAN transmission oil temperature CAN transmission malfunction CAN TCM fault code MIL status CAN OBD II TCM clear acknowledge CAN transmission fault codes CAN left front wheel speed CAN right front wheel speed CAN left rear wheel speed CAN right rear wheel speed CAN NWM token – TCM CAN NWM token – INST CAN NWM token – ABS CAN diagnostic data in – ECM
For traction control – throttle intervention Fast stability control response – ignition retard Fast stability control response – cylinder fuel cutoff For shift energy management Protects transmission against excessive torque Transmission input shaft speed Transmission output shaft speed Percentage of torque converter slip Kickdown status Indicates if the traction control algorithm is functioning Vehicle speed based on a standard wheel size ABS DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes Acknowledgment that OBD II ABS DTCs have been cleared Indicates whether the ABS DTC should switch MIL on Malfunction information for ABS and brake systems Side lamp state for idle speed control Dipped beam state for idle speed control Main beam state for idle speed control Indicates low engine oil pressure Indicates ‘damped’ level of fuel in tank Indicates ‘raw – undamped’ level of fuel in tank Actual transmission gear state Indicates torque converter lockup Position of transmission rotary switch Indicates validity of CAN gear position selected Dynamic shift program currently selected Transmission fluid temperature Transmission malfunction warning Indicates whether the TCM DTC should switch MIL on Acknowledgment that OBD II DTCs have been cleared TCM DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes Front left wheel speed Front right wheel speed Rear left wheel speed Rear right wheel speed Message for monitoring network status Message for monitoring network status Message for monitoring network status From external diagnostics device only
ABS ABS ABS TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM ABS ABS ABS ABS ABS ABS INST INST INST INST INST INST TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM ABS ABS ABS ABS TCM INST ABS DIAG
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
iii
Appendix
XK8 Range 1998
CAN Messages by Node NODE: Transmission Control Module Transmitted by TCM Message
Usage
CAN torque reduction request CAN transmission overload CAN transmission input speed CAN transmission output speed CAN torque converter slip CAN kickdown CAN gear position actual CAN torque converter status CAN gear position selected CAN gear selection fault CAN transmission shift map CAN transmission oil temperature CAN transmission malfunction CAN TCM PECUS flag CAN TCM fault code MIL status CAN OBD II TCM clear acknowledge CAN transmission fault codes CAN NWM token – TCM CAN diagnostic data out – TCM
For shift energy management Protects transmission against excessive torque Transmission input shaft speed Transmission output shaft speed Percentage of torque converter slip Kickdown status Actual transmission gear state Indicates torque converter lockup Position of transmission rotary switch Indicates validity of CAN gear position selected Dynamic shift program currently selected Transmission fluid temperature Transmission malfunction warning PECUS programmed status of TCM Indicates whether the TCM DTC should switch MIL on Acknowledgment that OBD II DTCs have been cleared TCM DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes Message for monitoring network status To external diagnostics device only
Received by TCM Message
Usage
Source
CAN traction status CAN ABS malfunction CAN ABS status CAN shift energy management estimated engine torque CAN throttle position CAN pedal position CAN torque reduction acknowledge CAN engine speed CAN brake pedal pressed CAN cruise status CAN OBD II clear fault codes CAN engine coolant temperature CAN engine OBD II MIL CAN throttle malfunction red CAN throttle malfunction amber CAN ECM fault code MIL status CAN engine fault codes CAN left front wheel speed CAN right front wheel speed CAN NWM token – ECM CAN NWM token – INST CAN NWM token – ABS CAN diagnostic data in – TCM
Indicates if the traction control algorithm is functioning Malfunction information for ABS and brake systems Indicates whether ABS is operating Derived from map of engine characteristics Throttle valve position Accelerator pedal position, throttle demand Confirms torque reduction for shift energy management Engine speed Brake switch status Cruise control system status Request for ABS and TCM to clear their OBD II DTCs Engine coolant temperature in Celsius MIL control for OBD II DTCs Red throttle malfunction warnings Amber throttle malfunction warnings Indicates whether the ECM DTC should switch MIL on EMS DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes Front left wheel speed Front right wheel speed Message for monitoring network status Message for monitoring network status Message for monitoring network status From external diagnostics device only
ABS ABS ABS ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ABS ABS ECM INST ABS DIAG
iv
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
XK8 Range 1998
Appendix
CAN Messages by Node NODE: Instrument Pack Transmitted by INST Message
Usage
CAN side lamp status CAN dipped beam status CAN main beam status CAN oil pressure low CAN fuel level damped CAN fuel level raw CAN NWM token – INST CAN diagnostic data out – INST
Side lamp state for idle speed control Dipped beam state for idle speed control Main beam state for idle speed control Indicates low engine oil pressure Indicates ‘damped’ level of fuel in tank Indicates ‘raw – undamped’ level of fuel in tank Message for monitoring network status To external diagnostics device only
Received by INST Message
Usage
Source
CAN traction status CAN vehicle reference speed CAN reference distance traveled CAN ABS malfunction CAN engine speed CAN brake pedal pressed CAN park brake status CAN gear position selected CAN gear selection fault CAN transmission oil temperature CAN transmission malfunction CAN TCM PECUS flag CAN engine coolant temperature CAN engine OBD II MIL CAN throttle malfunction red CAN throttle malfunction amber CAN ECM PECUS flag CAN fuel used CAN right rear wheel speed CAN NWM token – ECM CAN NWM token – TCM CAN NWM token – ABS CAN diagnostic data in – INST
Indicates if the traction control algorithm is functioning Vehicle speed based on a standard wheel size Rolling count – based on a standard wheel size Malfunction information for ABS and brake systems Engine speed Brake switch status Indicates whether the parking brake is on Position of transmission rotary switch Indicates validity of CAN gear position selected Transmission fluid temperature Transmission malfunction warning PECUS programmed status of TCM Engine coolant temperature in Celsius MIL control for OBD II DTCs Red throttle malfunction warnings Amber throttle malfunction warnings PECUS programmed status of ECM Derived from injector pulse duration Rear right wheel speed Message for monitoring network status Message for monitoring network status Message for monitoring network status From external diagnostics device only
ABS ABS ABS ABS ECM ECM ECM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ABS ECM TCM ABS DIAG
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
v
Appendix
XK8 Range 1998
CAN Messages by Node NODE: ABS / Traction Control Control Module Transmitted by ABS/TC CM Message
Usage
CAN torque reduction throttle CAN fast torque reduction ignition CAN fast torque reduction cylinder CAN traction status CAN vehicle reference speed CAN reference distance traveled CAN ABS fault codes CAN OBD II ABS clear acknowledge CAN ABS fault code MIL status CAN ABS malfunction CAN ABS status CAN left front wheel speed CAN right front wheel speed CAN left rear wheel speed CAN right rear wheel speed CAN NWM token – ABS CAN diagnostic data out – ABS
For traction control – throttle intervention Fast stability control response – ignition retard Fast stability control response – cylinder fuel cut off Indicates if the traction control algorithm is functioning Vehicle speed based on a standard wheel size Rolling count – based on a standard wheel size ABS DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes Acknowledgment that OBD II ABS DTCs have been cleared Indicates whether the ABS DTC should switch MIL on Malfunction information for ABS and brake systems Indicates whether ABS is operating Front left wheel speed Front right wheel speed Rear left wheel speed Rear right wheel speed Message for monitoring network status From external diagnostics device only
Received by ABS/TC CM Message
Usage
Source
CAN traction acknowledge CAN traction control estimated engine torque CAN transmission input speed CAN transmission output speed CAN torque converter slip CAN kickdown CAN throttle position CAN pedal position CAN engine speed CAN brake pedal pressed CAN OBD II clear fault codes CAN gear position actual CAN torque converter status CAN transmission shift map CAN transmission malfunction CAN transmission fault codes CAN engine OBD II MIL CAN throttle malfunction red CAN throttle malfunction amber CAN ECM fault code MIL status CAN engine fault codes CAN NWM token – ECM CAN NWM token – TCM CAN NWM token – INST CAN diagnostic data in – ABS
Confirms torque reduction for traction control Derived from map of engine characteristics Transmission input shaft speed Transmission output shaft speed Percentage of torque converter slip Kickdown status Throttle valve position Accelerator pedal position, throttle demand Engine speed Brake switch status Request for ABS and TCM to clear their OBD II DTCs Actual transmission gear state Indicates torque converter lockup Dynamic shift program currently selected Transmission malfunction warning TCM DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes MIL control for OBD II DTCs Red throttle malfunction warnings Amber throttle malfunction warnings Indicates whether the ECM DTC should switch MIL on EMS DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes Message for monitoring network status Message for monitoring network status Message for monitoring network status From external diagnostics device only
ECM ECM TCM TCM TCM TCM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM TCM INST DIAG
vi
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
XK8 Range 1998
Appendix
CAN Messages by Node NODE: Gear Selector Module (listen only) Received by Gear Selector Module Message
Usage
Source
CAN gear position selected CAN gear selection fault
Gear selector indicator illumination
TCM TCM
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
vii
Appendix
XK8 Range 1998
CAN Message Matrix Message CAN torque reduction throttle CAN fast torque reduction ignition CAN fast torque reduction cylinder CAN traction acknowledge CAN traction control estimated engine torque CAN torque reduction request CAN transmission overload CAN transmission input speed CAN transmission out speed CAN torque converter slip CAN kickdown CAN traction status CAN vehicle reference speed CAN reference distance traveled CAN ABS fault codes CAN OBD II ABS clear acknowledge CAN ABS fault code MIL status CAN ABS malfunction CAN ABS status CAN shift energy management estimated engine torque CAN throttle position CAN pedal position CAN torque reduction acknowledge CAN engine speed CAN brake pedal pressed CAN cruise status CAN park brake status CAN OBD II clear fault codes CAN side lamp status CAN dipped beam status CAN main beam status CAN oil pressure low CAN fuel level raw CAN fuel level damped CAN gear position actual CAN torque converter status CAN gear position selected CAN gear selection fault CAN transmission shift map CAN transmission oil temperature CAN transmission malfunction CAN TCM PECUS flag CAN TCM fault code MIL status CAN OBD II TCM clear acknowledge CAN transmission fault codes CAN engine coolant temperature CAN engine OBD II MIL CAN throttle malfunction red CAN throttle malfunction amber CAN ECM fault code MIL status CAN ECM PECUS flag CAN engine fault codes CAN fuel used CAN left front wheel speed CAN right front wheel speed CAN left rear wheel speed CAN right rear wheel speed
viii
ABS
TCM
ECM
INST
Gear Selector
Diagnostics
T .................................. R ................................................................................. T .................................. R ................................................................................. T .................................. R ................................................................................. R ................................. T ................................................................................. R ................................. T ................................................................................. ................ T ............... R ................................................................................. ................ T ............... R ................................................................................. R .............. T ............... R ................................................................................. R .............. T ............... R ................................................................................. R .............. T ............... R ................................................................................. R .............. T ............... R ................................................................................. T ............... R ............... R ............... R .............................................................. T .................................. R ............... R .............................................................. T ..................................................... R .............................................................. T .................................. R ................................................................................. T .................................. R ................................................................................. T .................................. R ................................................................................. T ............... R ............... R ............... R .............................................................. T ............... R .................................................................................................... ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. R .............. R ............... T ................................................................................. R .............. R ............... T ................................................................................. ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. R .............. R ............... T ............... R .............................................................. R .............. R ............... T ............... R .............................................................. ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. R .............. R ............... T ................................................................................. ................................... R ............... T .............................................................. ................................... R ............... T .............................................................. ................................... R ............... T .............................................................. ................................... R ............... T .............................................................. ................................... R ............... T .............................................................. ................................... R ............... T .............................................................. R .............. T ............... R ................................................................................. R .............. T ............... R ................................................................................. R .............. T ............... R ............... R ............... R ........................................... R .............. T ............... R ............... R ............... R ........................................... R .............. T ............... R ................................................................................. ................ T ............... R ............... R .............................................................. R .............. T ............... R ............... R .............................................................. ................ T .................................. R .............................................................. ................ T ............... R ................................................................................. ................ T ............... R ................................................................................. R .............. T ............... R ................................................................................. ................ R ............... T ............... R .............................................................. R .............. R ............... T ............... R .............................................................. R .............. R ............... T ............... R .............................................................. R .............. R ............... T ............... R .............................................................. R .............. R ............... T ................................................................................. ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. R .............. R ............... T ................................................................................. ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. T ............... R ............... R ................................................................................. T ............... R ............... R ................................................................................. T .................................. R ................................................................................. T .................................. R ............... R .............................................................. DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
XK8 Range 1998
Message
ABS
CAN NWM token – ECM CAN NWM token – TCM CAN NWM token – INST CAN NWM token – ABS CAN diagnostic data in – ECM CAN diagnostic data in – TCM CAN diagnostic data in – INST CAN diagnostic data in – ABS CAN diagnostic data out – ECM CAN diagnostic data out – TCM CAN diagnostic data out – INST CAN diagnostic data out – ABS
DATE OF ISSUE:
Appendix
SEPTEMBER 1997
TCM
ECM
INST
Gear Selector
Diagnostics
R .............. R ............... T ............... R .............................................................. R .............. T ............... R ............... R .............................................................. R .............. R ............... R ............... T .............................................................. T ............... R ............... R ............... R .............................................................. ................................... R ............................................................. T ................ ................ R ................................................................................ T ................ ...................................................... R .......................................... T ................ R .................................................................................................. T ................ ................................... T ............................................................. R ................ ................ T ................................................................................ R ................ ...................................................... T .......................................... R ................ T ................................................................................................... R ................
ix
Appendix
XK8 Range 1998
SCP Message Matrix #
Message Name
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23–58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90
Vehicle speed Brake pedal pressed SLCM not programmed BPM not programmed DDCM not programmed DSCM not programmed PDCM not programmed PSCM not programmed Left hand drive vehicle Valet mode OFF Non-convertible vehicle Right hand drive vehicle Valet mode ON Convertible vehicle Request vehicle drive side Request valet mode status Request convertible status Reverse gear selected Not-in-park switch – inactive Not-in-park switch – active Request not-in-park switch status Request not-in-park switch status Diagnostic messages Charging OK Inertia switch inactive Inertia switch active Request inertia switch status Request inertia switch status Ignition status Key not-in-ignition Key in-ignition Request ignition status Request ignition status Request ignition status Request ignition status Request ignition status Request ignition status Request key-in status Request key-in status Request key-in status Request key-in status Seat belt telltale OFF Low washer fluid warning OFF Convertible top latch warning OFF Seat belt telltale ON Low washer fluid warning ON Convertible top latch warning ON Request washer fluid status Request convertible top latch status Security audible indication Remote panic Security disarm Glass break fault Security armed Key valid
x
INST
BPM
DDCM
PDCM
DSCM
PSCM
SLCM
T ............... R ............... R ........................................................................ R ..... T ............... R .................................................................................................... R ............................................................................................................. T ..... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R ................................. T ................................................................................. R ....................................................................... T ........................................... R .................................................... T .............................................................. R .......................................................................................... T ........................ ................ T ............... R ............... R ..................................................... R ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ T ............... R ............... R ..................................................... R ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ..... ................ T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ........................ ................ T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ........................ ................ R ..................................................... T ........................................... ................ R ........................................................................ T ........................ ........................................................................................................................ T ........................................................................ R ............... R ........................ ................ T ............... R ............... R ..................................................... R ..... ................ T ............... R ............... R ..................................................... R ..... ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. ................ R .................................. T .............................................................. R .............. T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ..... ................ T ............... R ............... R ..................................................... R ..... ................ T ............... R ............... R ..................................................... R ..... ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... T ............... R .................................................................................................... ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. ................ R ..................................................... T ........................................... ................ R .................................. T .............................................................. ................ R ........................................................................ T ........................ ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. ................ R ..................................................... T ........................................... ................ R .................................. T .............................................................. R ....................................................................... T ........................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R ............................................................................................................. T ..... R ....................................................................... T ........................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R ............................................................................................................. T ..... T ............... R .................................................................................................... T .............................................................................................................. R ..... ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T ..... ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
XK8 Range 1998
#
Message Name
91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98–165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 (continued)
Glass break detected Request security arm status Request security arm status Request security arm status Seat belt chime OFF Seat belt chime ON Request seat belt chime status Diagnostic messages Recall memory 1 Recall memory 2 Save memory 1 Save memory 2 DDCM memory 1 recalled DSCM memory 1 recalled PDCM memory 1 recalled DDCM memory 2 recalled DSCM memory 2 recalled PDCM memory 2 recalled Park fold-back mirrors Unfold fold-back mirrors Stop driver mirror Stop passenger mirror Driver mirror up Passenger mirror up Driver mirror down Passenger mirror down Passenger mirror right Passenger mirror left Unlock driver door Unlock passenger door Remote unlock Remote trunk release Lock front doors Lock front doors Remote superlock Superlock driver door Superlock passenger door Remote lock Vehicle unlocked Driver door unlocked Passenger door unlocked Driver lock switch status Passenger lock switch status Driver door unsuperlocked Passenger door unsuperlocked Vehicle locked Driver door locked Passenger door locked Driver door superlocked Passenger door superlocked Request vehicle lock status Request driver door lock status Request passenger door status Request driver key barrel status Request driver key barrel status
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
Appendix
INST
BPM
DDCM
PDCM
DSCM
PSCM
SLCM
................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................................... T ........................................................................ R ..... ...................................................... T ..................................................... R ..... ................ R ..................................................... T ........................................... ................ R ..................................................... T ........................................... ................ T ..................................................... R ........................................... ........................................................................................................................ ................ R ............... T ............... R ............... R ........................................... ................ R ............... T ............... R ............... R ........................................... ................ R ............... T ............... R ............... R ........................................... ................ R ............... T ............... R ............... R ........................................... ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. ................ R ..................................................... T ........................................... ................ R .................................. T .............................................................. ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. ................ R ..................................................... T ........................................... ................ R .................................. T .............................................................. ................................... T .................................. R ............... R ........................ ................................... T .................................. R ............... R ........................ ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................................... R ............... T .............................................................. ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T ..... ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. ................ R .................................. T .............................................................. ................................... R ............... R ..................................................... T ..... ......................................................................... T ........................................... ................................... T ................................................................................. ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................ R ............... T ........................................................................ R ..... ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T ..... ................ R .................................. R ..................................................... T ..... ................ R ............... T ........................................................................ R ..... ................ R .................................. T ..................................................... R ..... ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. ................ R .................................. T .............................................................. ................ R ............... T ........................................................................ R ..... ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T ..... ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T ..... ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. ................ R .................................. T .............................................................. ................................... R ........................................................................ T ..... ................................... T ........................................................................ R ..... ...................................................... T ..................................................... R ..... ................................... R ........................................................................ T ..... ................................... R ............... T ..............................................................
xi
Appendix
XK8 Range 1998
SCP Message Matrix #
Message Name
213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268
Request passenger key barrel status (deleted) Request passenger key barrel status (deleted) Request superlock status Open trunk Hood closed Driver door closed Passenger door closed Trunk closed Stop fuel filler flap open Convertible top latch status Hood ajar Driver door ajar Passenger door ajar Trunk ajar Open fuel filler flap Request hood ajar status Request driver door ajar status Request driver door status Request driver door ajar status Request passenger door ajar status Request trunk ajar status Request convertible top latch switches status Driver seat heater telltale OFF Passenger seat heater telltale OFF Driver seat heater telltale ON Passenger seat heater telltale ON Request driver heater telltale status Request passenger heater telltale status Stop global window open Stop global window close Position driver window Position passenger window Position rear quarters Driver window position Passenger window position Stop passenger window open Stop convertible top open Stop passenger window close Stop convertible top close Open passenger window Open convertible top Close passenger window Close convertible top Request driver window position Request passenger window position Request driver and passenger window switch status Driver seat heater switch active Passenger seat heater switch active Front bulb failure Rear bulb failure Front bulbs OK Rear bulbs OK Request front bulb fail status Request rear bulb fail status Rear fog lamps OFF Remote headlamp convenience OFF
xii
INST
BPM
DDCM
PDCM
DSCM
PSCM
SLCM
...................................................... R ..................................................... T ..... ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................ T ............... R ............... R .............................................................. ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... R .............. T ........................................................................................... R ..... R .............. R ............... T .................................. R .................................. R ..... R .............. R ..................................................... T ............... R ............... R ..... R .............. R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ T .................................................................................................... R .............. T ........................................................................................... R ..... R .............. R ............... T .................................. R .................................. R ..... R .............. R .................................. T .................................. R ............... R ..... R .............. R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................................... R ........................................................................ T ..... ................ T ............... R ................................................................................. ................................... R .................................. T ........................................... ...................................................... R ..................................................... T ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................ R ..................................................... T ........................................... ................ R ........................................................................ T ........................ ................ R ..................................................... T ........................................... ................ R ........................................................................ T ........................ ................ T ..................................................... R ........................................... ................ T ........................................................................ R ........................ ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T ..... ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T ..... ................................... R ........................................................................ T ..... ...................................................... R ..................................................... T ..... ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................................... T ........................................................................ R ..... ...................................................... T ..................................................... R ..... ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................................... R ........................................................................ T ..... ...................................................... R ..................................................... T ..... ................................... R ............... T .............................................................. ................ T ..................................................... R ........................................... ................ T ........................................................................ R ........................ R .............. T .................................................................................................... R ............................................................................................................. T ..... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R ............................................................................................................. T ..... T ............... R .................................................................................................... T .............................................................................................................. R ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
XK8 Range 1998
#
Message Name
269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303–356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377
Rear fog lamps ON Remote headlamp convenience ON Dip beam OFF Side lamps OFF Hazard warning OFF Left DI lamp OFF Right DI lamp OFF Main beam OFF Rear fog lamps OFF Main beam flash OFF Request rear fog switch status Request remote headlamp convenience status Dip beam ON Side lamps ON Hazards ON Left DI lamp ON Right DI lamp ON Main beam ON Rear fog lamps ON Main beam flash ON Request dip beam status Request side lamps status Request left DI status Request right DI status Request main beam status Request hazard warning status Request rear fog lamps status Interior lamps OFF Interior lamps ON Request interior lighting status Valet mode message OFF Recoding keying message OFF Valet mode message Recoding keying message Diagnostic messages Wake up (SLCM) Wake up (BPM) Wake up (INST) Wake up (DDCM) Wake up (DSCM) Wake up (PDCM) Wake up (PSCM) Network awake (SLCM) Network awake (BPM) Network awake (INST) Network awake (DDCM) Network awake (DSCM) Network awake (PDCM) Network awake (PSCM) SLCM entering sleep mode BPM entering sleep mode INST entering sleep mode DDCM entering sleep mode DSCM entering sleep mode PDCM entering sleep mode PSCM entering sleep mode
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
Appendix
INST
BPM
DDCM
PDCM
DSCM
PSCM
SLCM
................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... T ............... R .................................................................................................... T ............... R .................................................................................................... T ............... R .................................................................................................... T ............... R .................................................................................................... T ............... R .................................................................................................... T ............... R .................................................................................................... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... T ............... R .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R ............................................................................................................. T ..... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R ............................................................................................................. T ..... ........................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................... T ..... ................ T .................................................................................................... T ....................................................................................................................... ................................... T ................................................................................. ......................................................................... T ........................................... ...................................................... T .............................................................. ............................................................................................ T ........................ R .............. R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... T ..... R .............. T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ..... T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ..... R .............. R ............... T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ..... R .............. R ............... R ............... R ............... T ............... R ............... R ..... R .............. R ............... R ............... T ............... R ............... R ............... R ..... R .............. R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... T ............... R ..... R .............. R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... T ..... R .............. T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ..... T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ..... R .............. R ............... T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ..... R .............. R ............... R ............... R ............... T ............... R ............... R ..... R .............. R ............... R ............... T ............... R ............... R ............... R ..... R .............. R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... T ............... R .....
xiii
